ABCD springer.

com

Encyclopedia of Public Health

Wilhelm Kirch, University of Dresden, Germany (Ed.)
7 Comprehensive: Includes over 2,500 entries – review-style articles, in-depth essays and short definitions
7 Accessible and user-friendly: A to Z format provides easy access to the content of this relevant and
extensive reference tool
7 Clear language makes the contents accessible to both experts and interested lay people

The Encyclopedic Reference of Public Health presents the most important definitions, principles and general perspec-
tives of public health, written by experts of the different fields. The work includes more than 2,500 entries in alphabet-
ical order. Entries comprise review-style articles (synopses), detailed essays and short definitions. Extensive cross
referencing and hyperlinking offers an easy to use web of knowledge in Public Health. Solidly structured and inclusive,
this two-volume reference is an invaluable tool for clinical scientists and practitioners in academia, health care and
industry, as well as students, teachers and interested laypersons.

Print April 2008

2008. Approx. 2000 p. 50 illus. In 2 volumes, not available separately. Hardcover

ISBN 978-1-4020-5613-0 7 * approx. € 799.00 | £ 614.50
Prepub. Price valid until 31.07.2008 7 € 599.00 | £ 461.00

eReference May 2008

ISBN 978-1-4020-5614-7 7 * approx. € 799.00 | £ 614.50

Prepub. Price valid until 31.08.2008 7 € 599.00 | £ 461.00

Print + eReference May 2008

ISBN: 978-1-4020-5615-4 7 * approx. € 999.00 | £ 768.50

Prepub. Price valid until 31.08.2008 7 € 799.00 | £ 614.50

Easy Ways to Order for the Americas 7 Write: Springer Order Department, PO Box 2485, Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485, USA 7 Call: (toll free) 1-800-SPRINGER
7 Fax: 1-201-348-4505 7 Email: orders-ny@springer.com or for outside the Americas 7 Write: Springer Distribution Center GmbH, Haberstrasse 7, 69126 Heidelberg,
Germany 7 Call: +49 (0) 6221-345-4301 7 Fax : +49 (0) 6221-345-4229 7 Email: SDC-bookorder@springer.com 7 Prices are subject to change without notice.
All prices are net prices. 013542x

013542x_210x276ma_1c_ROW.indd
ROW_Book0803.indb 2 1 1/10/2008
02/02/20087:29:05 PM
11:11:47
 springer.com/booksellers Contents 

Author Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Title Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI
Orderform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Biomedicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Business/ Economics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Environmental Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
General Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Geosciences/Geography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Life Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Linguistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Materials Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Medicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Philosophy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Physics/Astronomy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Professional Computing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Icons

Recommended Online version Book CD-ROM Set

stock title available with DVD

We recommend stocking Textbook Book DVD

multiple copies with CD-ROM
of this title

ROW_Book0803.indb 1 02/02/2008 11:11:47

 II Author Index Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

A 66 Berdichevsky/Dmitriev, Models and Methods
19 Aarts, Geometry
(Universitext)
71 Aartsma (Eds), Biophysical Techniques in
Photosynthesis
(Adv. Photosyn. Respir. 26)
55 Abe (Eds), Complexity, Metastability, And
Nonextensivity
(AIP Conf. Proc. 965)
27 Adams et al., The Fortran 2003 Handbook
79 Aggarwal (Eds), Asia’s New Institutional
Architecture
(The Political Economy of the Asia Pacific)
19 Agrachev et al, Control Theory
(LN Math 1932)
55 Akhmediev (Eds), Dissipative Solitons: From
Optics to Biology and Medicine
(LN Physics 751)
13 Aksoy (Ed), Transgenesis and the Manage-
ment of Vector-Borne Disease
(Advs Exp.Medicine,Biology 627)
71 Allen (Eds), Photosynthesis. Energy from the
Sun <with CD-ROM>
92 Allhoff (Ed), Physicians at War
(Int. Libr. Ethics 41)
71 Alloway (Ed), Micronutrient Deficiencies in
Global Crop Production
19 Andrews/Berndt, Ramanujan’s Lost Note-
book
1 Arock et al., Autoformation et aide au diag-
nostic en hématologie <with CD-ROM>
1 Assadi, Clinical Decisions in Pediatric
Nephrology
20 Auroux et al., Symplectic 4-Manifolds and
Algebraic Surfaces
(LN Math. 1938)
41 Awrejcewicz/Krysko, Chaos in Structural
Mechanics
(Complex Systems)
B 42 Bruyninckx (Eds), European Robotics
20 Bain/Crisan, Fundamentals of Stochastic
Filtering
(Stochastic Modelling and Applied Prob-
ability 60)
92 Bar-Am, Extensionalism
41 Bel-Enguix (Eds), New Developments in
Formal Languages and Applications
(SCINTEL 113)
79 Bell, International Brand Management of
Chinese Companies
(Contrib. Econ.)
20 Bellomo (Eds), Selected Topics in Cancer
Modeling
(MSSET)
28 Ben-Ari, Principles of the Spin Model
Checker
28 Bennedsen (Eds), Reflections on the
Teaching of Programming
(LNCS 4821)
92 Chan (Ed), Moral Psychology Today: Essays
of Magnetotellurics on Values, Rational Choice, and the Will
28 Berg et al., Computational Geometry. 3rd ed. (Philosophical Studies Series 110)
72 Berryman/Kindlmann, Population Systems. 3 Conneely (Eds), Progestins and the
2nd ed. <with CD-ROM> Mammary Gland
1 Bessis (Eds), Maladies du système hémato- (Schering Found. 2007/1)
poïétique et oncologie dermatologique 13 Current Topics in Microbiology and Immu-
62 Bhushan (Ed), Nanotribology and Nanome- nology 324
chanics. 2nd ed. 14 Current Topics in Microbiology and Immu-
55 Bianco (Eds), Relativistic Astrophysics nology 325
(AIP Conf. Proc. 966) 14 Current Topics in Microbiology and Immu-
41 Bischoff (Ed), Risks in Modern Society nology 326
(Topics in Safety 13)
56 Blaum (Eds), Trapped Charged Particles and D
Fundamental Interactions
(LN Physics 749)
56 Damaske, Acoustics and Hearing
42 Blum (Eds), Hybrid Metaheuristics
4 Davies (Ed), A Case-Based Guide to Clinical
(SCINTEL 114)
Endocrinology
86 Bogdan/Villiger, Valuation in Life Sciences.
(Contemporary Endocrinology)
2nd ed.
62 Davison, Fundamentals of Shock Wave
42 Boiko, Discontinuous Control Systems
Propagation in Solids
2 Boos (Eds), Spinal Disorders
(Shock Wave and High Pressure Phenomena)
21 Bottema, Selected Topics in Elementary
72 Dellink (Eds), Economics of Poverty, Environ-
Geometry. 2nd ed.
ment and Natural-Resource Use
2 Bouet (Eds), Abord clinique des urgences au
(Wageningen UR Frontis 25) <hard>
domicile du patient
80 Dellink (Eds), Economics of Poverty, Environ-
(Abord clinique)
ment and Natural-Resource Use
79 Braham (Eds), Power, Freedom, and Voting
(Wageningen UR Frontis 25) <soft>
2 Brandes (Ed), Urethral Reconstructive
66 Dijkstra, Dynamical Oceanography
Surgery
66 Dilek (Eds), Links Between Geological
(Current Clinical Urology)
Processes, Microbial Activities & Evolution of
80 Branzei et al., Models in Cooperative Game
Life
Theory 2nd ed.
(Modern Approaches in Solid Earth Sc. 4)
18 Brawer (Ed), Pain in Primary Care Settings
43 Dixit/Dixit, Modeling of Metal Forming and
(Perspectives on Pain in Psychology)
Machining Processes
3 Bretelle (Eds), Abord clinique en obstétrique
(EMP)
(Abord clinique)
89 Dolan (Ed), Education Outreach and Public
29 Brinkschulte (Eds), Architecture of
Engagement
Computing Systems - ARCS 2008
(Mentoring in Academia and Industry 1)
(LNCS 4934)
69 Dolman (Eds), The Continental-Scale Green-
80 Brosch, Portfolios of Real Options
house Gas Balance of Europe
(LNEMS 611)
(Ecol. Stud. 203)
21 Donati-Martin (Eds), Séminaire de Proba-
Symposium 2008
bilités XLI
(STAR 44)
(LN Math 1934)
62 Buehler, Atomistic Modeling of Materials
37 Dutta, Fundamentals of Biochemical Engi-
Failure
neering
13 Burleigh (Eds), Molecular Mechanisms of
Parasite Invasion
(Subcellular Biochemistry 47) E
43 Buyya (Eds), Content Delivery Networks
(Lecture Notes Electrical Engineering 9) 44 Elmakias (Ed), New Computational Methods
3 Buzug, Computed Tomography in Power System Reliability
(SCINTEL 111)
C
F
37 Canuto (Ed), Solvation Effects on Molecules
and Biomolecules 81 Fang et al., Fuzzy Portfolio Optimization
(Challenges and Advances in Computational (LNEMS 609)
Chemistry and Physics 6) 72 Fatmi (Eds), Pseudomonas syringae Path-
43 Casier (Eds), Analog Circuit Design 2007 ovars and Related Pathogens
29 Cebulla (Ed), Object-Oriented Technology.
ECOOP 2007 Workshop Reader
(LNCS 4906)

ROW_Book0803.indb 2 02/02/2008 11:11:47

 springer.com/booksellers
63 Ferraro (Eds), Micro-/Nanoengineering and
Characterization of Ferroelectric Crystals for
Photonic Applications
(Spr. Ser. Materials Sc. 91)
4 Fonseca-Becker/Boore, Community Health
Care’s O-Process for Evaluation
4 Forsting (Eds), Intracranial Vascular Malfor-
mations and Aneurysms
(Med. Radiol.) 2nd ed.
63 Fujikawa (Eds), Frontiers in Materials
Research
(Adv. Mat. Res. 10)
44 Fulcher (Eds), Computational Intelligence
(SCINTEL 115)
29 Furht (Ed), Encyclopedia of Multimedia.
2nd ed.
29 Furht (Ed), Encyclopedia of Multimedia.
<eRef> 2nd ed.
29 Furht (Ed), Encyclopedia of Multimedia.
<print+eRef> 2nd ed.
93 Futch, Leibniz’s Metaphysics of Time and
Space
(Boston Stud. Phil. Science 258)
G (Methods in Molecular Biology)
67 Gao/Li, Cloud-Resolving Modeling of
Convective Processes
56 Gasperini (Eds), String Theory and Funda-
mental Interactions
(LN Physics 737)
30 Gelbukh (Ed), Computational Linguistics and
Intelligent Text Processing
(LNCS 4919)
21 Gelfand et al., Discriminants, Resultants, and
Multidimensional Determinants
(Modern Birkhäuser Classics)
5 Gill (Eds), Contemporary Interventional
Ultrasonography in Urology
73 Gould (Eds), Classical Biological Control of
Bemisia tabaci in the United States
(Progress Biol. Control 4)
44 Grabot (Eds), ERP Systems and Organisa-
tional Change
(Springer Series in Advanced Manufacturing)
57 Großmann, Theoretical Femtosecond Physics
(Spr. Ser. Atom. Phys. 48)
5 Guerrero (Eds), Problem-based Behavioral
Science and Psychiatry
5 Guetz (Eds), Les thérapies ciblées
(Oncologie pratique)
6 Guillot (Ed), Dépistage et cancers cutanés
(Dépistage et cancer)
45 Gülhan (Ed), RESPACE - Key Technologies for
Reusable Space Systems
(NNFM 98)
14 Gustafson (Ed), Genomics of Disease
ROW_Book0803.indb 3
Springer News 3/2008
H K
45 Haasis (Eds), Dynamics in Logistics
22 Hairer et al., ODEs I
(Spr. Ser. Computat. Math. 8) Corr. print.
81 Hansjürgens (Eds), Economics and Manage-
ment of Climate Change
93 Hansson, The Private Sphere
(Philosophical Studies in Contemporary
Culture 15)
22 Harel/Feldman, Algoritmi
(Unitext)
18 Hartman, Neuropsychological Toxicology.
3rd ed.
73 Hastings, Population Biology. 2nd ed.
<hard>
45 Helmy/Ismail, Substrate Noise Coupling in
RFICs
(Analog Circuits and Signal Processing)
46 Hempel, Usability of Speech Dialog Systems
(Signals Technol.)
6 Herrera (Eds), Essential Sports Medicine
(Musculoskeletal Medicine)
15 Hill (Ed), Prion Protein Protocols
73 Hill, Pests of Crops in Warmer Climates and
Their Control
81 Hillebrand, Pension Systems, Demographic
Change, and the Stock Market
(LNEMS 610)
74 Hoffmeyer (Ed), A Legacy for Living Systems
(Biosemiotics 2)
27 Homann, Digital Color Management
(X.media.publishing)
82 Hong, Competitiveness in the Tourism Sector
(Contrib. Econ.)
74 Horst (Ed), Westcott’s Plant Disease Hand-
book. 7th ed.
74 Horst (Ed), Westcott’s Plant Disease Hand-
book. 7th ed. <eRef>
74 Horst (Ed), Westcott’s Plant Disease Hand-
book. 7th ed. <print+eRef>
67 Huang (Eds), Soil Mineral-Organic Matter
Microorganism Interactions
93 Husserl, Die Lebenswelt
(Husserliana 39)
I 47 Lang (Ed), Multi-Wafer Rotating MEMS
57 Iizuka, Engineering Optics
(Spr. Ser. Opt. Sc. 35) 3rd ed.
J
22 Jäger (Eds), Mathematics – Key Technology
for the Future
23 Jorgensen (Eds), Representations, Wavelets
and Frames
(ANHA)
46 Jovane et al., The ManuFuture Road
Author Index III
46 Kakaç (Eds), Mini-Micro Fuel Cells
(NATO Security C) <hard>
46 Kakaç (Eds), Mini-Micro Fuel Cells
(NATO Security C) <soft>
30 Kaklamanis (Eds), Approximation and Online
Algorithms
(LNCS 4927)
74 Kangas et al., Decision Support for Forest
Management
(Man. Forest Ecosyst. 16)
82 Kannegiesser, Value Chain Management in
the Chemical Industry
(Management Sc.)
6 Kirch (Ed), Encyclopedia of Public Health
6 Kirch (Ed), Encyclopedia of Public Health
<eRef>
6 Kirch (Ed), Encyclopedia of Public Health
<print+eRef>
15 Kitamura (Ed), How the Immune System
Recognizes Self and Nonself
31 Koch (Ed), Lean Business Systems and
Beyond
(IFIP Inform. Process.)
23 Kohlenbach, Applied Proof Theory: Proof
Interpretations and their Use in Mathematics
(SMM)
69 Kokhanovsky, Light Scattering Reviews 3
(Springer Praxis Books)
63 Korkin (Eds), Nanoelectronics and Photonics
(Nanostructure Science and Technology)
88 Koziol (Eds), Tort Law of the European
Community
(Tort and Insurance Law 23)
L
47 Lai/Fujishima, Design and Modeling of
Millimeter-wave CMOS Circuits for Wireless
Transceivers
47 Lamon, 3D-Position Tracking and Control for
all-terrain Robots
(STAR 43)
57 Landolt-Börnstein, Gr. I, Vol. 19, Subvol. C
58 Landolt-Börnstein, Gr. IV, Vol. 11, Subvol. D,
Pt. 1
Machines
(MEMS Reference Shelf)
94 Launis (Eds), Genetic Democracy
(Int. Libr. Ethics 37)
64 Leon (Eds), Thin Calcium Phosphate Coatings
for Medical Implants
90 Leonard (Eds), Pedagogies of the Imagina-
tion
31 Li (Ed), Computer and Computing Technolo-
gies in Agriculture, Volume 1
(IFIP Inform. Process. 258)
31 Li (Ed), Computer and Computing Technolo-
gies in Agriculture, Volume 2
(IFIP Inform. Process. 259)
02/02/2008 11:11:48
 IV Author Index
48 Liu (Eds), Advances of Computational Intel-
ligence in Industrial Systems
(SCINTEL 116)
32 Liu (Eds), Social Computing, Behavioral
Modeling, and Prediction
15 Livingstone (Ed), Artificial Neural Networks
(Methods in Molecular Biology 458)
58 Lohmann, Angle and Spin Resolved Auger
Emission
(Spr. Ser. Atom. Phys. 46)
27 Long, ITIL Version 3 at a Glance
58 Lourtioz et al., Photonic Crystals
64 Lu (Eds), Materials for Advanced Packaging
7 Lynch (Ed), PET-TC nella pratica clinica.
2nd ed.
75 Lynn, The Ciliated Protozoa. 3rd ed.
M (Operator Theory 183)
67 Maciocco (Ed), The Territorial Future of the
City
(Urban and Landscape Perspectives)
48 Madhavan (Eds), Career Development in
Bioengineering and Biotechnology
(Series in Biomedical Engineering)
24 Magal (Eds), Structured Population Models in
Biology and Epidemiology
(LN Math. 1936)
86 Manolopoulos (Eds), Enterprise Information
Systems
(Lecture Notes in Business Information
Processing 3)
16 Markovic/Markovic, What Every Woman
Should Know about Cervical Cancer
59 Maroulis (Eds), Computational Methods in
Science and Engineering
(AIP Conf. Proc. 963/1)
59 Maroulis (Eds), ICCMSE 2007
(AIP Cong. Proc. 963) <set>
37 Matijevic (Ed), Medical Applications of
Colloids
82 Matthäus-Maier (Eds), New Partnerships for
Innovation in Microfinance
7 Mazars (Ed), Le bouddhisme et les médecines
traditionnelles de l’Inde
(Médecines d’Asie: Savoirs et Pratique)
48 Mechel, Formulas of Acoustics. 2nd ed.
48 Mechel, Formulas of Acoustics. <eRef>
2nd ed.
48 Mechel, Formulas of Acoustics <print+eRef>
2nd ed.
32 Medina (Eds), Formal Concept Analysis
(LNCS 4933)
83 Ménard (Eds), Handbook of New Institutional
Economics
64 Michler, Electron Microscopy of Polymers
(Spr. Laboratory)
39 Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry,
Volume 43
38 Molecular Sieves – Science and Technology 7
7 Moritz et al., Factors Influencing Mammalian
Kidney Development
(Advances in Anatomy 243)
ROW_Book0803.indb 4
Springer News 3/2008
23 Morvan, Generalized Curvatures
(Geometry and Computing 2)
91 Murdock (Eds), Applied Demography in the
21st Century
68 Murthy (Eds), Modelling and Monitoring of
Coastal Marine Processes
N
75 Narayanasamy, Molecular Biology in Plant
Pathogenesis and Disease Management 1
75 Narayanasamy, Molecular Biology in Plant
Pathogenesis and Disease Management 2
76 Narayanasamy, Molecular Biology in Plant
Pathogenesis and Disease Management 3
24 Nazaikinskii et al., Elliptic Theory and
Noncommutative Geometry
76 Nick (Ed), Plant Microtubules
(Plant Cell Monographs 11) 2nd ed.
83 Nickel (Eds), Operations Research Proceed-
ings 2007
(Operations Research Proceedings 2007)
O Medicine Meet
94 Odintsov, Constructive Negations and Para-
consistency
(Trends Logic 26)
59 Ohtsu (Ed), Progress in
Nano-Electro-Optics VI
(Spr. Ser. Opt. Sc. 139)
8 Oudkerk (Eds), Coronary Radiology
(Med. Radiol.) 2nd ed.
P
8 Papazian (Ed), Le syndrome de détresse
respiratoire aiguë
(Le point sur ...)
8 Pappas (Eds), Atlas of Laparoscopic Surgery.
3rd ed.
49 Peng (Eds), Advances in Hybrid RANS-LES
Modelling
(NNFM 97)
18 Perlis et al., Cognitive Behavioral Treatment
of Insomnia
24 Peters/Reif, Subdivision Surfaces
(Geometry and Computing 3)
25 Petkovic, Point Estimation of Root Finding
Methods
(LN Math. 1933)
49 Phadke/Thorp, Synchronized Phasor
Measurements and Their Applications
(PEPS)
32 Popescu-Belis (Eds), Machine Learning for
Multimodal Interaction
(LNCS 4892)
33 Preisach (Eds), Data Analysis, Machine
Learning and Applications
(Stud. Classification)
38 Progress in the Chemistry of Organic Natural
Products 90
springer.com/booksellers
Q
65 Qin/Yang, Macro-Micro Theory on Multi-field
Coupling Behavior of Heterogeneous Mate-
rials
83 Quadrio Curzio (Eds), The EU and the Econo-
mies of the Eastern European Enlargement
R
49 Rajeshwar (Eds), Solar Hydrogen Generation
38 Ramachandran et al., Computational Chem-
istry and Molecular Modeling
9 Ramalingam (Eds), Operative Atlas of
Laparoscopic Reconstructive Urology
<with DVD-ROM>
96 Randall, Linking
(Stud. Natural Lang. 74)
16 Rapaka (Eds), Drug Addiction
33 Ratchev (Eds), Micro-Assembly Technologies
and Applications
(IFIP Inform. Process. 260)
9 Ribes/Ros, Inglese per radiologi
9 Romanucci-Ross/Tancredi, When Law and
(Int. Libr. Ethics Law New Med. 24)
33 Rome (Eds), Towards Affordance-Based Robot
Control
(LNCS 4760)
76 Roy (Eds), From Biological Control to Inva-
sion: the Ladybird Harmonia axyridis as a
Model Species
50 Ruan (Eds), Intelligent Decision and Policy
Making Support Systems
(SCINTEL 117)
S
86 Saaksvuori/Immonen, Product Lifecycle
Management. 3rd ed.
50 Safari (Eds), Piezoelectric and Acoustic Mate-
rials for Transducer Applications
10 Sala et al., Radiology for Surgeons in Clinical
Practice
50 Sanchez et al., Discrete-Time High Order
neural Control
(SCINTEL 112)
34 Satoh (Eds), New Frontiers in Artificial
Intelligence
(LNCS 4914)
51 Savelsberg, Innovation in European Freight
Transportation
(RWTHedition)
16 Schmidt et al., The Role of Wnt Signalling
in the Development of Somites and Neural
Crest
(Adv. Anatomy 195)
88 Sellers (Ed), Autonomy
(Ius Gentium: Yearbook of Comp. Law 1)
34 Sharp, Principles of Protocol Design
65 Sharpe, Jr. (Ed), Springer Handbook of Experi-
mental Solid Mechanics <with DVD-ROM>
02/02/2008 11:11:48
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008
65 Sharpe, Jr. (Ed), Springer Handbook of Experi-
mental Solid Mechanics <eRef>
65 Sharpe, Jr. (Ed), Springer Handbook of Experi-
mental Solid Mechanics <with DVD-ROM>
<print+eRef>
60 Sidharth (Ed), Great Ideas of Physics
(Fundam. Theor. Physics 149)
84 Simons (Eds), Indigenous Peoples and Real
Estate Valuation
(Research Issues in Real Estate 10)
60 Simos (Eds), Computation in Modern Science
and Engineering
(AIP Cong. Proc. 963/2)
34 Sommer (Eds), Robot Vision
(LNCS 4931)
69 Soyez (Eds), Climate Change and Techno-
logical Options
51 Spear, SystemVerilog for Verification. 2nd ed.
51 Stapelberg, Handbook of Reliability,
Availability, Maintainability and Safety in
Engineering Design
25 Stillwell, Naive Lie Theory
(UTM)
60 Strauch, Classical Mechanics
10 Streltzer (Eds), Handbook of Consultation-
Liaison Psychiatry
39 Structure and Bonding 127
39 Structure and Bonding 128
T 17 Vizi (Ed), Handbook of Neurochemistry and
10 Takubo, Pathology of the Esophagus. 2nd ed.
35 Tao, Finite Automata and Application to
Cryptography
40 Tchougréeff, Hybrid Methods of Molecular
Modeling
(Progress in Theoretical Chemistry and
Physics 17)
52 Tehranipoor (Ed), Emerging
Nanotechnologies
(Frontiers Electr. Testing 37)
30 ter Hofstede (Eds), Business Process Manage-
ment Workshops
(LNCS 4928)
35 Thomas, Integrated Graphic and Computer
Modelling
35 Tokunaga (Eds), Large-Scale
(LNCS 4938)
94 Tollefsen (Ed), Artificial Nutrition and
Hydration
(Philos./Med. 93)
11 Tomashefski (Eds), Dail and Hammar’s Pulmo-
nary Pathology. 3rd ed.
11 Tombran-Tink (Eds), The Visual Transduction
Cascade
(Ophthalmology Research) <with CD-ROM>
40 Topics in Current Chemistry 284
91 Tremmel (Ed), Demographic Change and
Intergenerational Justice
11 Tröger (Eds), Paediatric Imaging Manual
36 Tuyls (Eds), Adaptive Agents and Multi-Agent
Systems III
(LNCS 4865)
ROW_Book0803.indb 5
Author Index 
95 Tymieniecka (Ed), Education in Human 36 Yorav (Ed), Hardware and Software: Verifica-
Creative Existential Planning tion and Testing
(Analecta Husserliana 95) (LNCS 4899)
52 Tzovaras (Ed), Multimodal User Interfaces 54 Yuan, CMOS Active Inductors and Trans-
(Signals Technol.) formers
U Z
25 Unterberger, Alternative Pseudodifferential 12 Zachariou (Ed), Pediatric Surgery Digest
Analysis 61 Zeller (Eds), Neutrino-Nucleus Interactions in
(LN Math. 1935) the Few-Gev Region: NuInt07
(AIP Conf. Proc. 967)
V 78 Zeng (Eds), Allelopathy in Sustainable Agri-
culture and Forestry
84 Zhang, International Trade Theory
77 Van Dyke, Conservation Biology. 2nd ed.
68 Zhou (Eds), Advances in Digital Terrain
77 Vancura (Ed), Membrane Trafficking
Analysis
(Methods in Molecular Biology)
(Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and
52 Veeke et al., The Delft Systems Approach
Cartography)
84 Ver Eecke, Ethical Dimensions of the
54 Zhou/Wen, Adaptive Backstepping Control of
Economy
Uncertain Systems
(Stud. Econ. Eth.)
(LNCIS 372)
36 Verdone (Eds), Wireless Sensor Networks
85 Zink (Ed), Corporate Sustainability as a Chal-
(LNCS 4913)
lenge for Comprehensive Management
53 Villar (Ed), Embedded Systems Specification
(Management Sc.)
and Design Languages
26 Zopounidis (Eds), Handbook of Financial
(Lecture Notes Electrical Engineering 10)
Engineering
90 Visser (Eds), Learners in a Changing Learning
(Springer Optimization and Its Appl. 18)
Landscape
(Lifelong Learning 13)
Molecular Neurobiology. 3rd ed.
70 von Gadow (Eds), Designing Green Land-
scapes
(Man. Forest Ecosyst. 15)
70 Vymazal (Ed), Wastewater Treatment, Plant
Dynamics and Management in Constructed
and Natural Wetlands
W
77 Wehrtmann (Eds), Marine Biodiversity of
Costa Rica, Central America
(Monographiae Biologicae 86)
87 Wierenga (Ed), Handbook of Marketing
Decision Models
(ISORMS 121)
61 Würtz (Ed), Organic Computing
(Complex Systems)
X
53 Xia/Sun, Control and Scheduling Codesign
(Advanced Topics in Science and Technology
in China)
Y
78 Yang (Ed), Adipose Tissue Protocols
(Methods in Molecular Biology 456) 2nd ed.
53 Yokoo (Eds), Electronic Commerce
(SCINTEL 110)
02/02/2008 11:11:48
 VI Title Index
A 55 Complexity, Metastability, And Nonexten-
2 Abord clinique des urgences au domicile du
patient
3 Abord clinique en obstétrique
56 Acoustics and Hearing
36 Adaptive Agents and Multi-Agent Systems III
54 Adaptive Backstepping Control of Uncertain
Systems
78 Adipose Tissue Protocols
38 Adsorption and Diffusion
68 Advances in Digital Terrain Analysis
49 Advances in Hybrid RANS-LES Modelling
48 Advances of Computational Intelligence in
Industrial Systems
22 Algoritmi
78 Allelopathy in Sustainable Agriculture and
Forestry
25 Alternative Pseudodifferential Analysis
40 Amplification of Chirality
43 Analog Circuit Design 2007
58 Angle and Spin Resolved Auger Emission
91 Applied Demography in the 21st Century
23 Applied Proof Theory: Proof Interpretations
and their Use in Mathematics
30 Approximation and Online Algorithms
29 Architecture of Computing Systems - ARCS
2008
15 Artificial Neural Networks
94 Artificial Nutrition and Hydration
79 Asia’s New Institutional Architecture
8 Atlas of Laparoscopic Surgery
62 Atomistic Modeling of Materials Failure
1 Autoformation et aide au diagnostic en
hématologie
88 Autonomy in the Law
B Justice
71 Biophysical Techniques in Photosynthesis
30 Business Process Management Workshops
C 27 Digital Color Management
48 Career Development in Bioengineering and
Biotechnology
41 Chaos in Structural Mechanics
4 A Case-Based Guide to Clinical Endocri-
nology
60 A Century of Ideas
75 The Ciliated Protozoa
73 Classical Biological Control of Bemisia tabaci
in the United States
60 Classical Mechanics
69 Climate Change and Technological Options
1 Clinical Decisions in Pediatric Nephrology
67 Cloud-Resolving Modeling of Convective
Processes
54 CMOS Active Inductors and Transformers
18 Cognitive Behavioral Treatment of Insomnia
4 Community Health Care’s O-Process for
Evaluation
82 Competitiveness in the Tourism Sector
ROW_Book0803.indb 6
Springer News 3/2008
sivity
60 Computation in Modern Science and Engi-
neering
38 Computational Chemistry and Molecular
Modeling
28 Computational Geometry
44 Computational Intelligence: A Compendium
30 Computational Linguistics and Intelligent
Text Processing
59 Computational Methods in Science and
Engineering
3 Computed Tomography
31 Computer and Computing Technologies in
Agriculture, Volume 1
31 Computer and Computing Technologies in
Agriculture, Volume 2
77 Conservation Biology
94 Constructive Negations and Paraconsistency
5 Contemporary Interventional Ultrasonog-
raphy in Urology
43 Content Delivery Networks
69 The Continental-Scale Greenhouse Gas
Balance of Europe
53 Control and Scheduling Codesign
8 Coronary Radiology
85 Corporate Sustainability as a Challenge for
Comprehensive Management
D 35 Finite Automata and Application to
11 Dail and Hammar’s Pulmonary Pathology
33 Data Analysis, Machine Learning and Appli-
cations
74 Decision Support for Forest Management
52 The Delft Systems Approach
91 Demographic Change and Intergenerational
6 Dépistage et cancers cutanés
47 Design and Modeling of Millimeter-wave
CMOS Circuits for Wireless Transceivers
70 Designing Green Landscapes
93 Die Lebenswelt
42 Discontinuous Control Systems
50 Discrete-Time High Order neural Control
21 Discriminants, Resultants, and Multidimen-
sional Determinants
55 Dissipative Solitons: From Optics to Biology
and Medicine
16 Drug Addiction
66 Dynamical Oceanography
45 Dynamics in Logistics
E Psychiatry
81 Economics and Management of Climate
Change
72 Economics of Poverty, Environment and
Natural-Resource Use
80 Economics of Poverty, Environment and
Natural-Resource Use
springer.com/booksellers
95 Education in Human Creative Existential
Planning
89 Education Outreach and Public Engagement
64 Electron Microscopy of Polymers
53 Electronic Commerce
24 Elliptic Theory and Noncommutative
Geometry
53 Embedded Systems Specification and
Design Languages
52 Emerging Nanotechnologies
29 Encyclopedia of Multimedia
6 Encyclopedia of Public Health
57 Engineering Optics
86 Enterprise Information Systems
38 The Epothilones: An Outstanding Family of
Anti-Tumour Agents
44 ERP Systems and Organisational Change
6 Essential Sports Medicine
84 Ethical Dimensions of the Economy
83 The EU and the Economies of the Eastern
European Enlargement
42 European Robotics Symposium 2008
92 Extensionalism
F
7 Factors Influencing Mammalian Kidney
Development – Implications for Health in
Adult Life
Cryptography
32 Formal Concept Analysis
48 Formulas of Acoustics
27 The Fortran 2003 Handbook
76 From Biological Control to Invasion: the
Ladybird Harmonia axyridis as a Model
Species
63 Frontiers in Materials Research
37 Fundamentals of Biochemical Engineering
62 Fundamentals of Shock Wave Propagation in
Solids
20 Fundamentals of Stochastic Filtering
81 Fuzzy Portfolio Optimization
G
23 Generalized Curvatures
94 Genetic Democracy
14 Genomics of Disease
19 Geometry
H
10 Handbook of Consultation-Liaison
26 Handbook of Financial Engineering
87 Handbook of Marketing Decision Models
17 Handbook of Neurochemistry and Molecular
Neurobiology
83 Handbook of New Institutional Economics
51 Handbook of Reliability, Availability, Main-
tainability and Safety in Engineering Design
02/02/2008 11:11:48
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Title Index VII

36 Hardware and Software: Verification and 33 Micro-Assembly Technologies and Applica- 12 Pediatric Surgery Digest
Testing tions 81 Pension Systems, Demographic Change, and
15 How the Immune System Recognizes Self 71 Micronutrient Deficiencies in Global Crop the Stock Market
and Nonself Production 73 Pests of Crops in Warmer Climates and Their
14 Human Cytomegalovirus 46 Mini-Micro Fuel Cells Control
13 Humanized Mice 43 Modeling of Metal Forming and Machining 7 PET-TC nella pratica clinica
42 Hybrid Metaheuristics Processes 58 Photonic Crystals
40 Hybrid Methods of Molecular Modeling 68 Modelling and Monitoring of Coastal Marine 71 Photosynthesis. Energy from the Sun
Processes 92 Physicians at War
I 66 Models and Methods of Magnetotellurics 50 Piezoelectric and Acoustic Materials for
80 Models in Cooperative Game Theory Transducer Applications
39 Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry 76 Plant Microtubules
59 ICCMSE 2007
75 Molecular Biology in Plant Pathogenesis and 25 Point Estimation of Root Finding Methods
84 Indigenous Peoples and Real Estate Valuation
Disease Management: Disease Development, 73 Population Biology
9 Inglese per radiologi
Volume 2 72 Population Systems
51 Innovation in European Freight Transporta-
76 Molecular Biology in Plant Pathogenesis and 80 Portfolios of Real Options
tion
Disease Management: Disease Management, 79 Power, Freedom, and Voting
35 Integrated Graphic and Computer Modelling
Volume 3 34 Principles of Protocol Design
50 Intelligent Decision and Policy Making
75 Molecular Biology in Plant Pathogenesis 28 Principles of the Spin Model Checker
Support Systems
and Disease Management: Microbial Plant 15 Prion Protein Protocols
79 International Brand Management of Chinese
Pathogens, Volume 1 93 The Private Sphere
Companies
13 Molecular Mechanisms of Parasite Invasion 5 Problem-based Behavioral Science and
84 International Trade Theory
92 Moral Psychology Today: Essays on Values, Psychiatry
4 Intracranial Vascular Malformations and
Rational Choice, and the Will 86 Product Lifecycle Management
Aneurysms
52 Multimodal User Interfaces 3 Progestins and the Mammary Gland
27 ITIL Version 3 at a Glance
47 Multi-Wafer Rotating MEMS Machines 59 Progress in Nano-Electro-Optics VI
72 Pseudomonas syringae Pathovars and
L Related Pathogens - Identification, Epidemi-
N
ology and Genomics
35 Large-Scale Knowledge Resources
25 Naive Lie Theory
7 Le bouddhisme et les médecines tradition-
nelles de l’Inde
63 Nanoelectronics and Photonics R
62 Nanotribology and Nanomechanics
8 Le syndrome de détresse respiratoire aiguë
18 Neuropsychological Toxicology 10 Radiology for Surgeons in Clinical Practice
31 Lean Business Systems and Beyond
61 Neutrino-Nucleus Interactions in the Few- 19 Ramanujan’s Lost Notebook
90 Learners in a Changing Learning Landscape
Gev Region: NuInt07 28 Reflections on the Teaching of Programming
74 A Legacy for Living Systems
44 New Computational Methods in Power 55 Relativistic Astrophysics
93 Leibniz’s Metaphysics of Time and Space
System Reliability 23 Representations, Wavelets and Frames
5 Les thérapies ciblées
41 New Developments in Formal Languages 45 RESPACE - Key Technologies for Reusable
69 Light Scattering Reviews 3
and Applications Space Systems
96 Linking
34 New Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence 41 Risks in Modern Society
66 Links Between Geological Processes, Micro-
82 New Partnerships for Innovation in Microfi- 34 Robot Vision
bial Activities & Evolution of Life
nance 16 The Role of Wnt Signalling in the Develop-
39 Liquid-Crystalline Functional Assemblies and
19 Nonlinear and Optimal Control Theory ment of Somites and Neural Crest
Their Supramolecular Structures
14 Nuclear pre-mRNA Processing in Plants

M S
O
58 Selected Systems from Al-B-Fe to C-Co-Fe
32 Machine Learning for Multimodal Interaction
29 Object-Oriented Technology. ECOOP 2007 20 Selected Topics in Cancer Modeling
65 Macro-Micro Theory on Multi-field Coupling
Workshop Reader 21 Selected Topics in Elementary Geometry
Behavior of Heterogeneous Materials
83 Operations Research Proceedings 2007 21 Séminaire de Probabilités XLI
1 Maladies du système hématopoïétique et
9 Operative Atlas of Laparoscopic Reconstruc- 32 Social Computing, Behavioral Modeling, and
oncologie dermatologique
tive Urology Prediction
46 The ManuFuture Road
61 Organic Computing 67 Soil Mineral–Microbe-Organic Interactions
77 Marine Biodiversity of Costa Rica, Central
39 Organometallic and Coordination Chemistry 49 Solar Hydrogen Generation
America
of the Actinides 37 Solvation Effects on Molecules and
64 Materials for Advanced Packaging
Biomolecules
22 Mathematics – Key Technology for the Future
P 22 Solving Ordinary Differential Equations I
37 Medical Applications of Colloids
2 Spinal Disorders
77 Membrane Trafficking
65 Springer Handbook of Experimental Solid
63 Micro-/Nanoengineering and Characteriza- 11 Paediatric Imaging Manual
Mechanics
tion of Ferroelectric Crystals for Photonic 18 Pain in Primary Care Settings
56 String Theory and Fundamental Interactions
Applications 10 Pathology of the Esophagus
24 Structured Population Models in Biology and
90 Pedagogies of the Imagination
Epidemiology

ROW_Book0803.indb 7 02/02/2008 11:11:49

 VIII Title Index Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

24 Subdivision Surfaces
45 Substrate Noise Coupling in RFICs
20 Symplectic 4-Manifolds and Algebraic
Surfaces
49 Synchronized Phasor Measurements and
Their Applications
51 SystemVerilog for Verification

T
57 Tables of Excitations of Proton-and Neutron-
Rich Unstable Nuclei
67 The Territorial Future of the City
57 Theoretical Femtosecond Physics
64 Thin Calcium Phosphate Coatings for Medical
Implants
47 3D-Position Tracking and Control for All-
Terrain Robots
88 Tort Law of the European Community
33 Towards Affordance-Based Robot Control
13 Transgenesis and the Management of Vector-
Borne Disease
56 Trapped Charged Particles and Fundamental
Interactions

U
2 Urethral Reconstructive Surgery
46 Usability of Speech Dialog Systems

V
86 Valuation in Life Sciences
82 Value Chain Management in the Chemical
Industry
11 The Visual Transduction Cascade

W
70 Wastewater Treatment, Plant Dynamics and
Management in Constructed and Natural
Wetlands
74 Westcott’s Plant Disease Handbook
16 What Every Woman Should Know about
Cervical Cancer
9 When Law and Medicine Meet

ROW_Book0803.indb 8 02/02/2008 11:11:49

 ABCD springer.com

Practical advice
for your daily work

Pediatric Allergy, Asthma and

Immunology
cation
A. Cantani, University of Rome, Italy

p r e - p ub l i
7 Only existing reference book on this topic
PRICE 7 Covers all aspects of allergic-immunologic disorders in infants, children, and adolescents
7 Findings from different schools and disciplines are critically evaluated
7 Easy to understand and easy to use

This comprehensive reference book reflects the rapid progress in one of the most intriguing
fields of medicine. The book offers state-of-the-art information on basic immunology, fetal-
neonatal immunology, genetic and environmental predisposing factors, epidemiology and
natural history of atopic diseases, and allergy diagnosis.

BRAND
Extensive coverage is devoted to skin conditions and food allergy, asthma, rhinitis, specific
immunotherapy, eye disorders, sinusitis and secretory otitis media, drug allergies, and
NEW anaphylaxis. Fascinating chapters explore such topics as autoimmune diseases, primary
immunodeficiencies, pediatric HIV infection, malnutrition and the immune system. Finally,
a chapter on prevention of the atopic march indicates how effective early intervention may
greatly decrease the upsurge in atopy.

2008. XXXII, 1619 p. 758 illus., 379 in color. Hardcover

ISBN 978-3-540-20768-9 7 € 599,00 | £461.00
Prepublication price valid until March 31, 2008 7 € 499,00 | £384.00
*Previously announced in
Springer NEWS 04/2005

Easy Ways to Order for the Americas 7 Write: Springer Order Department, PO Box 2485, Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485, USA 7 Call: (toll free) 1-800-SPRINGER
7 Fax: 1-201-348-4505 7 Email: orders-ny@springer.com or for outside the Americas 7 Write: Springer Distribution Center GmbH, Haberstrasse 7, 69126 Heidelberg,
Germany 7 Call: +49 (0) 6221-345-4301 7 Fax : +49 (0) 6221-345-4229 7 Email: SDC-bookorder@springer.com 7 Prices are subject to change without notice.
All prices are net prices. 013536x

013536x_210x276ma_1c_ROW.indd
ROW_Book0803.indb 9 1 15/01/2008
02/02/2008 16:30:30
11:11:50
 ABCD springer.com

Don‘t miss the

prepublication price

Encyclopedia of Diagnostic Imaging

A. L. Baert, University Hospital Gasthuisberg, Leuven, Belgium (Ed.)

7 The simple A to Z format provides easy access to relevant information in the field of imaging
7 Extensive cross references between keywords and related articles enable efficient searches
in a user-friendly manner
7 Fully searchable and hyperlinked electronic online edition
This comprehensive encyclopedia provides detailed information on diagnostic radiology contributing
to the broad field of imaging. The wide range of entries are written by leading experts. They provide
basic and clinical scientists in academia, practice and industry with valuable information about the
field of diagnostic imaging. Those in related fields, students, teachers and interested laypeople,
will also benefit from the important and relevant information on the most recent developments of
imaging.
The Encyclopedia of Diagnostic Imaging contains around 3559 entries in two volumes, and is published
simultaneously online. The entire field has been divided into 15 sections consisting of 529 fully
structured essays and 2147 short definitions.
Print

JUST 2008. XXVIII,1966 p. 1334 illus. Hardcover

D
RELEASE
ISBN 978-3-540-35278-5 7 € 699,00 | £537.50
Prepublication price, valid until March 31, 2008 7 € 559,00 | £430.00

eReference

ISBN 978-3-540-35280-8 7 € 699,00 | £537.50

Prepublication price, valid until April 30, 2008 7 € 559,00 | £430.00

Print + eReference
* Previously announced in
Springer NEWS 09/2006 ISBN 978-3-540-35860-2 7 € 874,00 | £672.50
Prepublication price, valid until April 30, 2008 7 € 699,00 | £537.50

Easy Ways to Order for the Americas 7 Write: Springer Order Department, PO Box 2485, Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485, USA 7 Call: (toll free) 1-800-SPRINGER
7 Fax: 1-201-348-4505 7 Email: orders-ny@springer.com or for outside the Americas 7 Write: Springer Distribution Center GmbH, Haberstrasse 7, 69126 Heidelberg,
Germany 7 Call: +49 (0) 6221-345-4301 7 Fax: +49 (0) 6221-345-4229 7 Email:SDC-bookorder@springer.com 7 Prices are subject to change without notice.
All prices are net prices. 013530x

013530x_210x276ma_1c_ROW.indd
ROW_Book0803.indb 10 1 18/01/2008
02/02/2008 17:08:11
11:11:51
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008
M. Arock, G. Chemla, J. Chemla
Autoformation et aide au
diagnostic en hématologie
avec Logiciel ADH
Cet outil multimédia d‘autoformation a été réalisé
à l’aide d’un logiciel de base de données pour faci-
liter la recherche d‘informations multicritère. Le
livre permet une consultation rapide des maladies
sous forme de fiches cliniques et biologiques. Le
logiciel ADH, à travers cette recherche multi-
critère, permet une orientation diagnostique de
la maladie hématologique que la lecture seule des
différentes analyses hématologiques ne permet
pas facilement. Il orientera éventuellement vers la
prescription d‘examens complémentaires néces-
saires au diagnostic de la maladie. Le logiciel
comporte une riche iconographie sur les cellules
du sang et de la moelle qui complètera les connais-
sances en cytologie des hématologistes. Certaines
anomalies cytologiques rencontrées dans certaines
pathologies sont également présentée.
Étudiants, biologistes et médecins pourront, grâce
au «e-Learning», compléter leur formation à leur
rythme, selon leurs besoins et améliorer ainsi leurs
échanges.
From the contents
Manuel du logiciel. Aide au diagnostic en héma-
tologie (ADH).- Généralités sur les éléments
figurés du sang et de la moelle.- Acanthocytose
constitutionnelle.- Agranulocytoses iatrogènes.-
Anémie de Blackfan-Diamond.- Anémies hémoly-
tiques auto-immunes.- Anémies inflammatoires.-
Anémies macrocytaires normochromes.- Anémies
microcytaires hypochromes par carence martiale.-
Anémies normocytaires normochromes.- Anémies
par hyperhémolyse, diagnostic biologique.-
Anomalies hématologiques au cours de l’infection
par le VIH.- Aplasie médullaire.- Biermer (anémie
de).- Déficit en glucose-6-phosphate déshydrogé-
nase (G6PD).- Déficit en pyruvate-kinase (PK).-
Drépanocytose (formes homozygote et hétérozy-
gote).- Elliptocytose constitutionnelle.- Fanconi
(maladie de).
Fields of interest
Hématologie; Laboratoire de médecine; Biologie
cellulaire
Target groups
Hématologistes, médecins, biologistes, étudiants
en hématologie, techniciens de laboratoires
Type of publication
Monographie
A paraître mars 2008
2008. Env. 150 p. Avec CD-ROM. Broché
7 approx. € 94,79 | £73.00
ISBN 978-2-287-77135-4
9<HTNCTH=h bdfe>
ROW_Book0803.indb 1
F. Assadi, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago,
IL, USA
Clinical Decisions in Pediatric
Nephrology
A Problem-Solving Approach to Clinical Cases
Clinical Decisions in Nephrology: A Problem-
Solving Approach provides a useful resource
for those interested in renewing their clinical
knowledge, diagnostic and therapeutic skills in
nephrology. Each chapter consists of a series of
challenging, clinically-oriented cases. The selected
case reports focus on the essential aspects of
the patient’s presentation, laboratory data, and
management to assist in the differential diagnosis.
A series of logical questioning from the presenta-
tion of the signs and symptoms is followed by a
detailed explanation that reviews recent publica-
tions and translates emerging areas of science into
data that is useful at the bedside. An updated bibli-
ography is included after each set of clinical cases.
Features
7 Evidenced-based medicine approach
7 Question-Answer format
Contents
Preface.- Fluid and Electrolyte Disorders.- Acid-
Base Disturbances.- Disorders of Divalent Ion
Metabolism.- Nephrolithiasis.- Hypertension.-
Acute Renal Failure.- Hereditary Nephritis and
Genetic Disorders.- Glomerular, Vascular and
Tubulo-Interstitial Diseases.- Chronic Kidney
Disease.- Renal Osteodystrophy.- End-Stage Renal
Disease and Dialysis.- Transplantation.- Index.
Fields of interest
Nephrology; Pediatrics
Target groups
Nephrologists, nephrology trainees, pediatricians
and pediatric nephrologists
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. 574 p. Hardcover
7 € 62,95 | £48.50
ISBN 978-0-387-74601-2
9<HTLDTH=hegabc>
Medicine 
D. Bessis, C. Francès, B. Guillot, J. Guilhou (Eds.)
Maladies du système
hématopoïétique et oncologie
dermatologique
Contents
Syndromes myéloprolifératifs, myélodysplasiques
et leucémies.- Mycosis fungoïdes et apparentés.-
Lymphomes T cutanés en dehors du mycosis
fongoïde et du syndrome de Sézary.- Lymphomes
B cutanés.- Pseudolymphomes cutanés.- Histiocy-
toses.- Troubles de l’hémostase.- Déficits immu-
nitaires congénitaux.- Réaction du greffon contre
l’hôte.- Carcinomes basocellulaires.- Carcinomes
spinocellulaires.- Maladie de Bowen cutanée et
muqueuse.- Maladie de Paget.- Carcinome neuro-
endocrine cutané.- Tumeurs annexielles malignes
(carcinomes annexiels).- Mélanomes.- Maladie
de Kaposi.- Sarcomes cutanés.- Cancers cutanés
après transplantation d’organe.- Génodermatoses
prédisposantes au risque de cancers non cutanés.-
Syndromes paranéoplasiques dermatologiques.-
Métastases cutanées.- Complications cutanées des
chimiothérapies et immunothérapies.- Réactions
cutanées induites par la radiothérapie.
Fields of interest
Dermatologie; Oncologie; Hématologie
Target groups
Dermatologues, oncologues
Type of publication
Monographie
A paraître mars 2008
2008. Env. 250 p. Broché
7 approx. € 80,57 | £62.00
ISBN 978-2-287-72091-8
9<HTNCTH=hcajbi>
02/02/2008 11:11:51
  Medicine
N. Boos, University of Zurich, Switzerland; M. Aebi,
University of Berne, Switzerland (Eds.)
Spinal Disorders
Fundamentals of Diagnosis and Treatment
Spinal disorders are among the most common
medical conditions with significant impact on
health related quality of life, use of health care
resources and socio-economic costs. Spinal surgery
is still one of the fastest growing areas in clinical
medicine. The increasing age of the population
will require an increased need for the treatment of
degenerative spinal disorders particularly spinal
stenosis. Basic knowledge on the state of the art
in diagnosis and treatment of spinal disorders is
required not only for spine specialists but also
for general orthopedic surgeons, rheumatolo-
gists, neurologists, psychiatrists, chiropractors,
physiotherapists, basic scientists and health care
executives to choose and/or evaluate appropriate
diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. “Spinal
Disorders” is an easily readable teaching tool
focusing on fundamentals and basic principles. It
provides a homogeneous syllabus with a consis-
tent didactic strategy teaching fundamentals and
general principles.
Features
7 Core messages and marginal notes highlight the
most important teaching objectives and guide the
reader through the chapter 7 Introductory cases
introduce the topic by report of a typical cases
representative of the specific pathology 7 Case
studies aim to mediate fundamentals and basic
principles of a chapter and enhance recollection by
case study learning
From the contents
History of Spinal Surgery.- Basic Science:
Biomechanics of the Spine.- Spinal Instrumenta-
tion.- Age-related Changes of the Spine.- Patho-
physiology of Spinal Pain.- Epidemiology and Risk
Factors of Spinal Disorders.
Fields of interest
Surgical Orthopedics; Orthopedics; Rheumatology
Target groups
Physicians dealing with spinal disorders, spine
surgery, and spinal treatment (orthopedic
surgeons, neurosurgeons, rheumatologists, phys-
iatrists, neurologists and manual therapists)
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 990 p. 1050 illus., 450 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. € 299,00 | £230.00
ISBN 978-3-540-40511-5
9<HTOFPA=eafb f>
ROW_Book0803.indb 2
Springer News 3/2008
J. Bouet, J. Pire (Eds.)
Abord clinique des urgences
au domicile du patient
From the contents
Urgences cardio-respiratoires.- Douleur thoracique
aiguë non traumatique.- Électrocardiogramme et
urgence à domicile.- Oedème aigu pulmonaire.-
Quand évoquer un oap ?- Que faire devant un
oap?- Arrêt cardo-respiratoire.- Quand évoquer
un arrêt cardio-respiratoire?- Que faire devant un
arrêt cardio-respiratoire?- asthme aigu grave.-
Quand évoquer un asthme aigu grave?- Que faire
devant un asthme aigu grave?- Décompensation
de bronchopneumopathie chronique obstructive.-
Quand évoquer une décompensation de bpco?-
Que faire devant une suspicion de décompensation
de bpco?- Corps étranger des voies aériennes
supérieures.- Quand évoquer et que faire devant
une obstruction des voies respiratoires par un
corps étranger?- Obstruction complète des voies
aériennes chez la femme enceinte ou chez le sujet
obèse.- En cas d’obstruction incomplète des voies
aériennes.- Obstruction des voies respiratoires
chez le nourrisson.- Urgences neurologiques.
Fields of interest
Médecine d‘urgence; Services d‘urgence; Médecine
généraliste
Target groups
Médecins généralistes participant au tour de garde;
médecins remplaçants
Type of publication
Monographie
A paraître mars 2008
2008. Env. 120 p. (Abord clinique) Broché
7 approx. € 18,96 | £14.50
ISBN 978-2-287-72097-0
9<HTNCTH=hcajha>
springer.com/booksellers
S. B. Brandes, Washington University School of
Medicine, Saint Louis, MO, USA (Ed.)
Urethral Reconstructive
Surgery
The urethra is a small tubular structure that drains
urine from the bladder. In women, it is about 3 cm
long; in men about 20 cm long. One of the more
common reasons for reconstruction of the urethra
is traumatic injury.
Urethral injury may be of secondary importance
when the patient comes into the emergency room,
but devastating urological complications, such as
sexual dysfunction, incontinence, and stricture
(abnormal temporary or permanent narrowing
of the lumen of a hollow organ), may drastically
impair quality of life in the long term.
Urethral injury should be considered in the setting
of penile injury, pelvic fracture, or penetrating
trauma to the genitalia or pelvis. Penetrating
urethral injuries may occur because of gunshot
wounds or stab injuries to the penis, buttock,
abdomen, or scrotum. Delayed injury may arise
from a chronic indwelling urethral catheter,
secondary to pressure necrosis, infection, or
chemical irritation.
Features
7 Comprehensive review of adult urethral recon-
structive surgery 7 Evaluates complex urethral
problems 7 Provides practical aspects of wound
healing and applicable plastic surgical techniques
7 Practical, functions as a surgical atlas for the
evaluation and management of urethral stricture
disease
From the contents
Genital Skin and Urethral Anatomy.- Vascular
Anatomy of Genital Skin and the Urethra:
Implications for Urethral Reconstruction.- Lichen
Sclerosis.- Imaging of the Male Urethra.- Tech-
niques in Tissue Transfer: Plastic Surgery for the
Urologist.
Fields of interest
Urology/Andrology; Traumatic Surgery; Plastic
Surgery
Target groups
Urologists, trauma surgeons
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 400 p. 79 illus. in color. (Current Clinical
Urology) Hardcover
7 € 114,95 | £88.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-826-3
9<HTMFTI=cjicgd>
02/02/2008 11:11:52
 springer.com/booksellers
F. Bretelle, M. Capelle (Eds.)
Abord clinique en obstétrique Computed Tomography
Cet ouvrage vise à clarifier et développer les
particularités de l’examen clinique en obstétrique;
il exclut délibérément l’accouchement et les suites
de couches. L’examen physique approfondi, faisant
suite à un interrogatoire fouillé, permet dans une
grande majorité des cas de poser les hypothèses
diagnostiques que confirment les examens complé-
mentaires. Le lecteur trouvera au fil de l’ouvrage
les principaux symptômes et signes physiques,
ainsi que les diagnostics qui en découlent. Le but
est avant tout d’éviter d’omettre les urgences vitales
tant maternelles que fœtales.
Cet ouvrage est destiné aux internes en cours de
spécialisation ainsi qu’aux gynécologues, obsté-
triciens et médecins généralistes qui souhaitent
mettre à jour leurs connaissances.
From the contents
Examen clinique.- Interrogatoire.- Examen
physique.- Leucorrhées.- Leucorrhées physi-
ologiques.- Leucorrhées pathologiques.- Fissura-
tion ou rupture des membranes.- Métroragies.-
Évaluation du degré d’urgence.- Caractéristiques
des métrorragies et signes associés.- Douleurs
abdominales.- Anomalie de Hauteur.-Utérine.-
Hauteur utérine insuffisante.- Hauteur
utérine excessive.- Hypertension artérielle et
oedèmes.- Définition.- Les signes fonctionnels de
prééclampsie.- Complications de la prééclampsie.-
Œdèmes.- Physiopathologie et prévention.-
Raccourcissement du col utérine.- Facteurs de
risque d’accouchement prématuré.- Signes asso-
ciés.- Appréciation du segment inférieur.- Bilan
et conduite à tenir.- Mouvements actifs foeteaux.-
L’évaluation de la vitalité fœtale.- Mouvements
en excès.- Diminution des mouvements fœtaux.-
Troubles digestifs en cours de grossesse.- Nausées
et vomissements.- Reflux gastro-œsophagien.-
Constipation.- Pathologie hémorroïdaire.- Fièvre
et maladies infectieuses.
Fields of interest
Obstétrie/Périnatologie; Gynécologie
Target groups
Médecins généralistes, internes, externes
Type of publication
Monographie
A paraître mars 2008
2008. Env. 120 p. (Abord clinique) Broché
7 approx. € 18,96 | £14.50
ISBN 978-2-287-75725-9
9<HTNCTH=hfhcfj>
ROW_Book0803.indb 3
Springer News 3/2008
T. M. Buzug, Universität Lübeck, Germany
From Photon Statistics to Modern
Cone-Beam CT
This book provides an overview of X-ray tech-
nology and the historic development of modern
CT systems. The main focus of the book is a
detailed derivation of reconstruction algorithms
in 2D and modern 3D cone-beam systems. A
thorough analysis of CT artefacts and a discussion
of practical issues like dose considerations provide
further insight into modern CT systems. While
mainly written for graduate students in biomedical
engineering, medical physics, medicine (radi-
ology), mathematics, electrical engineering and
physics, practitioners in these fields will benefit
from this book.
Features
7 Up-to-date technical introduction to X-ray
technology and signal processing 7 Detailed
derivation of reconstruction algorithms
7 Comprehensible presentation of mathematics
of 3D CT systems 7 Thorough analysis of CT
artefacts 7 In depth discussion of practical issues
such as CT dose 7 Many detailed illustrations
Fields of interest
Imaging / Radiology; Biomedical Engineering;
Biophysics/Biomedical Physics
Target groups
Master students and practitioners in biomedical
engineering, medical physics, medicine, radiology,
mathematics, electrical engineering, physics
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 610 p. 450 illus., 150 in color. Hardcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-3-540-39407-5
9<HTOFPA=djeahf>
Medicine 
O. M. Conneely, Bayer College, Houston,TX, USA;
C. Otto, Bayer Schering Pharma AG, Berlin, Germany
(Eds.)
Progestins and the Mammary
Gland
From Basic Science to Clinical Applications
Progestins play a key role in reproductive endocri-
nology and as pharmaceutical drugs for contra-
ception and in combined hormone therapy. To
further our understanding of progestin action in
the mammary gland, an international symposium,
attended by leading researchers from academia
and industry, was held in Berlin, 21–23 March
2007. Genetic mouse models helped to elucidate
the role of progestins, both in normal breast devel-
opment and in disease. Mechanistic molecular
studies inspired the design of new progestins with
improved tissue selectivity. In addition, the clinical
impact of progesterone receptor agonists and
antagonists for the prevention and treatment of
breast cancer was discussed.
Features
7 For a better understanding of progestin action
in the mammary gland
Fields of interest
Reproductive Medicine; Endocrinology; Molecular
Medicine
Target groups
Scientists and clinicians in the field
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 195 p. 120 illus., 40 in color. (Ernst
Schering Foundation Symposium Proceedings, Volume
2007/1) Hardcover
7 € 62,95 | £48.50
ISBN 978-3-540-73492-5
9<HTOFPA=hdejcf>
02/02/2008 11:11:52
  Medicine
T. F. Davies, Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York,
NY, USA (Ed.)
A Case-Based Guide to Clinical
Endocrinology Community Health Care‘s
O-Process for Evaluation
Written cases provide a thoughtful review of
modern management and contemplation of
the literature, much more so than even a case
presentation without the patient. As a result, in
recent years the written or prepared case has
become the ideal forum for demonstrating how to
manage a medical problem to the greatest benefit
of the patient. In A Case-Based Guide to Clinical
Endocrinology, distinguished clinicians provide
stimulating instruction and insights into a wide
variety of endocrine subjects, teaching readers
modern management of the conditions described
and offering targeted entry into the literature.
Importantly, many of the important elements in
the current curriculum for clinical endocrine
training as recommended by the Association of
Program Directors in Clinical Endocrinology,
Diabetes and Metabolism are covered in this text.
To reinforce learning and retention of knowledge,
each author has also provided multiple choice
questions following the case studies.
Features
7 Written by expert panel of endocrinologists
7 Reflects much of the curriculum for clinical
endocrine training recommended by the Associa-
tion of Program Directors in Clinical Endocri-
nology 7 Thought-provoking, concise cases are
followed by multiple choice questions to enhance
learning 7 Valuable for students, residents,
fellows, and practitioners
Field of interest
Endocrinology
Target groups
Endocrinologists, residents and fellows, internal
medicine
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 485 p. 23 illus. in color. (Contemporary
Endocrinology) Hardcover
7 € 104,95 | £80.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-815-7
9<HTMFTI=cjibfh>
ROW_Book0803.indb 4
Springer News 3/2008
F. Fonseca-Becker, A. L. Boore, The Johns Hopkins
University, Bloomberg School of Public Health, MD,
USA
A Participatory Approach for Increasing
Sustainability
Features
7 Introduces a basic method for conducting an
internal evaluation, rather than hiring an external
evaluator 7 Includes checklists and worksheets to
assist in steps of the O-Process 7 Practical, step-
by-step guide for using evaluation to strengthen
your public health program
Contents
Foreword.- Introduction.- Observe and Assess
Program Needs.- Operationalize the Evaluation
Plan.- Obtain Data.- Organize and Analyze Data.-
Outputs and Outcomes.- References.- Appendix
1: Data Collection Tools.- Appendix 2: Worksheets.
Fields of interest
Public Health; Health Administration
Target groups
Professionals in public health
Type of publication
Professional book
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 200 p. 20 illus., 10 in color. Softcover
7 € 26,95 | £20.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77376-6
9<HTLDTH=h dhg >
springer.com/booksellers
M. Forsting, I. Wanke, University of Essen, Germany
(Eds.)
Intracranial Vascular
Malformations and
Aneurysms
From Diagnostic Work-Up to Endovascular
Therapy
This book describes the pathoanatomical, patho-
physiological, and imaging features of vascular
malformations and aneurysms of the brain and the
modern, minimally invasive endovascular methods
and techniques employed in their treatment.
Individual chapters are devoted to developmental
venous malformations, cavernomas and capillary
telangiectasias, pial arteriovenous malformations,
dural arteriovenous malformations, and intra-
cranial aneurysms. Each chapter is subdivided
into four principal sections on pathology, clinical
presentation, diagnostic imaging, and therapy,
ensuring a standardized approach throughout. All
chapters in this 2nd revised edition of Intracranial
Vascular Malformations and Aneurysms have been
thoroughly updated. The book is richly illustrated
with numerous informative CT, MR and DSA
images, including high-end 7-Tesla MR images.
Features
7 Describes in detail the imaging features of
vascular malformations and aneurysms 7 Pres-
ents modern, noninvasive imaging modalities
7 Contains numerous informative CT, MR and
DSA images, including high-end 7-Tesla 7 MR
images 7 Clearly organized to facilitate use by
the reader
Contents
Developmental Venous Malformations.- Caver-
nomas and Capillary Teleangiectasias.- Pial Arte-
riovenous Malformations.- Dural Arteriovenous
Malformations.- Intracranial Aneurysms.- Subject
Index.- List of Contributors.
Fields of interest
Imaging / Radiology; Neuroradiology;
Neurosurgery
Target groups
Neurosurgeons, vascular surgeons, radiologists,
pediatricians, neurologists, ENT doctors,
angiologists
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2nd rev. ed. 2008. Approx. 335 p. 662 illus., 20 in color.
(Medical Radiology / Diagnostic Imaging) Hardcover
7 approx. € 139,95 | £107.50
ISBN 978-3-540-32919-0
9<HTOFPA=dcjbja>
02/02/2008 11:11:53
 springer.com/booksellers
I. S. Gill, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, OH, USA;
O. Ukimura, Kyoto Prefectural University of Medicine,
Kyoto, Japan (Eds.)
Contemporary Interventional
Ultrasonography in Urology
Exciting new developments and applications of
imaging techniques have emerged over the last few
years, leading to many improvements in diagnosis
and staging of urologic diseases. Refinements in
the technology mean that imaging now is much
more precise than even five years ago, and this
has significantly enhanced its application within
several key fields.
As such, there are virtually no books currently
available that cover the impact of these advances
within urology leaving a major hole in the market.
With its sound overview of the current state of
affairs, and also its focus on highlighting future
advances, this book would therefore find a signifi-
cant audience within not only trainees, but also
practicing clinicians too.
Furthermore, the whole topic of ultrasonography is
a relatively overlooked one, with very few modern
books tackling any specific areas of the field.; This
book will be up-to-date and will pay attention to
the unique applications of ultrasound within each
discipline.
From the contents
Percutaneous US guided renal access (Mahesh
R. Desai and Mihir Desai).- Percutaneous US
guided renal tumor ablation (Osamu Ukimura
and Inderbir S Gill).- Endoluminal US (Demetrius
H. Bagley).- Laparoscopic US (Surena F. Matin).-
TRUS guided Cryosurgery for Prostate Cancer
(Gary Onik).- TRUS guided Brachytherapy (Wei
Z and Fenster A).- TRUS guided LRP (Osamu
Ukimura and Inderbir S Gill). HIFU; Prostate
(Christian G. Chaussy).- HIFU; Kidney (Michael
Marberger).- Harmonic scalpel (David Thiel and
Howard N. Winfield).
Fields of interest
Urology/Andrology; Ultrasound; Imaging /
Radiology
Target groups
Reisdents in training with an interest in radiology
and imaging; practitioners and experts wanting to
learn about the cutting edge and future develop-
ments of the discipline
Type of publication
Professional book
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 495 p. 100 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 approx. € 119,95 | £85.00
ISBN 978-1-84800-216-6
9<HTMIPI=a cbg >
ROW_Book0803.indb 5
Springer News 3/2008
A. Guerrero, University of Hawaii John A. Burns
School of Medicine, Honolulu, HI, USA; M. Piasecki,
University of Nevada School of Medicine, Reno, NV,
USA (Eds.)
Problem-based Behavioral
Science and Psychiatry
Students of behavioral science, whether residents
in psychiatry, graduate students in psychology
or clinical social work, or third- and fourth-year
medical students preparing for the USMLE Step 1
and 2 examinations, need to understand patients’
behavior, how to communicate effectively, and how
to recognize and deal with psychiatric disorders.
Problem-based learning involves the detailed,
systematic study of real and fictitious patient cases.
Although more than sixty medical schools incor-
porate problem-based learning in their curricula,
there are no current textbooks to support and
guide this aspect of courses in behavioral sciences,
behavioral medicine, or psychiatry.
This book presents simulated patient cases in
psychiatry and behavioral science, providing a
real-world context for students and graduates
in these areas. It introduces the topics described
below through detailed case vignettes using a
model of problem-based learning called progres-
sive disclosure.
Features
7 Problem-based format with compelling patient
scenarios addressing important topics in behav-
ioral science and psychiatry 7 Mechanism-based
diagrams to illustrate the complex connections
between basic and clinical science 7 Review
questions at the end of each section
Fields of interest
Psychiatry; Behavioral Therapy; Clinical
Psychology
Target groups
Residents in psychiatry preparing for USMCE
Step 3 exam; graduate students in psychology and
behavioral sciences; third- and fourth-year medical
students preparing for USMLE step 1 and 2 exams
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 490 p. 10 illus., 5 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. € 61,60 | £47.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77483-1
9<HTLDTH=h eidb>
Medicine 
G. d. Guetz, J. Blay (Eds.)
Les thérapies ciblées
En 2008, les progrès des connaissances en matière
de carcinogenèse ont permis d’identifier des cibles
moléculaires clés dans la genèse de nombreuses
tumeurs solides. Bien qu’encore limitées, ces
informations permettent l’emploi de composés
dirigés contre ces cibles moléculaires, créant ainsi
le concept de thérapie ciblée. Le trastuzumab,
dirigé contre HER2, et l’imatinib, inhibiteur de
kinase dirigé contre la protéine de fusion bcr/abl,
ont été les modèles. Plusieurs anticorps ou
molécules inhibitrices de tyrosine kinase sont déjà
commercialisés. Ces traitements donnent parfois
des taux de réponse limités en monothérapie, mais
ont souvent une activité antitumorale additive
avec la chimiothérapie dans plusieurs types de
tumeurs. Ces nouvelles classes thérapeutiques vont
continuer à se développer. Grâce à elles, des mala-
dies telles que le cancer du rein, du côlon ou du
sein, les GIST, ont une histoire naturelle désormais
modifiée. Cet ouvrage pratique fait le point sur
l’usage courant de ces molécules.
Contents
Le récepteur EGF.- Anti EGF Anticorps anti
EGFR.- Anticorps anti HER.- Thérapies ciblées:
inhibiteurs de l’activité tyrosine kinase du
récepteur à l’EGF.- Le récepteur du VEGF.- Anti-
corps anti VEGF: un emploi universel.- Les
molécules inhibitrices des récepteurs du VEGF.-
Discussion/synthèse.- Monoclonaux contre TKI
A.- Imatinib et les nouveaux inhibiteurs de KIT
PDGFR.- Les multiples emplois d‘imatinib dans les
tumeurs solides.- Les autres inhibiteurs tyrosine
kinase de KIT ou de la voie AKT.- Autres cibles,
nouvelles cibles.- RANK ligand et métastases
osseuses.- Développement des inhibiteurs de
mTOR en oncologie.- Nouvelles approches dans les
thérapeutiques ciblées : les récepteurs des facteurs
de croissance de type insuline et les cyclines.-
CTLA-4 et Toll like recepteurs: de nouvelles cibles
en immunothérapie.- Conclusions.- Synthèse.
Fields of interest
Oncologie; Médecine moléculaire; Imagerie/Radi-
ologie
Target groups
Oncologues, gastro entérologues, pneumologues
Type of publication
Monographie
A paraître mars 2008
2008. Env. 200 p. (Oncologie pratique) Broché
7 approx. € 47,39 | £36.50
ISBN 978-2-287-36007-7
9<HTNCTH=dga h >
02/02/2008 11:11:53
  Medicine
B. Guillot (Ed.)
Dépistage et cancers cutanés
Les cancers cutanés, toutes formes confondues,
sont les plus fréquents des cancers chez l‘homme.
Ils sont aussi les plus faciles à repérer puisque
situés sur des zones accessibles au regard de beau-
coup: malade, famille, soignants, médecins. Malgré
cela, leur incidence est en croissance importante
et régulière au fil du temps. Cette augmentation
est en grande partie liée au vieillissement de la
population générale mais aussi aux habitudes
d‘exposition solaire inadaptée d‘une grande partie
de la population.
Ce paradoxe apparent entre une approche clinique
qui semble simple et une incidence en augmenta-
tion constante conduit à penser qu‘une meil-
leure identification des patients à risque pourrait
permettre de repérer des populations particulières
qui justifieraient des messages de prévention
primaire spécifiques et une surveillance adaptée
afin de faire un diagnostic précoce et donc de
proposer un traitement réellement curatif.
Contents
Epidémiologie des cancers cutanés en France.-
Aspects cliniques des cancers cutanés.- Précur-
seurs et marqueurs de risque des mélanomes.-
Précurseurs et marqueurs de risque des carcinomes
cutanés.- Place de la dermoscopie dans le dépistage
des cancers cutanés.- Recommandations pour le
dépistage des cancers cutanés.
Fields of interest
Oncologie; Dermatologie
Target groups
Oncologues, médecins généralistes, médecins de
médecine preventive, dermatologues
Type of publication
Monographie
En vente
2008. 180 p. (Dépistage et cancer) Broché
7 € 26,54 | £20.50
ISBN 978-2-287-71049-0
9<HTNCTH=hbaeja>
ROW_Book0803.indb 6
Springer News 3/2008
J. E. Herrera, Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York,
NY, USA; G. Cooper, New York Presbyterian Hospital,
New York, NY, USA (Eds.)
Essential Sports Medicine
Sports medicine is a popular medical sub-specialty.
Sports medicine certainly overlaps with general
musculoskeletal medicine, but there are impor-
tant differences to be aware of Essential Sports
Medicine provides the highest yield, comprehen-
sive, pertinent information about sports medicine
so that the busy clinician can find it accessible
and practical. Medical students, residents, and
fellows will find Essential Sports Medicine useful
for providing an accessible overview of the most
salient points in the field of sports medicine.
Features
7 Comprehensive pertinent information
7 Accessible and practical 7 Useful for
providing an accessible overview of the most
salient points in the field of sports medicine
Contents
Preparticipation Evaluation.- Traumatic Brain
Injury in Sports.- Facial Trauma.- Cervical Spine
Injuries.- Shoulder Injuries.- Elbow Injuries.- Wrist
and Hand Injuries.- Lower Back Injuries.- Hip
Injuries.- Knee Injuries.- Ankle and Foot Injuries.-
Hydration and Nutrition.- Banned and Approved
Substances.
Fields of interest
Primary Care Medicine; General Practice / Family
Medicine; Orthopedics
Target groups
Sports medicine physicians, family practice physi-
cians, orthopedists, medical students, residents
and fellows
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 240 p. 25 illus. (Musculoskeletal Medicine)
Softcover
7 € 62,95 | £48.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-985-7
9<HTMFTI=cj ifh>
springer.com/booksellers
W. Kirch, University of Dresden, Germany (Ed.)
Encyclopedia of Public Health
The Encyclopedic Reference of Public Health
presents the most important definitions, principles
and general perspectives of public health, written
by experts of the different fields.
Features
7 Comprehensive: Includes over 2,500 entries
– review-style articles, in-depth essays and short
definitions 7 Accessible and user-friendly: A to
Z format provides easy access to the content of
this relevant and extensive reference tool 7 Clear
language makes the contents accessible to both
experts and interested lay people
Fields of interest
Public Health; Medicine/Public Health, general
Target groups
Health authorities, health economists, medical
doctors
Type of publication
Reference work
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 2000 p. 50 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. € 799,00 | £614.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-5613-0
Prepublication price, valid until August 31, 2008
7 approx. € 599,00 | £461.00
9<HTMELC=afgbda>
2008. eReference.
7 approx. € 799,00 | £614.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-5614-7
Prepublication price, valid until September 30,
2008 7 approx. € 599,00 | £461.00
9<HTMELC=afgbeh>
2008. Approx. 2000 p. 50 illus. Print + eReference.
7 approx. € 999,00 | £768.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-5615-4
Prepublication price, valid until September 30,
2008 7 approx. € 799,00 | £614.50
9<HTMELC=afgbfe>
02/02/2008 11:11:54
 springer.com/booksellers
T. Lynch
G. Lucignani (Ed.)
PET-TC nella pratica clinica
Recenti progressi tecnologici hanno favorito la
diffusione della PET-TC, una metodica di indagine
che permette di evidenziare gli aspetti morfo-
logici e funzionali delle neoplasie e che è spesso
risolutiva nel percorso diagnostico e terapeutico
del paziente.
L’edizione originale inglese del volume è stata
ampliata con due capitoli - sui traccianti PET
di uso emergente e sulla dosimetria - e un utile
glossario, al fine di presentare in modo conciso e
esaustivo i diversi aspetti della metodica.
Dalla Presentazione di Diana Salvo:
„Il volume rappresenta un approccio completo alle
tematiche PET e PET-TC in campo oncologico.
È un’introduzione „per tutti“, semplice, di facile
comprensione.... In questo volume tutti possono
ritrovare le notizie e le informazioni che sono
indispensabili a comprendere le basi fisiologiche
e i meccanismi fisio-patologici che stanno alla
base della PET, le caratteristiche tecniche delle
macchine impiegate e infine le potenzialità e i
limiti della metodica.“
Contents
Introduzione.- Tumori polmonari.- Linfomi.-
Tumori gastrici ed esofagei.- Tumori del colon
e del retto.- Tumori del capo e del collo.- Mela-
noma.- Tumori dell‘apparato riproduttivo maschile
e femminile.- Captazione normale e varianti
fisiologiche.- La PET per la caratterizzazione di
marcatori biologici in oncologia.- Basi fisiche e
tecnologiche della PET-TC.- Dosimetria negli
esami PET-TC.- Glossario.- Bibliografia.- Indice
analitico.
Fields of interest
Imaging/radiologia; Medicina nucleare; Oncologia
Target groups
Studenti, specializzandi in radiologia, medicina
nucleare e oncologia, medici generici
Type of publication
Testo specializzato/specialistico
Disponibile
Original English edition published by Springer London,
2007
2nda, riveduta e ampliata ed. 2008. XVI, 296 pagg. 200
figg., 150 a colori. Brossura
7 € 33,61 | £26.00
ISBN 978-88-470-0800-7
9<HT IPH=a ia h>
ROW_Book0803.indb 7
Springer News 3/2008
S. Mazars (Ed.)
Le bouddhisme et les
médecines traditionnelles de
l’Inde
Les spécialistes du bouddhisme et les historiens
de la médecine indienne n‘ont pas manqué de
relever les étroites relations entre le bouddhisme
et la médecine. Le Bouddha, comme le médecin,
ne se propose-t-il pas de mettre fin à la douleur?
Le bouddhisme est-il pour autant une doctrine
médicale, une «médecine de l’âme»? En tant que
système philosophico-religieux quel impact a-t-il
eu sur l’art de guérir?
La question des influences réciproques du boud-
dhisme et de la médecine n’a pas fait l‘objet d’étude
spécifique. Ainsi, la doctrine de la réincarna-
tion, la non-violence, sont autant de croyances
bouddhiques fondamentales qui, au contact
de l’Occident, se sont trouvées réactivées avec
l’euthanasie ou l’acharnement thérapeutique.
Afin d’éclaircir la question, cet ouvrage se propose
de retourner dans l’Inde ancienne, aux sources du
bouddhisme. Il s’agit de comparer les corpus reli-
gieux du bouddhisme des origines avec les traités
relatifs à l‘Ayurveda, la médecine pratiquée en Inde
à cette époque.
Fields of interest
Paramédecine/Médecine alternative
Target groups
Médecins et sages-femmes préparant un DIU
d‘acupuncture; praticiens, enseignants en forma-
tion continue de pratiques médicales orientales;
chercheurs spécialistes de philosophie, d‘histoire
des religions et/ou des sciences
Type of publication
Monographie
A paraître mars 2008
2008. Env. 200 p. (Médecines d‘Asie: Savoirs et Pratique)
Broché
7 approx. € 47,39 | £36.50
ISBN 978-2-287-74544-7
9<HTNCTH=hefe h>
Medicine 
K. M. Moritz, M. Wintour-Coghlan, M. J. Black,
J. F. Bertram, G. Caruana
Factors Influencing
Mammalian Kidney
Development – Implications
for Health in Adult Life
In this monograph the authors have emphasized
a number of important concepts in mammalian
kidney development. Emphasis has been put on
methodology so that the reader can understand
how certain results or conclusions were reached
and what the optimal methods for reliable results
to be obtained are. In addition, as well as descrip-
tions of the morphology there is information on
the genetic basis of the structural development.
In addition much attention has been paid to how
nephron number may be altered by changes in
the environment of the developing kidney and
to the consequences for the remaining nephron
gene expression and kidney function when total
nephron number is altered. The consequences for
the health of the adult, upon the formation of an
adult kidney with altered nephron number and
(potentially) gene expression, can be quite serious.
The epigenetic mechanisms by which such changes
can occur are introduced as a very fertile field for
future investigation.
Fields of interest
Nephrology; Human Physiology; Human Genetics
Target groups
Researchers and scientists in the field of
nephrology and genetics
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 85 p. 12 illus., 10 in color. (Advances in
Anatomy, Embryology and Cell Biology, Volume 243)
Softcover
7 € 86,95 | £67.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77767-0
9<HTOFPA=h hgha>
02/02/2008 11:11:55
  Medicine
M. Oudkerk, State University Hospital, Groningen,
The Netherlands; M. F. Reiser, University of Munich,
Germany (Eds.)
Coronary Radiology
Foreword by: A. Baert
This is the second edition of the only available
monograph on coronary radiology. During the
past decade the field has undergone rapid devel-
opment, particularly in the use of non-invasive
coronary imaging. In line with these advances, this
new edition places special emphasis on the role
of non-invasive techniques, detailed information
being provided on CT angiography with multide-
tector and dual-source tomography, 2D and 3D
visualization techniques, and MR coronary angi-
ography. Invasive procedures are not neglected,
however, and a separate section includes chapters
on conventional catheterization, quantitative
angiography, and intravascular and quantitative
ultrasound. A further section devoted to coronary
calcification clearly explains its development and
the use of modern techniques in its visualization
and quantification; the role of coronary calcium
as an indicator of coronary artery disease is also
discussed in depth. The text is supported by a large
number of high-quality color images.
Features
7 Only monograph to focus exclusively on coro-
nary radiology 7 New, completely up-to-date
edition that places special emphasis on the role of
non-invasive imaging modalities, including CT
angiography with multidetector and dual-source
tomography and MR coronary angiography
7 Includes sections on invasive imaging
techniques and coronary calcification 7 Text
supported by numerous high-quality color images
Fields of interest
Imaging / Radiology; Diagnostic Radiology; Cardi-
ology
Target groups
Clinicians, scientists and researchers; practitioners
and professionals in the fields of radiology and
cardiology
Type of publication
Monograph
Due August 2008
2nd rev. ed. 2008. Approx. 310 p. 600 illus. (Medical
Radiology / Diagnostic Imaging) Hardcover
7 approx. € 139,95 | £107.50
ISBN 978-3-540-32983-1
9<HTOFPA=dcjidb>
ROW_Book0803.indb 8
Springer News 3/2008
L. Papazian (Ed.)
Le syndrome de détresse
respiratoire aiguë
Contents
Définition et épidémiologie du SDRA.- Phys-
iopathologie et lésions induites par la ventila-
tion.- Imagerie du SDRA.- Mécanique respi-
ratoire au cours du SDRA: interprétation de la
courbe pression/volume.- Modes ventilatoires au
cours du SDRA.- Pression expiratoire positive
et manœuvres de recrutement alvéolaire dans
le SDRA.- Ventilation non invasive au cours du
SDRA.- Ventilation mécanique en décubitus
ventral au cours du SDRA.- Ventilations à haute
fréquence au cours du SDRA.- Toxicité pulmonaire
de l’oxygène.- Monoxyde d‘azote (NO) et almitrine:
Intérêt et limites lors de SDRA.- Curarisation au
cours du SDRA.- Optimisation de l’état hydrique
au cours du SDRA.- Complications infectieuses
pulmonaires au cours du SDRA.- Fibrose pulmo-
naire postagressive.- Perspectives thérapeutiques
dans le SDRA.
Fields of interest
Anesthésiologie; Réanimation, soins intensifs;
Pneumologie
Target groups
Réanimateurs, pneumologues, urgentistes,
cardiologues
Type of publication
Monographie
A paraître mars 2008
2008. Env. 250 p. (Le point sur ...) Broché
7 approx. € 61,61 | £47.50
ISBN 978-2-287-77985-5
9<HTNCTH=h jif >
springer.com/booksellers
T. Pappas, Duke University Medical Center, Durham
North Carolina, USA; A. Pryor, Duke University
Medical Center, Durham, NC, USA; M. Harnisch (Eds.)
Atlas of Laparoscopic Surgery
This atlas is composed of 31 chapters with authori-
tative commentaries and illustrations in a number
of surgical procedures amenable to laparoscopic
techniques. The Atlas is a tool that will simplify
and organize surgical thought for the advanced
laparoscopist.
Features
7 Hundreds of high quality images in step with
the latest developments in medicine 7 World-
renowned authors from a variety of medical disci-
plines 7 Hand-drawn illustrations 7 In-depth
explanations for each image
From the contents
Laparoscopic Instrumentation and Basic Tech-
niques.- Laparoscopic Evaluation of Abdominal
Trauma.- Laparoscopic Inguinal Herniorraphy.-
Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair.- Laparoscopic
Antireflux Procedures.- Laparoscopic Heller
Myotomy for Esophageal Achalasia.- Laparoscopic
Repair of Paraesophageal Hernia.- Laparoscopic
Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease.- Laparo-
scopic Ostomies.- Laparoscopic Small Bowel
Resection and Meckel’s Diverticulectomy.- Lapa-
roscopic Appendectomy.- Laparoscopic Colectomy
and Abdominoperineal Resection.- Laparoscopic
Cholecystectomy.- Complications of Laparoscopic
Cholecystectomy.- Laparoscopic Liver Resec-
tion.- Laparoscopic Approach to Palliation of
Periampullary Tumors.- Laparoscopic Splenec-
tomy.- Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy.- Thorascopic
Pericardiectomy.- Thorascopic Pulmonary Resec-
tion.- Thorascopic Lung Volume Reduction.- Lapa-
roscopic Exposure of the Lumbosacral Spine for
Discectomy and Fusion.
Fields of interest
Minimally Invasive Surgery; General Surgery
Target groups
Surgeons, urologists, pediatricians
Type of publication
Atlas
Available
3rd ed. 2008. 280 p. 591 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-1-57340-287-3
9<HTMFSD=eacihd>
02/02/2008 11:11:55
 springer.com/booksellers
M. Ramalingam, K.G.Hospital & Post Graduate
Institute, Coimbatore, India; V. R. Patel, Ohio State
University, Columbus, OH, USA (Eds.)
Operative Atlas of
Laparoscopic Reconstructive
Urology
This atlas features sequential pictures for most
reconstructive urology procedures, also covering
laparoscopic assisted procedures such as ortho-
topic neobladder and ileocystoplasty. Unlike
many other titles covering this subject however,
illustrations in the majority of chapters in this
work are drawn purely from a single case, allowing
the reader to chart such complex surgeries step-
by-step.
Laparoscopic assisted procedures drastically
reduce the operative time required, and those
surgeons with moderate familiarity with urology
and laparoscopic process should be able to
complete these operations comfortably.
Though the use of advanced technology is
described, the book has been constructed in such
a way that urologists from both developed and
developing countries would be able to pick up the
technical tips featured to perform the laparoscopic
procedures also using simplified devices.
From the contents
Laparoscopic reconstructive urology.- Technical
advances.- Retroperitoneoscopy.- Hemostatic
devices.- Robotic laparoscopic pyeloplasty.- Viz-
duplex system.- Ureterocalicostomy.- Laparoscopic
heminephrectomy.- Renal cysts.- Large renal pelvic
stone.- Partial nephrectomy.- Retrocaval ureter and
ureteric stricture.- Ureteric reimplantation.- trans-
vesical reimplantation for vur.- Bari flap ureteric
reimplantation.- Impacted ureteric stones.- Lapa-
roscopic ureterolysis.- Laparoscopic cystorraphy.-
Bladder diverticulum surgery.- Urinary fistulae.-
Excision of the pathology and reconstruction of
the bladder.- Surgical methods to increase the
capacity of the bladder.
Fields of interest
Urology/Andrology; Reproductive Medicine;
Surgery
Target groups
Practicing urologists, surgical trainees and
surgeons, nurses and operation theatre technicians
Type of publication
Professional book
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 700 p. 1557 illus., 1424 in color. With DVD.
Hardcover
7 approx. € 222,00 | £150.00
ISBN 978-1-84800-150-3
9<HTMIPI=a bfad>
ROW_Book0803.indb 9
Springer News 3/2008
R. Ribes, Hospital Reina Sofia, Cordoba, Spain;
P. R. Ros, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA
R. S. Pozzi Mucelli, Policlinico „G.B. Rossi“, Verona,
Italia (Ed.)
Inglese per radiologi
Scrivere, presentare e comunicare in ambito
internazionale
Traduzione a cura di: G. Zamboni, C. Manfredi
Questo volume è un‘introduzione all‘Inglese
radiologico finalizzata ad aiutare chi necessita di
utilizzare l‘Inglese professionale, ma non lo parla
quotidianamente. Indirizzato a radiologi, infer-
mieri e studenti che desiderino migliorare il loro
inglese in questo specifico campo.
Contents
Approccio metodologico all‘inglese radiologico.-
Grammatica radiologica.- Letteratura scientifica:
scrivere un articolo.- Lettere agli editor delle
riviste radiologiche.- Partecipare ad un congresso
internazionale di radiologia.- Tenere un discorso
radiologico.- Moderare una sessione radiologica.-
Errori frequenti nell‘inglese parlato e scritto dei
radiologi.- Terminologia latina e greca.- Acronimi
e abbreviazioni.- Descrivere una lesione.- Referti
normali standard.- Refertazione in inglese.- Radio-
logia interventistica.- Turno di guardia.- Gestione
in radiologia.- Guida alla conversazione radio-
logica.- Capacità di comunicazione in medicina.-
Conversazione: guida alla sopravvivenza.
Fields of interest
Imaging/radiologia
Target groups
Radiologi, infermieri, studenti
Type of publication
Monografia
Disponibile
2008. XIV, 374 pagg. 19 figg. Brossura
7 € 33,61 | £26.00
ISBN 978-88-470-0740-6
9<HT IPH=a heag>
Medicine 
L. Romanucci-Ross, University of California, La Jolla,
CA, USA; L. Tancredi, University of New York, NY, USA
When Law and Medicine Meet:
A Cultural View
What happens when two systems, law and medi-
cine, are joined in the arena of the court? This
work deals with the structure and the premises
of two diverse discourse models; the approach is
anthropological.
Several chapters are preponderantly based on legal
research, addressing cases requiring testimony by
expert witnesses on recent technologies used in the
laboratories of medical scientists. Descriptions of
other societies and cultures consider the identical
problems of rights, privileges, and duties, and
provide perspectives to cultural self-knowledge.
This volume can be used as a text for courses
taught in medical schools and law schools. It will
be of particular interest to students taking courses
in health science, public health, medical anthro-
pology, forensic anthropology, psychology, soci-
ology, public justice, behavioral sciences, forensic
psychiatry, legal anthropology, social welfare, as
well as courses on research models.
From the contents
Prologue.- One: Primitive Yet Contempo-
rary: Matrices of Meaning.- Two: The Shape of
Believing.- Three: From Myth to Law.- Four: The
Romance of Science and Medicine.- Five: The
Science of Commitment.- Six: Criminal Behavior
and Brian Imaging Techno-Science.- Seven: DNA
Fingerprinting.- Eight: Notes from the Trial of
the Century.- Nine: Logics of Discovery, Chance,
and Scientific Evidence in the Court.- Appendix.-
Bibliography.- Index.
Fields of interest
Medicine/Public Health, general; Theory of Medi-
cine/Bioethics; Philosophy of Law
Target groups
Students taking courses in health science, public
health, medical anthropology, forensic anthro-
pology, psychology, sociology, public justice,
behavioral sciences, forensic psychiatry, legal
anthropology, social welfare
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. X, 194 p. (International Library of Ethics, Law, and
the New Medicine, Volume 24) Softcover
7 € 29,95 | £23.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6763-1
9<HTMELC=aghgdb>
02/02/2008 11:11:56
 10 Medicine
E. Sala, A. H. Freeman, D. J. Lomas, Addenbrooke‘s
Hospital, Cambridge, UK; H. Ringl, Medical University
of Vienna, Austria
Radiology for Surgeons in
Clinical Practice
Cross-sectional imaging is now widely avail-
able and routinely used as part of decision-
making process in surgical patients. Advances in
techniques, the availability and combination of
different imaging modalities have made rapid and
accurate diagnoses possible. This book provides
basic information on these imaging findings in the
main surgical pathologies.
The first part describes the principles of imaging
and different imaging techniques available. Giving
pros and cons of each technique, it provides useful
information and guidance on the appropriate
choice of imaging. Symptom-based, rather than
organ-based, the second part provides a prac-
tical approach to imaging patients with common
surgical complaints in order to aid understanding
and encourage a problem-solving approach to
selecting different imaging modalities.
Providing a simple diagnostic framework for
common surgical situations, this useful guide
will be invaluable for surgical residents, trainees,
medical students, and consultant surgeons.
Features
7 Symptom-based, rather than organ-based,
encouraging a problem-solving rather than
descriptive approach 7 Contains bullet point
information on imaging findings that assist the
reader to quickly recognise them in clinical prac-
tice 7 A handy pocket-size guide
Contents
Part 1: Principles of Imaging.- Plain radio-
graphs or X-rays.- Contrast medium studies.-
Cross-sectional imaging.- Nuclear medicine
imaging.- Part 2: Imaging of Common Clinical
Problems.- Pain and acute abdomen.- Mass.-
Bleeding.- Jaundice.- Trauma.
Fields of interest
Diagnostic Radiology; Imaging / Radiology;
Surgery
Target groups
Surgical residents, trainees, medical students, radi-
ologists-in-training, consultant surgeons
Type of publication
Professional book
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 145 p. 90 illus., 5 in color. Softcover
7 approx. € 35,00 | £25.00
ISBN 978-1-84800-095-7
9<HTMIPI=a ajfh>
ROW_Book0803.indb 10
Springer News 3/2008
J. Streltzer, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, HI, USA;
H. Leigh, University of California, San Francisco, CA,
USA (Eds.)
Handbook of Consultation-
Liaison Psychiatry
Consultation-liaison psychiatry is an impor-
tant interface between psychiatry and the rest
of medicine as well as psychology, social work,
nursing, and other behavioral science disciplines.
This book is a practical, up-to-date handbook
providing a biopsychosocial, integrative perspec-
tive and drawing the expertise of two renowned
psychiatrists in the field. It is organized in five
major sections addressing the fundamentals of the
field as well as including an assessment of where
the field is today. Chapters also address specific
pathologies and populations.
Features
7 Provides a good balance of theoretical and
practical info 7 Biopsychosocial, integrative
approach 7 Balanced depth of perception
7 Case vignettes 7 Specific instructions for
consultation procedures, downloadable forms,
relaxation techniques
From the contents
Preface.- Part I: Nature and Evolution of CL
Psychiatry.- Part II: Psychiatric Syndromes in
Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry.- Part III: Special
Patients and Settings in Consultation-Liaison
Psychiatry.- Part IV: Special Techniques in Consul-
tation-Liaison Psychiatry.
Fields of interest
Psychiatry; Neuropsychology; Health Psychology
Target groups
Psychiatrists, behavioral medicine/medical
psychologists, neuropsychologists; trainees
in consultation-liaison psychiatry (psychiatry
residents, psychology interns, nurses), psychiatry
residents in their consultation-liaison rotation;
psychology graduate and postgraduate students
in their behavioral medicine/health psychology
courses and rotations; medical students in their
psychiatry rotation
Type of publication
Handbook
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 440 p. 10 illus. Softcover
7 approx. € 38,50 | £29.50
ISBN 978-0-387-78128-0
9<HTLDTH=hibcia>
springer.com/booksellers
K. Takubo, Tokyo Metropolitan Institute of
Gerontology, Tokyo, Japan
Pathology of the Esophagus
An Atlas and Textbook
Esophageal diseases have recently become a
focus of clinical interest especially as a result of
an increase in the number of cases of Barrett‘s
esophagus. This book presents a comprehensive
description of the esophagus based on many works
published in English as well as in Japanese. Topics
range from the embryology and structure of the
esophagus, to benign diseases and various esopha-
geal infections, to esophageal carcinoma, including
Barrett‘s esophagus. Not only the numerous
beautiful color illustrations of pathological
investigation by such means as cytology, immuno-
histochemistry, and electron microscopy, but also
the large number of endoscopic images in the book
make readers immediately aware of its clinical
relevance. Pathology of the Esophagus provides an
invaluable source of information for pathologists,
researchers, and practicing endoscopists.
Features
7 Comprehensive book about pathology of the
esophagus 7 About 400 illustrations, mainly in
color 7 Since there are few books on pathology
of the esophagus, this book will be the single best
source of information on this subject
Fields of interest
Pathology; Gastroenterology; Surgical Oncology
Target groups
Pathologists, researchers, practicing endoscopists
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
Originally published by EDUCA Publishing Japan, 2000
2nd ed. 2008. 343 p. Hardcover
7 € 169,95 | £130.50
ISBN 978-4-431-26267-1
9<HTPEOB=cgcghb>
02/02/2008 11:11:56
 springer.com/booksellers
J. F. Tomashefski, Case Western Reserve University,
Metrohealth Medical Center, Cleveland, OH, USA (Ed.)
Dail and Hammar‘s Pulmonary
Pathology The Visual Transduction
Volume 2: Neoplastic Lung Disease
Cascade
Associate editors: P. T. Cagle, C. Farver, A. E. Fraire
Dail and Hammar’s Pulmonary Pathology has set
the standard for which all other pathology texts
strive to achieve.
From stellar reviews of the Second Edition
7 When the first edition of Pulmonary Pathology
by David H. Dail and Samuel P. Hammar was
published in 1988, it was clear that it was to become
the reference book for pulmonary pathology. It was
difficult to conceive then that a better book on the
subject could be assembled. The second edition of
this encyclopedic work proved convincingly that
improvement could occur. Indeed, the new revised
edition is more complete and better illustrated…I
consider this book to be an outstanding contribution
to the pathology literature and a must in the library
of surgical and pulmonary pathologists. 7 Human
Pathology
Contents
Volume 2: Lymphoproliferative Diseases.- Molec-
ular Genetics of Lung and Pleural Neoplasms.-
Pre-invasive Disease.- Common Non-small Cell
Carcinomas and Their Variants.- Neuroenocrine
Carcinomas.- Sarcomatoid Carcinoma: Pleomor-
phic Carcinoma, Spindle Cell Carcinoma, Giant
Cell Carcinoma, Carcinosarcoma and pulmonary
Blastoma.- Tracheobronchial (Salivary) Type
Gland Tumors.- Mesenchymal Tumors - Part I:
Tumors of Fibrous, Fibrohistiocytic and Muscle
Origin.- Mesenchymal Tumors - Part II: Tumors of
Hamartomatous, Osteochondromatous, Lipo-
matous, Neural and Vascular Origin.- Miscel-
laneous Tumors and Tumor-like Proliferations of
the Lung.- Pediatric Tumors.- Neoplasms of the
Pleura.- Metastases to and from the Lung.- Cyto-
pathology of Pulmonary Neoplasia.- Index.
Field of interest
Pathology
Target groups
Pathologists, pathology residents and fellows,
pulmonologists
Type of publication
Professional book
Due May 2008
3rd ed. 2008. Approx. 1800 p. 985 illus., 853 in color. (2
volume-set) Hardcover
7 € 179,95 | £138.50
ISBN 978-0-387-72113-2
9<HTLDTH=hcb dc>
ROW_Book0803.indb 11
Springer News 3/2008
J. Tombran-Tink, C. J. Barnstable, Penn State College
of Medicine Milton S. Hershey Medical Center College
of Medicine, PA, USA (Eds.)
Basic and Clinical Principles
Remarkable advances have contributed to revolu-
tionizing the study of vertebrate vision. The first
step to identifying objects and establishing spatial
relationships is the visual transduction cascade,
a process that underpins a wide range of ocular
diseases and therapies. Toward that, The Visual
Transduction Cascade: Basic and Clinical Prin-
ciples reveals not only how the eye evolved into an
organ of vision, but also describes how molecular
mechanisms of key molecules (such as transducins,
phosphodiesterases, and CyclicGMP metabo-
lizing enzymes) operate in the phototransduction
cascade. In this groundbreaking text, experts also
explain mechanisms for sensing readiation outside
of the visible wavelengths – a good example of the
limitations of the human sensory systems.
Features
7 Thorough explication of the phototransduction
cascade 7 Comprehensive and multidisciplinary
7 Covers developmental, structural and molec-
ular mechanisms 7 Leads to a more exhaustive
understanding of ocular diseases and therapies
From the contents
An Organ of Exquisite Perfection.- Develop-
ment of the Foveal Specialization.- Contribution
of Environmental Factors to Rod Photoreceptor
Development.- Photoreceptor-RPE Interac-
tions: Physiology and Molecular Mechanisms.-
Molecular Biology of IRBP and its Role in the
Visual Cycle.- Regulation of Photoresponses by
Phosphorylation.- The cGMP Signaling Pathway
in Retinal Photoreceptors and the Central Role
of Photoreceptor Phosphodiesterase (PDE6).-
Rhodopsin Structure, Function, and Involvement
in Retinitis Pigmentosa.
Fields of interest
Ophthalmology; Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine
Target groups
Opthamologists, cell biologists, molecular biolo-
gists, students
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 435 p. 112 illus. With CD-ROM. Hardcover
7 € 144,95 | £111.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-957-4
9<HTMFTI=cj fhe>
Medicine 11
J. Tröger, Universität Heidelberg, Germany;
P. Seidensticker, BayerSchering, Berlin, Germany
(Eds.)
Paediatric Imaging Manual
Children and adolescents are not simply small
adults; they suffer from different diseases and
require different treatments. The same is true
where imaging is concerned. The diagnostic strate-
gies – using identical diagnostic instruments – are
different; the care prior to, during, and following
the examination differs from that of adults.
Because the number of Centers for Pediatric
Radiology is small, students as well as pediatricians
and general radiologists lack training in pediatric
radiology and are often not sufficiently aware of
these differences.
Active radiation protection and avoidence of
unnecessary high contrast media doses are number
one priority in diagnosing and treating children
and can be achieved through: Avoidance of X-rays
and CT scans. Substitution with non-ionizing
radiation such as ultrasonography and MRI where
possible while ensuring diagnostic reliability;
Reduction of the radiation dose and number of
views.
Features
7 Imaging of Newborns, Infants, Children and
Adolescents
Contents
Radiation Bio Effects and Dose Reduction Strate-
gies.- Contrast Media: Posology, Risks and Side
Effects.- Developmental Anomalies of the Central
Nervous System.- Thoracic Disorders.- Musculos-
celetal System.
Fields of interest
Imaging / Radiology; Pediatrics
Target groups
Radiologists, physicians doing advanced training
in radiology and pediatrics
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. X, 170 p. Softcover
7 € 4,95 | £4.00
ISBN 978-3-540-34964-8
9<HTOFPA=dejgei>
02/02/2008 11:11:57
 12 Medicine Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

Z. Zachariou, Inselspital Bern, Switzerland (Ed.)

Pediatric Surgery Digest

Pediatric Surgery Digest offers a practically

oriented and up-to-date overview of all subjects
in pediatric surgery according to the European
surgical curriculum. Additionally, interdisci-
plinary aspects concerning pediatrics, adult
surgery, obstetrics and other disciplines working
with children are considered. The tables enable
quick access to indications for the operative and
conservative therapy with schematic step-by-step
illustrations for nearly all surgical procedures.
Practical information on child-adapted dosage
for pharmacotherapy as well as age-specific injury
patterns from scalding in young children to spleen
rupture in teenaged vehicle users are taken into
consideration. The surgical role in modern pedi-
atric oncology is also presented according to the
guidelines of SIOP. European pediatric surgeons,
experts in their field, have written this book for
students and trainees, but also for anybody who
treats children surgically.

Features
7 Practically oriented and to-the-point manual
on all subjects in pediatric surgery 7 Concise
and ready reference covering all interdisciplinary
aspects 7 Well illustrated with many tables
for quick access to indications for operative and
conservative therapy

From the contents

Part I Introduction: Introduction.- Part II General
Considerations: Enteral / Parenteral Nutrition in
Infants and Children.- Emergencies / Resuscita-
tion.- Blood / Blood-products Transfusion.- Pain
Management.- Wounds / Surgical Techniques.-
Minimal Invasive Surgery Principles.- Imaging
in Pediatric Surgery.- Expert Opinion.- Special
Situations.- Part III Specific Diseases: Birth
Trauma.- Skull.- Spinal Column.- Face.- Neck.-
Thorax.- Diaphragm.- Esophagus.- Abdominal
Wall.- Abdomen.- Stomach and Duodenum.-
Intestinal Congenital Malformations.- Intestinal
Diseases.- Anorectal Diseases.- Inflammatory
Bowel Diseases.- Blunt Abdominal Trauma.- Liver
and Pancreas.- Pediatric Surgical Oncology.

Fields of interest
Pediatric Surgery; Surgery; Pediatrics

Target groups
Residents in pediatric surgery, pediatric surgeons

Type of publication
Monograph

Due June 2008

2008. Approx. 635 p. 506 illus. Softcover

7 approx. € 89,95 | £69.00
ISBN 978-3-540-34032-4

9<HTOFPA=deadce>
ROW_Book0803.indb 12 02/02/2008 11:11:57
 springer.com/booksellers
S. Aksoy, Yale School of Public Health, New Haven,
CT, USA (Ed.)
Transgenesis and the
Management of Vector-Borne
Disease
Parasitic, bacterial and viral agents continue to
challenge the welfare of humans, livestock, wild life
and plants worldwide. The public health impact
and financial consequences of these diseases are
particularly hard on the already overburdened
economies of developing countries especially in
the tropics. Many of these disease agents utilize
insect hosts (vectors) to achieve their transmis-
sion to mammals. In the past, these diseases were
largely controlled by insecticide-based vector
reduction strategies. Now, many of these diseases
have reemerged in the tropics, recolonizing their
previous range, and expanding into new territories
previously not considered to be endemic. Habitat
change, irrigation practices, atmospheric and
climate change, insecticide and drug resistance as
well as increases in global tourism, human traffic
and commercial activities, have driven the reemer-
gence and spread of vector borne diseases.
From the contents
1. Perspectives on The State of Insect Trans-
genics.- 2. Alphavirus Transducing Systems.- 3.
Paratransgenesis Applied for Control of Tsetse
Transmitted Sleeping Sickness.- 4. Bacteria of the
Genus Asaia: A Potential Paratransgenic Weapon
Against Malaria.- 5. Proposed Uses of Transposons
in Insect and Medical Biotechnology.- 6. The Yin
and Yang of Linkage Disequilibrium: Mapping
of Genes and Nucleotides Conferring Insecticide
Resistance in Insect Disease Vectors.- 7. Impact
of Technological Improvements on Traditional
Control Strategies.- 8. Insect Population Suppres-
sion using Engineered Insects.- 9. Wolbachia-
Based Technologies for Insect Pest Population
Control.- 10. Using Predictive Models to Optimize
Wolbachia-Based Strategies for Vector-Borne
Disease Control.
Fields of interest
Biomedicine general
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 185 p. 25 illus. (Advances in Experimental
Medicine and Biology, Volume 627) Hardcover
7 € 114,95 | £88.50
ISBN 978-0-387-78224-9
9<HTLDTH=hic ej>
ROW_Book0803.indb 13
Springer News 3/2008
B. A. Burleigh, Harvard School of Public Health,
Boston, MA, USA; D. Soldati-Favre, Université de
Genève, Switzerland (Eds.)
Molecular Mechanisms of
Parasite Invasion
All of the parasitic organisms highlighted in
this new book represent medically important
human pathogens that contribute significantly
to the global burden of disease. As such there is
intense interest in understanding the molecular
basis of infection by these pathogens – not only
with regard to their clinical relevance but also the
fascinating biology they reveal. For most of the
parasites discussed here the ability to penetrate
biological barriers and/or to establish intracellular
residence is critical to survival of the pathogen in
the mammalian hosts. For other parasites, a tissue
invasive phenotype is a key virulence determinant.
In the ensuing 18 chapters, select members of
this diverse set of protozoan parasites, as well as
some examples of the extremely reduced fungal
parasites classified as Microsporidia, are discussed
within the context of the fascinating molecular
strategies employed by these organisms to migrate
across biological barriers and to establish residence
within target host cells.
From the contents
I. Tools and Experimental Approaches.-
II. Receptor-Ligand Interaction.- III. Signaling
Pathways.- IV. Actin Dynamics: Host and Parasite.-
V. Proteases.- VI. The Parasitophorous Vacuole.-
VII. Penetrating Biological Barriers.
Fields of interest
Biomedicine general
Target groups
Researchers
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 255 p. 52 illus., 4 in color. (Subcellular
Biochemistry, Volume 47) Hardcover
7 approx. € 130,15 | £100.00
ISBN 978-0-387-78266-9
9<HTLDTH=hicg j>
Biomedicine 13
Current Topics in Microbiology
and Immunology
Series editors : R. Compans, M. Cooper, T. Honjo,
H. Koprowski, F. Melchers, M. Oldstone, S. Olsnes,
P. Vogt
Volume 324
T. Nomura, Central Institute for Experimental
Animals, Kawasaki, Japan; T. Watanabe, RIKEN,
Yokohama, Japan; S. Habu, Tokai University School
of Medicine, Kanagawa, Japan (Eds.)
Humanized Mice
Contents
Basic Concept of Development and Practical
Application of Animal Models for Human
Diseases.- Humanized SCID mouse models for
biomedical research.- NOD/Shi-scid IL2 rgnull
(NOG) mice more appropriate for a human-
ized mouse model.- Humanizing Bone Marrow
in Immune Dificient Mice.- The differentiative
and regenerative properties of human hema-
topoietic stem/progenitor cells in the NOD-
SCID/IL2rgnullmice.- Antigen specific antibody
production of human B cells in NOG mice
reconstituted with human immune system.-
Humanized Immune System (HIS) mice as a tool
to study human NK cell development.- Human
T cell development and HIV infection in Human
Hemato-Lymphoid System Mice.- Humanized
mice for human retrovirus infection.- Functional
and Phenotypic Characterization of the Human-
ized BLT Mouse.- Novel metastasis models of
human cancer in NOG mice.- In vivo imaging in
humanized mice.- Subject index.
Fields of interest
Immunology; Human Genetics; Human Physi-
ology
Target groups
Researchers and scientists in the fields of immu-
nology, human physiology and experimental
therapy
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. XIII, 199 p. 39 illus., 24 in color. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-75646-0
9<HTOFPA=hfgega>
02/02/2008 11:11:57
 14 Biomedicine Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

Current Topics in Microbiology Current Topics in Microbiology
and Immunology and Immunology
Series editors: R. Compans, M. Cooper, T. Honjo,
H. Koprowski, F. Melchers, M. Oldstone, S. Olsnes,
P. Vogt
Volume 325
T. E. Shenk, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ, USA;
M. F. Stinski, University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA, USA
(Eds.)
Human Cytomegalovirus
This volume has gathered some of the experts in
the field to review aspects of our understanding
of CMV and to offer perspectives of the current
problems associated with CMV. The editors and
authors hope that the chapters will lead to a
better understanding of the virus that will assist
in the development of new and unique antivirals,
a protective vaccine, and a full understanding of
CMV’s involvement in human disease.
Fields of interest
Virology
Target groups
Researchers and scientists in the fields of virology,
immunology and genetics
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 470 p. 46 illus., 12 in color. Hardcover
7 € 160,00 | £123.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77348-1
Series editors: R. Compans, M. Cooper, T. Honjo,
H. Koprowski, F. Melchers, M. Oldstone, S. Olsnes,
P. Vogt
Volume 326
M. Golovkin, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadel-
phia, PA, USA; A. S. Reddy, Colorado State University,
Fort Collins, CO, USA (Eds.)
Nuclear pre-mRNA Processing
in Plants
In recent years nuclear pre-mRNA processing
has taken center stage as an important regulator
of gene expression and ultimately growth and
development. Large-scale genome and cDNA
sequencing projects together with bioinformatic
analyses of these sequences have revealed that
alternative splicing of pre-mRNAs contributes
greatly to transcriptome and proteome complexity
in eukaryotes. During the last few years, tremen-
dous progress has been made in understanding
various aspects of pre-mRNA processing including
alternative splicing and its importance in plant
growth and development as well as in plant
responses to hormones and stresses. This book,
with contributions from leading scientists in this
area, summarizes recent advances in nuclear pre-
mRNA processing in plants.
From the contents
Spliceosomal proteins in plants.- Analysis of
alternative splicing in plants using bioinformatics
tools.- Splice site requirements and switches in
plants.- U12-dependent intron splicing in plants.-
Plant SR proteins and their functions in plants.-
Spatio-temporal organization of pre-mRNA
splicing proteins in plants.- Regulation of splicing
by protein phoshorylation.- mRNA cap binding
proteins: Effects on abscisic acid signal transduc-
tion, mRNA processing and microarray analyses.-
Messenger RNA 3’ end formation in plants.- State
of Decay: An update of plant mRNA turnover.
Fields of interest
Biomedicine general
Target groups
Researchers and scientists in the field of plant
biology
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 340 p. 27 illus., 10 in color. Hardcover
7 € 119,95 | £92.50
ISBN 978-3-540-76775-6
J. Gustafson, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO,
USA (Ed.)
Genomics of Disease
The title will develop from the 24th Stadler sympo-
sium. It will explore the general theme “GENOME
EXPLOITATION: Data Mining the Genomes”. The
idea behind the theme is to discuss and illustrate
how scientists are going to characterize and make
use of the massive amount of information being
accumulated about plant and animal genomes.
The book will present a state-of-the-art picture on
mining the Genome databases. This will be one
of the few times that researchers in both plants
and animals will be working together to create a
seminal data resource.
Features
7 Comprehensive coverage of current topics
7 Chapters authored by key stars in the field
7 Accessible utility in a single volume reference
From the contents
Signaling networks in plant defense.- Genetic
Mapping of Complex.- Genomics of the rice
defense signaling pathway.- Genetic interactions
that mediate autoimmune disease.- Extracting
meaning from high-dimensional ‚omics data.-
Unraveling the genetic mysteries of the Cat: New
discoveries in feline inherited diseases and traits.-
Variation in chicken gene structure and expression
associated with food-safety pathogen resistance.-
Functional Genomics and Bioinformatics of the
Soybean-Phytophthora Interaction.- The genetics
governing merle coat patterning in the domestic
dog and association of merle with auditory and
ophthalmologic abnormalities.- Associating
genomic variation of diverse rice varieties to
understand disease resistance.- AKT1 haplotypes
control bone and muscle volumes, fasting serum
glucose, and risk for metabolic syndrome.- Ovine
disease resistance-integrating comparative and
functional genomics approaches in a genome
information-poor species.
Fields of interest
Human Genetics; Plant Genetics & Genomics;
Animal Genetics and Genomics
Target groups
Biomedical academics, scientists, and industry
professionals in bioinformatics, genetics,
genomics, life sciences: plant, animal geneticists
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 245 p. (Stadler Genetics Symposia Series)
Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76722-2

9<HTOFPA=h deib> 9<HTOFPA=hgh fg> 9<HTLDTH=hghc c>

ROW_Book0803.indb 14 02/02/2008 11:11:58
 springer.com/booksellers
A. F. Hill, University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC,
Australia (Ed.)
Prion Protein Protocols
While much information has been gained over the
last two decades regarding the molecular nature of
prion proteins, only recently have several research
groups begun to cast light on turning the normal
prion protein into its aberrant, infectious form.
In Prion Protein Protocols, an international team
of experts provide an up-to-date collection of
current methods in this unique area of neurosci-
ence. The chapters contained in this volume, both
protocols and useful review chapters, feature topics
such as the cell biology of prions, techniques
and approaches to studying prion infection in
cultured cells, how these systems can be used as a
rapid bioassay, and prion protein misfolding. As a
volume in the highly successful Methods in Molec-
ular Biology™ series, the chapters include readily
reproducible, step-by-step laboratory protocols,
lists of the necessary materials and reagents, and
the Notes section, which provides tips on trouble-
shooting and avoiding known pitfalls.
Features
7 Most current collection of protocols in prion
disease research 7 Fully described methods
chapters from leaders in the field with easy to
follow instructions and notes sections 7 Provides
methods for studying prion infection in cell
cultures with a review chapter on current cell
models 7 Detailed protocols for prion protein
conversion assays using current technologies with
a review highlighting their use
Fields of interest
Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Infectious Diseases
Target groups
Neuroscientists, infectious disease specialists,
prion researchers
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 345 p. 43 illus., 5 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 459) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-897-3
9<HTMFTI=cjijhd>
ROW_Book0803.indb 15
Springer News 3/2008
D. Kitamura, Tokyo University of Science, Chiba,
Japan (Ed.)
How the Immune System
Recognizes Self and Nonself
Immunoreceptors and Their Signaling
The immune system is a highly evolved security
system that protects the body from infection
by pathogens such as viruses and bacteria. The
immune system also recognizes and rejects a
transplanted organ from even the same species.
Indeed, the immune system potentially recognizes
and eliminates everything that invades the body
(nonself). However, it does not normally eliminate
self cells or tissues except tumor cells developed
from self tissue. Occasionally the immune system
breaks down and attacks the body components of
the self, manifesting as autoimmune diseases such
as rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythe-
matosus, myasthenia gravis, and insulin-resistant
diabetes. This book contains extensive updated
reviews describing what kinds of receptors various
immune cells use, how they recognize the self
and the nonself components (and “neoself ” such
as tumors), and how finally the immune system
distinguishes the self and nonself ?
Fields of interest
Immunology; Molecular Medicine; Medical
Biochemistry
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. XVIII, 251 p. 6 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50
ISBN 978-4-431-73883-1
9<HTPEOB=hdi db>
Biomedicine 15
D. J. Livingstone, ChemQuest, Sandown, UK (Ed.)
Artificial Neural Networks
Methods and Applications
As an extension of artificial intelligence research,
artificial neural networks (ANN) aim to simulate
intelligent behavior by mimicking the way that
biological neural networks function. In Artificial
Neural Networks, an international panel of experts
report the history of the application of ANN to
chemical and biological problems, provide a guide
to network architectures, training and the extrac-
tion of rules from trained networks, and cover
many cutting-edge examples of the application of
ANN to chemistry and biology. In the tradition
of the highly successful Methods in Molecular
Biology™ series, this volume exhibits clear, easy-to-
use information with many step-by-step laboratory
protocols.
Comprehensive and state of the art, Artificial
Neural Networks is an excellent guide to this accel-
erating technological field of study.
Features
7 Serves as a detailed, easy-to-use guide to
the application of artificial neural networks
7 Includes methods involving the mapping and
interpretation of Infra Red spectra and modelling
environmental toxicology
From the contents
Artificial Neural Networks in Biology and Chem-
istry - the Evolution of a new Analytical Tool.-
Overview of Artificial Neural Networks.- Bayesian
Regularization of Neural Networks.- Kohonen and
Counter-propagation Neural Networks Applied for
Mapping and Interpretation of IR Spectra.- Artifi-
cial Neural Network Modeling in Environmental
Toxicology.- Neural Networks in Analytical Chem-
istry.- Application of Artificial Neural Networks
for Decision Support in Medicine.- Neural
Networks in Building QSAR Models.
Fields of interest
Neurosciences; Artificial Intelligence (incl.
Robotics); Computer Appl. in Life Sciences
Target groups
Biologists, chemists, artificial intelligence special-
ists
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 315 p. 74 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 458) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-718-1
9<HTMFTI=cjhbib>
02/02/2008 11:11:58
 16 Biomedicine
N. Markovic, O. Markovic, Global Academy for
Women’s Health, Rockville, MD, USA
What Every Woman Should
Know about Cervical Cancer
Recent introduction of HPV vaccines has raised
hopes for immunization against cervical cancer
and for the first time in the history of humanity
for eradication of one malignant disease. This new
“opportunity” has changed many current views on
cervical cancer prevention, control diagnosis and
treatment. Many canons and guidelines became
subject of review and many revisions are coming.
This book is intended to summarize most of these
events and to present them to all women in a
language understandable by the eneral public.
We expect the book will bring all readers the
rationale for optimism and will provide guidance
as how to gain knowledge and skills for critical
thinking and making an educated decision when it
will be necessary in their lives.
Features
7 Actuality of the subject 7 One-stop compre-
hensive cervical cancer resource 7 Novelties in
the field heralding future policy and standards
7 Personal position of authors on controversial
issues 7 Balancing needs for developed and
developing countries
From the contents
Part I. The Female Reproductive System in Health
And Disease. 1.1. Basic anatomy of the female
reproductive system. 1.2 Basic physiology of the
female reproductive system. 1.3. An overview of
the most common women’s diseases. 1.4 Tumors of
the female reproductive system.- Part II. Cervical
Cancer and Precancerosis. What every woman
must know about cervical cancer and why? 2.1
Cervical Cancer. 2.2 About cervical cancer and
precancerosis in this book. 2.3 Epidemiology.
2.4 Prevention and control of cervical cancer.
Fields of interest
Cancer Research; Oncology; Public Health
Target groups
General public; public libraries, colleges and
universities; courses on women’s health and
similar, health professionals involved in women’s
health and cervical cancer screening, sexually
active women, parents with female children, health
educators at all levels
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 250 p. 40 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6936-9
9<HTMELC=agjdgj>
ROW_Book0803.indb 16
Springer News 3/2008
R. S. Rapaka, National Institute on Drug Abuse,
Bethesda, MD, USA; W. Sadée, College of Medicine
and Public Health, Ohio State University, Columbus,
OH, USA (Eds.)
Drug Addiction
From Basic Research to Therapy
Drug Addiction: From Basic Research to Therapy
provides a comprehensive overview of physiolog-
ical, biochemical, and genetic pathways underlying
drug addiction, and resultant efforts to develop
novel treatment strategies dealing with drug addic-
tion and other CNS disorders where the neuro-
physiological processes overlap, such as treatment
of pain. Based on the AAPS-NIDA Frontiers in
Science Symposium “Drug Addiction: From Basic
Research to Therapies,” this volume, representing
focuses on the translation of fundamental addic-
tion research to a variety of treatments, bringing
together scientists with widely ranging exper-
tise in synthetic and computational chemistry,
molecular biology, genetics, and neuroscience with
researchers in drug discovery and development,
drug targeting, and quantitative therapeutics.
Features
7 Provides a comprehensive overview of
physiological, biochemical, and genetic pathways
underlying drug addiction, and resultant efforts
to develop novel treatment strategies dealing with
drug addiction and other CNS disorders where
the neurophysiological processes overlap, such as
treatment of pain
From the contents
I. General Topics.- DARPP-32 mediates the actions
of multiple drugs of abuse.- Drug discovery from
natural sources.- Computational methods in drug
design: Modeling G protein-coupled receptor
monomers, dimers and oligomers.- Symbiotic
relationship of pharmacogenetics and drugs of
abuse.- Monoclonal antibody form and function:
Manufacturing the right antibodies for treating
drug abuse.
Fields of interest
Pharmacology/Toxicology
Target groups
Researchers in drug discovery and development,
drug targeting, and quantitative therapeutics,
Scientists with expertise in synthetic and computa-
tional chemistry, molecular biology, genetics, and
neuroscience
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 680 p. 197 illus., 1 in color. Hardcover
7 € 134,95 | £104.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76677-5
9<HTLDTH=hg h f>
springer.com/booksellers
C. Schmidt, Anatomische Anstalt LMU München,
Germany; I. McGonnell, S. Allen, K. Patel
The Role of Wnt Signalling in
the Development of Somites
and Neural Crest
The Wnt family of secreted signalling molecules
controls a wide range of developmental processes
in all metazoans. In this investigation, the authors
have concentrated on the role that members of this
family play during the development of the somites
and the neural crest. Finally they have isolated a
novel component of the Wnt signalling pathway
called Naked Cuticle and investigated the role
that this protein may play in both the previously
mentioned processes.
Contents
1. Introduction.- 1.1 Wnts and development.-
1.2. Somite formation.- 1.3. Induction, delamina-
tion and migration of neural crest.- 1.4. Outline
of research plan.- 2. Material and methods.-
3. Results.- 3.1 Wnt6 and somitogenesis.- 3.2 The
regulation of cNkd1 expression.- 3.3 Wnt6 and
the neural crest.- 4. Discussion.- 5. Summary.- 7.
References.- 8. Acknowledgements.- Subject index.
Fields of interest
Neurosciences; Biomedicine general
Target groups
Researchers and scientists in the field of neuro-
anatomy
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 80 p. 16 illus. in color. (Advances in
Anatomy, Embryology and Cell Biology, Volume 195)
Softcover
7 € 84,95 | £65.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77726-7
9<HTOFPA=h hcgh>
02/02/2008 11:11:59
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Biomedicine 17

S. Vizi (Ed.)

Handbook of Neurochemistry
and Molecular Neurobiology
Neurotransmitter Systems

Editor-in-chief: A. Lajtha

The brain is the organ that collects information

from the environment, processes and stores the
information, and generates behavior as and when
needed. In essence, the brain makes us who we
are. For this reason, understanding the biology
of brain function is a great challenge and a major
goal of modern science. The brain is one of the
last great frontiers in science, and the unraveling
of its mysteries is comparable in complexity to
efforts in space exploration. A fundamental goal
of neuroscience is to understand how neurons
generate behavior and the pathophysiology of
different mental and neurological diseases. This
requires, among other things, information about
where these neurons are located, how they are
connected, and how they communicate with each
other in various physiological and pathophysi-
ological conditions. Our aim is to describe recent
discoveries about the basic operations of the brain
and to provide an introduction to the adaptations
for specific types of information processing.

From the contents

Structural Organization of Monoamine and
Acetylcholine Neuron Systems in the Rat CNS.-
Brain Neurons Partly Expressing Monoaminergic
Phenotype: Distribution, Development, and
Functional Significance in Norm and Pathology.-
In Vivo Imaging of Neurotransmitter Systems with
PET.- Synaptic and Nonsynaptic Release of Trans-
mitters.- Cholinergic Transmission.- Molecular
Genetics of Brain Noradrenergic Neurotransmis-
sion.- Dopamine and the Dopaminergic Systems
of the Brain.- 5-Hydroxytryptamine in the Central
Nervous System.- GABA Neurotransmission:
An Overview.- ATP-Mediated Signaling in the
Nervous System.- Adenosine Neuromodulation
and Neuroprotection.

Fields of interest
Neurosciences

Target groups
Neurosciences: neurochemistry, neuroendocri-
nology, neurophysiology, neurobiology; biological
sciences: biochemistry, metabolism

Type of publication
Handbook

Due April 2008

3rd ed. 2008. Approx. 500 p. 40 illus. Hardcover

7 € 199,95 | £154.00
ISBN 978-0-387-30351-2

9<HTLDTH=dadfbc>
ROW_Book0803.indb 17 02/02/2008 11:11:59
 18 Psychology
P. A. Brawer, Miriam Hospital, Providence, RI, USA
(Ed.)
Pain in Primary Care Settings
Pain is the number one complaint for people
seeking medical treatment. It accounts for over 35
million new office visits and is a component of 80%
of all office visits to physicians in the United States
annually. Of these patients, a significant propor-
tion already have or go on to develop chronic pain,
accounting for nearly 50 million people in pain in
the United States alone. The economic and public
health impact of pain is tremendous, accounting
for an estimated $100 billion/year in medical costs.
Most often the primary care setting is the first
and only site of contact for these patients. Due to
the complex nature of many of the chronic pain
conditions, professionals working in the primary
care setting may often be overwhelmed, confused,
or frustrated by ethical and legal issues, disability
forms, and requests for medications.
Features
7 Assists the primary care provider in under-
standing the complex nature of pain 7 Introduces
the primary care provider to the issues of assess-
ment, diagnosis and evidence-based treatment
for chronic pain 7 Provides case studies and an
overview for the most common pain disorders
7 Addresses the complex issues of disability as
well as ethical and legal concerns
From the contents
Part I: Background, Assessment, and Treatment.-
Introduction.- What is Pain? Acute v. Chronic.-
The Importance of Early Intervention.- What
Makes the Primary Care Setting So Important?.-
Assessment: A Biopsychosocial Approach.- Medi-
cations: Beyond Opioids.- Medical Interven-
tions.- Part II: Common Pain Disorders With
Case Studies.- Chronic Low Back Pain.- Head
Pain.- Complex Regional Pain Syndrome.- Fibro-
myalgia.- Rheumatological Diseases.- Irritable
Bowel Syndrome.- Repetitive Motions Disorder.-
Post-Herpetic Neuralgia.- Part III: Special Issues in
the Primary Care Setting.
Fields of interest
Health Psychology; Clinical Psychology; Medicine/
Public Health, general
Target groups
Professionals in primary health care
Type of publication
Professional book
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 200 p. (Perspectives on Pain in
Psychology) Hardcover
7 approx. € 34,65 | £26.50
ISBN 978-0-387-72652-6
9<HTLDTH=hcgfcg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 18
Springer News 3/2008
D. E. Hartman, Chicago, IL, USA
Neuropsychological
Toxicology
Identification and Assessment of Human
Neurotoxic Syndromes
Since the publication of the second edition in 1995,
interest in this area has exploded within the fields
of neuropsychology and forensic psychology. This
is a highly regarded reference work that compre-
hensively reviews the effects of toxic industrial
substances, alcohol, and abused drugs on brain and
behavior. It has achieved a niche within neuro-
psychology that no one has attempted to emulate,
and there is little or no direct competition. The
book has been used extensively within the fields
of neuropsychology, neurology, and psychiatry,
and has also achieved cross-field popularity in
legal circles; it is a standard reference source for
attorneys who litigate so-called toxic torts (see
review attached). The third edition will update and
extend each of the 10 major chapters, including
expansion of toxic metal, solvent, prescription
drug, recreational/“club” drug, and alcohol expo-
sure, as well as the issue of chemical sensitivity and
psychosomatic disorders.
Features
7 No other book dedicated to neuropsychological
toxicology 7 An area of huge growth over the
past five years
From the contents
Effects of Child and Adult Neurotoxic Expo-
sure.- Neuropsychological Tests Used to Assess
Neurotoxic Exposure Effects in Adults and Chil-
dren.- Metal Exposure.- Solvent Abuse.- Alcohol
Abuse.- Prescription and Recreational Drugs
(Heroin, Methadone, Morphine, LSD, Ecstasy).-
Pesticides (Including Chlorphyrifos).- Carbon
Monoxide.- Psychosomatic Disorders and Multiple
Chemical Sensitivity.
Fields of interest
Neuropsychology; Psychopharmacology; Clinical
Psychology
Target groups
Neuropsychologists, clinical psychologists, psychi-
atrists and attorneys who litigate toxic torts
Type of publication
Handbook
Due June 2008
Originally published in the series: Critical Issues in
Neuropsychology
3rd ed. 2007. Approx. 500 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 92,95 | £71.50
ISBN 978-0-387-70921-5
9<HTLDTH=hajcbf>
springer.com/booksellers
M. L. Perlis, C. Jungquist, University of Rochester,
NY, USA; M. T. Smith, Johns Hopkins University, Balti-
more, MD, USA; D. Posner, Brown University Medical
School, Providence, RI, USA
Cognitive Behavioral
Treatment of Insomnia
A Session-by-Session Guide
Cognitive behavior therapy which has been
adapted to treat so many problems, has also
brought data-driven and data-yielding treatment
to insomnia. Focusing on this evidence-based
modality, Cognitive Behavioral Treatment of
Insomnia is a much-needed treatment manual that
provides clinicians with the why’s and how’s of this
approach in concise and practical terms.
This book, which is written as a reader-friendly
guide, is intended for clinical trainees, non-
insomnia sleep specialists, and for expert CBT
clinicians from outside the sleep medicine field
who wish to begin the process of learning to
provide empirically validated CBT-I.
The book is organized into seven parts: definition
of insomnia; review of the conceptual; frame-
work for treatment; overview of the components
of therapy; session-by-session guide; dialogues;
assessment and eligibility for CBT-I; and sample
documentation.
Features
7 Guides the clinician in how to best establish a
sleep clinic to study and solve sleep disturbances of
his or her patients
Contents
Introduction.- The Definition of Insomnia.- The
Conceptual Framework for CBT-I.- Components
of Therapy.- CBT-I Session by Session.- CBT-I
Example Dialogues for Patient Questions and
Challenges.- A Case Example.- Appendices.-
Glossary.- Reference.
Fields of interest
Clinical Psychology; Neuropsychology; Psychiatry
Target groups
Neurologists, pulmonologists, psychologists,
neuroscience students and researchers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
1st ed. 2005. 2nd printing 2008. XVIII, 182 p. 12 illus.
Softcover
7 approx. € 30,80 | £23.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77440-4
9<HTLDTH=h e ae>
02/02/2008 11:11:59
 springer.com/booksellers
J. Aarts, Delft University of Technology, Mediamatics,
The Netherlands
Geometry
Selected Topics in Plane and Solid Geometry
Translated by: R. Erne
This is a book on Euclidean geometry that covers
the standard material in a completely new way,
while also introducing a number of new topics that
would be suitable as a junior-senior level under-
graduate textbook. The author does not begin in
the traditional manner with abstract geometric
axioms. Instead, he assumes the real numbers, and
begins his treatment by introducing such modern
concepts as a metric space, vector space notation,
and groups, and thus lays a rigorous basis for
geometry while at the same time giving the student
tools that will be useful in other courses.
Features
7 Many unique topics are covered, such as frac-
tals and cycloids 7 Author uses a non-traditional
approach (he defines a right angle by using the
Pythagorean theorem)
Contents
Preface.- Plane Geometry.- Transformations.-
Symmetry.- Curves.- Solid Geometry.- Appendix.-
References.- Index.
Field of interest
Geometry
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Undergraduate textbook
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 410 p. 300 illus. (Universitext) Softcover
7 approx. € 38,50 | £29.50
ISBN 978-0-387-78240-9
9<HTLDTH=hiceaj>
ROW_Book0803.indb 19
Springer News 3/2008
A. Agrachev, A.S. Morse, E.D. Sontag,
H.J. Sussmann, V.I. Utkin, P. Nistri, G. Stefani (Eds.)
Nonlinear and Optimal
Control Theory
Lectures given at the C.I.M.E. Summer School
held in Cetraro, Italy, June 19-29, 2004
The lectures gathered in this volume present some
of the different aspects of Mathematical Control
Theory. Adopting the point of view of Geometric
Control Theory and of Nonlinear Control Theory,
the lectures focus on some aspects of the Optimi-
zation and Control of nonlinear, not necessarily
smooth, dynamical systems. Specifically, three of
the five lectures discuss respectively: logic-based
switching control, sliding mode control and the
input to the state stability paradigm for the control
and stability of nonlinear systems. The remaining
two lectures are devoted to Optimal Control: one
investigates the connections between Optimal
Control Theory, Dynamical Systems and Differ-
ential Geometry, while the second presents a very
general version, in a non-smooth context, of the
Pontryagin Maximum Principle. The arguments
of the whole volume are self-contained and are
directed to everyone working in Control Theory.
Contents
Preface by Paolo Nistri and Gianna Stefani.-
Andrei A. Agrachev: Geometry of Optimal
Control Problems and Hamiltonian Systems.-
A. Stephen Morse: Lecture notes on Logically
Switched Dynamical Systems.- Eduardo D. Sontag:
Input to State Stability: Basic Concepts and
Results.- Héctor J. Sussmann: Generalized Differ-
entials, Variational Generators, and the Maximum
Principle with State Constraints.- Vadim I. Utkin:
Sliding Mode Control: Mathematical Tools, Design
and Applications.
Fields of interest
Systems Theory, Control; Calculus of Variations
and Optimal Control; Optimization; Differential
Geometry
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students, even beginners
in control theory
Type of publication
Collection of essays
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 365 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics /
Fondazione C.I.M.E., Firenze, Volume 1932) Softcover
7 approx. € 49,95 | £38.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77644-4
9<HTOFPA=h ge e>
Mathematics 19
G.E. Andrews, Penn State University, University Park,
PA, USA; B.C. Berndt, University of Illinois at Urbana,
IL, USA
Ramanujan‘s Lost Notebook
Part II
In the spring of 1976, George Andrews of Pennsyl-
vania State University visited the library at Trinity
College, Cambridge, to examine the papers of the
late G.N. Watson. Among these papers, Andrews
discovered a sheaf of 138 pages in the handwriting
of Srinivasa Ramanujan. This manuscript was
soon designated “Ramanujan’s lost notebook.”
Its discovery has frequently been deemed the
mathematical equivalent of finding Beethoven’s
tenth symphony. The “lost notebook” contains
considerable material on mock theta functions
and so undoubtedly emanates from the last year
of Ramanujan’s life. It should be emphasized that
the material on mock theta functions is perhaps
Ramanujan’s deepest work. Mathematicians are
probably several decades away from a complete
understanding of those functions. More than half
of the material in the book is on q-series, including
mock theta functions; the remaining part deals
with theta function identities, modular equations,
incomplete elliptic integrals of the first kind and
other integrals of theta functions, Eisenstein series,
particular values of theta functions, the Rogers-
Ramanujan continued fraction, other q-continued
fractions, other integrals, and parts of Hecke’s
theory of modular forms.
Fields of interest
Algebraic Geometry; Sequences, Series, Summa-
bility; Special Functions
Target groups
Research mathematicians, graduate students,
lecturers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 430 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 68,55 | £52.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77765-8
9<HTLDTH=h hgfi>
02/02/2008 11:12:00
 20 Mathematics
D. Auroux, F. Catanese, M. Manetti, P. Seidel,
B. Siebert, I. Smith, G. Tian, F. Catanese, G. Tian
(Eds .)
Symplectic 4-Manifolds and
Algebraic Surfaces
Lectures given at the C.I.M.E. Summer School
held in Cetraro, Italy, September 2-10, 2003
Modern approaches to the study of symplectic
4-manifolds and algebraic surfaces combine a wide
range of techniques and sources of inspiration.
Gauge theory, symplectic geometry, pseudoholo-
morphic curves, singularity theory, moduli spaces,
braid groups, monodromy, in addition to classical
topology and algebraic geometry, combine to make
this one of the most vibrant and active areas of
research in mathematics. It is our hope that the five
lectures of the present volume given at the C.I.M.E.
Summer School held in Cetraro, Italy, September
2-10, 2003 will be useful to people working in
related areas of mathematics and will become
standard references on these topics.
The volume is a coherent exposition of an active
field of current research focusing on the intro-
duction of new methods for the study of moduli
spaces of complex structures on algebraic surfaces,
and for the investigation of symplectic topology in
dimension 4 and higher.
Fields of interest
Algebraic Geometry; Differential Geometry;
Several Complex Variables and Analytic Spaces
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students
Type of publication
Collection of essays
Due April 2008
2008 . Approx . 370 p . (Lecture Notes in Mathematics /
Fondazione C .I .M .E ., Firenze, Volume 1938) Softcover
7 € 49,95 | £38.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78278-0
9<HTOFPA=hichia> 9<HTLDTH=hgijfd> 9<HTLIMH=gehbce>
ROW_Book0803.indb 20
Springer News 3/2008
A. Bain, D. Crisan, Imperial College, London, UK
Fundamentals of Stochastic
Filtering
The objective of stochastic filtering is to deter-
mine the best estimate for the state of a stochastic
dynamical system from partial observations. The
solution of this problem in the linear case is the
well known Kalman-Bucy filter which has found
widespread practical application. The purpose of
this book is to provide a rigorous mathematical
treatment of the non-linear stochastic filtering
problem using modern methods. Particular
emphasis is placed on the theoretical analysis of
numerical methods for the solution of the filtering
problem via particle methods.
The book should provide sufficient background
to enable study of the recent literature. While no
prior knowledge of stochastic filtering is required,
readers are assumed to be familiar with measure
theory, probability theory and the basics of
stochastic processes. Most of the technical results
that are required are stated and proved in the
appendices.
Features
7 The authors are authorities in the stochastic
filtering field 7 An assortment of Measure
Theory, Probability Theory and Stochastic Analysis
results are included in order to make this book as
self contained as possible 7 Exercises and solu-
tions included throughout
Contents
Introduction.- The Stochastic Process.- The
Filtering Equations.- Uniqueness of the Solution
to the Zakai and the Kushner-Stratonovitch Equa-
tions.- Other results.- Finite Dimensional Filters.-
The Density of the Conditional Distribution of
the Signal.- Numerical Methods for Solving the
Filtering Problem.- A Continuous Time Particle
Filter.- Particle Filters in Discrete Time.- Measure
Theory.- Stochastic Analysis.- References.
Fields of interest
Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes;
Control Engineering; Numerical Analysis
Target groups
Advanced undergraduate and graduate students,
researchers
Type of publication
Professional book
Due April 2008
2008 . Approx . 380 p . (Stochastic Modelling and Applied
Probability, Volume 60) Hardcover
7 approx. € 46,95 | £36.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76895-3
springer.com/booksellers
N. Bellomo, Politecnico di Torino, Italy; M. Chaplain,
University of Dundee, UK; E. De Angelis, Politecnico
di Torino, Italy (Eds .)
Selected Topics in Cancer
Modeling
Genesis, Evolution, Immune Competition,
and Therapy
A major challenge in the modeling and simulation
of tumor growth is the mathematical description
of living matter, which is far more complex than
a mathematical description of inert matter. One
critical piece of this challenge is creating multiscale
models that take into account subcellular, cellular,
and macroscopic levels of cancer. The complexity
of these different levels requires the development
of new mathematical methods and ideas, which are
examined in this work.
Topics covered include modeling of complex
biological systems using mathematical kinetic
theory; stochastic evolutionary models of cancer
initiation and progression; multicellular systems,
chemotaxis, and derivation of macroscopic models;
modeling of avascular and vascular tumors; tumor
cords and their response to anticancer agents;
macroscopic brain modeling and other applica-
tions; modeling of breast cancer growth, recur-
rence, and treatment; as well as immune competi-
tion in tumor progression and prevention.
Features
7 Examines new methods and tools for the
rapidly evolving field of tumor modeling
7 Written by first-rate researchers in mathemat-
ical biology 7 The complexity of modeling living
matter requires the development of new math-
ematical methods and ideas; this volume is one of
the first steps in that direction 7 Applications to
brain tumor modeling, breast cancer modeling,
avascular and vascular tumors, and tumor cords
Fields of interest
Mathematical Modeling and Industrial Math-
ematics; Mathematical Biology in General; Physi-
ological, Cellular and Medical Topics
Target groups
Applied mathematicians, physicists, biologists, and
economists interested in the modeling of complex
social systems and living matter
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008 . Approx . 520 p . 140 illus . (Modeling and Simulation
in Science, Engineering and Technology) Hardcover
7 approx. € 72,00 | £56.50
ISBN 978-0-8176-4712-4
02/02/2008 11:12:01
 springer.com/booksellers
O. Bottema, deceased
Selected Topics in Elementary
Geometry Séminaire de Probabilités XL
Translated by: R. Erne
This small book has for a long time been a unique
place to find classical results from geometry, such
as Pythagoras’ theorem, the nine-point circle,
Morley‘s triangle, Poncelet’s polygons, and many
other subjects. In addition, this book contains
recent, geometric theorems which have been
obtained in this classical field over the past years.
There are 27 independent chapters on a wide range
of topics in elementary plane Euclidean geometry,
at a level just beyond what is usually taught in
a good high school or college geometry course.
The selection of topics is intelligent, varied, and
stimulating. In a small space the author provides
many thought-provoking ideas. This book will fit
in well with the increasing interest for geometry in
research and education. This book was originally
published in Dutch, and this will be the first
English translation.
From the reviews 7 This highly entertaining book
will broaden the reader’s historical perspective in an
enlightening manner and it provides attractive topics
for classroom discussion 7 Hendrick Lenstra,
University of Leiden
7I think it would be a great addition to the books
currently available in English 7 Robin Hartshorne,
University of California, Berkeley
Features
7 Is a unique place to find classical results in
geometry, along with more theorems
Field of interest
Geometry
Target groups
Undergraduates, high school geometry teachers
Type of publication
Undergraduate textbook
Due May 2008
Original Dutch edition published by Mathematics Insti-
tute, University of Utrecht, The Netherlands
2nd ed . 2008 . Approx . 160 p . 76 illus . Softcover
7 approx. € 30,80 | £23.50
ISBN 978-0-387-78130-3
9<HTLDTH=hibdad> 9<HTOFPA=h jbce> 9<HTLIMH=geh ae>
ROW_Book0803.indb 21
Springer News 3/2008
C. Donati-Martin, M. Émery, A. Rouault, C. Stricker
(Eds .)
Stochastic processes are as usual the main subject
of the Séminaire, with contributions on Brownian
motion (fractional or other), Lévy processes,
martingales and probabilistic finance. Other
probabilistic themes are also present: large random
matrices, statistical mechanics. The contributions
in this volume provide a sampling of recent results
on these topics. All contributions with the excep-
tion of two are written in English language.
From the contents
Spectral gap for a colored disordered lattice gas.-
On large deviations for the spectral measure of
discrete Coulomb gas.- Estimates for moments
of random matrices with Gaussian elements.-
Geometric interpretation of the cumulants for
random matrices previously defined as convolu-
tions on the symmetric group.- Fluctuations of
spectrally negative Markov additive processes.- On
continuity properties of the law of integrals of Lévy
processes.-: A law of the iterated logarithm for
fractional Brownian motions.- A simple theory for
the study of SDEs driven by a fractional Brownian
motion, in dimensio local time in R1.- Une preuve
simple d’un résultat de Dufresne.- Creation
or deletion of a drift on a Brownian trajec-
tory.- Extending Chacon-Walsh: minimality and
generalised starting distributions.- Transforma-
tions browniennes et compléments indépendants
: résultats et problèmes ouverts.- Hyperbolic
random walks.- The hypergroup property and
representation of Markov kernels.- A new look
at ‘Markovian’ Wiener-Hopf theory.- Separability
and completeness for the Wasserstein distance.- A
probabilistic interpretation to the symmetries of
a discrete heat equation.- On tail distributions of
supremum and quadratic variation of càdlàg local
martingales.
Fields of interest
Linear and Multilinear Algebras, Matrix Theory;
Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Game
Theory, Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in probability
theory and stochastic processes
Type of publication
Collection of essays
Due April 2008
2008 . Approx . 460 p . (Lecture Notes in Mathematics /
Séminaire de Probabilités, Volume 1934) Softcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77912-4
Mathematics 2
I.M. Gelfand, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ,
USA; M. Kapranov, Yale, New Haven, CT, USA;
A. Zelevinsky, Northeastern University, Boston, MA,
USA
Discriminants, Resultants,
and Multidimensional
Determinants
From the reviews 7 This book revives and vastly
expands the classical theory of resultants and
discriminants. Most of the main new results of the
book have been published earlier in more than a
dozen joint papers of the authors. The book nicely
complements these original papers with many
examples illustrating both old and new results of the
theory 7 Mathematical Reviews
7 Collecting and extending the fundamental and
highly original results of the authors, it presents
a unique blend of classical mathematics and very
recent developments in algebraic geometry,
homological algebra, and combinatorial theory
7 Zentralblatt Math
Features
7 The definitive text on eliminator theory
7 Revives the classical theory of resultants and
discriminants 7 Presents both old and new
results of the theory
From the contents
General Discriminants and Resultants.- Projective
Dual Varieties and General Discriminants.- The
Cayley Method of Studying Discriminants.- Asso-
ciated Varieties and General Resultants.- Chow
Varieties.- Toric Varieties.- Newton Polytopes and
Chow Polytopes.- Triangulations and Secondary
Polytopes.- A-Resultants and Chow Polytopes
of Toric Varieties.- A-Discriminants.- Principal
A-Discriminants.- Regular A-Determinants and
A-Discriminants.
Fields of interest
Algebra; General Algebraic Systems; Commutative
Rings and Algebras
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
Originally published in the series Mathematics: Theory
and Application
1st ed . 1994 . 2nd printing 2008 . Approx . 535 p . 30 illus .
(Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover
7 € 34,90 | £27.00
ISBN 978-0-8176-4770-4
02/02/2008 11:12:01
 22 Mathematics Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

E. Hairer, University of Geneva, Switzerland;
S. P. Nørsett, Norwegian University of Science and
Technology, Norway; G. Wanner, University of
Geneva, Switzerland
Solving Ordinary Differential
Equations I
Nonstiff Problems
From the reviews 7 This is the revised version of
the first edition of Vol. I published in 1987. ….Vols.
I and II (SSCM 14) of Solving Ordinary Differential
Equations together are the standard text on numeri-
cal methods for ODEs. ...This book is well written
and is together with Vol. II, the most comprehensive
modern text on numerical integration methods
for ODEs. It may serve a a text book for graduate
courses, ...and also as a reference book for all those
who have to solve ODE problems numerically
7 Zeitschrift für Angewandte Mathematik
und Physik
7 … This book is a valuable tool for students
of mathematics and specialists concerned with
numerical analysis, mathematical physics,
mechanics, system engineering, and the application
of computers for design and planning…
7 Optimization
7 … This book is highly recommended as a text for
courses in numerical methods for ordinary differ-
ential equations and as a reference for the worker.
It should be in every library, both academic and
industrial. 7 Mathematics and Computers
D. Harel, Weizmann Institute, Rehovot, Israel;
Y. Feldman, The Interdisciplinary Center, Herzliya,
Israel
Algoritmi
Traduzione dall‘italiano di: S. Guinea Montaldo
Un‘eccellente introduzione agli algoritmi, alla loro
struttura, a come modificano i dati, alla comput-
abilità e alla complessità, il libro è scritto in una
forma allo stesso tempo elegante e schietto che fa
sì che possa essere considerato sia un valido testo
per un corso introduttivo di Informatica, sia un
tesoro da custodire per i programmatori provetti e
i progettisti di software.
Fields of interest
Algoritmi; Teoria computazionale
Target groups
Studenti di informatica e matematica
Type of publication
Libro di testo avanzato
W. Jäger, University of Heidelberg, Germany;
H. Krebs, Forschungszentrum Jülich GmbH,
Germany (Eds.)
Mathematics – Key
Technology for the Future
Joint Projects between Universities and
Industry 2004 -2007
From the reviews 7 This book is about the results
of a number of projects funded by the BMBF in
the initiative 7 Mathematics for Innovations in
Industry and Services
It shows that a broad spectrum of analytical and
numerical mathematical methods and program-
ming techniques are used to solve a lot of different
specific industrial or services problems. The main
focus is on the fact that the mathematics used is
not usually standard mathematics or black box
mathematics but is specifically developed for
specific industrial or services problems. Math-
ematics is more than a tool box or an ancilarry
science for other scientific disciplines or users.
Through this book the reader will gain insight into
the details of mathematical modeling and numer-
ical simulation for a lot of industrial applications.
Fields of interest
Scientific Computing; Visualization; Appl. Math-
ematics/Computational Methods of Engineering

Fields of interest Target groups

Analysis; Numerical Analysis Researchers and professionals in applied math-
ematics, scientific computing, mathematical
Target groups modelling and technomathematics
Researchers and graduate students of mathematics
Type of publication
Type of publication Contributed volume
Monograph

Available
Disponibile
2nd rev. ed. 1993. Corr. 3rd printing 2008. XVI, 528 p. 135 Due March 2008
illus. (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics, 2008. XXIV, 620 pagg. (UNITEXT / Collana di Informatica)
Volume 8) Hardcover Brossura 2008. Approx. 310 p. 139 illus., 91 in color. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 7 € 40,38 | £31.00 7 € 89,95 | £69.00
ISBN 978-3-540-56670-0 ISBN 978-88-470-0579-2 ISBN 978-3-540-77202-6

9<HTOFPA=fg ha > 9<HT IPH=a fhjc> 9<HTOFPA=h cacg>

ROW_Book0803.indb 22 02/02/2008 11:12:02
 springer.com/booksellers
P.E. Jorgensen, University of Iowa, IA, USA; K. Merrill,
Colorado College, CO, USA; J. Packer, University of
Colorado at Boulder, CO, USA (Eds .)
Representations, Wavelets
and Frames
A Celebration of the Mathematical Work of
Lawrence Baggett
The work of Lawrence Baggett has had a profound
impact on the field of abstract harmonic analysis
and the many areas of mathematics that use its
techniques. His sphere of influence ranges from
purely theoretical results regarding the repre-
sentations of locally compact groups to recent
applications of wavelets and frames to problems
in sampling theory and image compression.
Contributors include: Marcin Bownik, Victor Guil-
lemin, Bin Han, Christopher Heil, Jeff Hogan, Palle
Jorgensen, Joe Lakey, Dave Larson, Gail Ratcliff,
Daniel Stroock, Keith Taylor.
Features
7 Contributed volume comprised of the work of
prominent researchers 7 Discusses both theo-
retical and applied harmonic analysis including,
wavelets and frames 7 Includes recent applica-
tions to problems in sampling theory and image
compression
Contents
Preface.- Introduction.- Groups with atomic
regular representation.- Gelfand pairs associated
with finite Heisenberg groups.- Convergence
of Riemann sums.- Density theorem for Gabor
frames.- Applications of sampling in multiresolu-
tion spaces.- Oblique extension principle on dual
wavelet frames.- Index.
Fields of interest
Abstract Harmonic Analysis; Applications of
Mathematics; Functional Analysis
Target groups
Graduate students and researchers interested in
theoretical and applied harmonic analysis
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due June 2008
2008 . 10 illus . (Applied and Numerical Harmonic
Analysis) Hardcover
7 approx. € 64,90 | £50.00
ISBN 978-0-8176-4682-0
9<HTLIMH=gegica> 9<HTOFPA=h fdce> 9<HTOFPA=hdhjbj>
ROW_Book0803.indb 23
Springer News 3/2008
U. Kohlenbach, Darmstadt University of Technology,
Germany
Applied Proof Theory: Proof
nterpretations and their Use
in Mathematics
This book presents an applied form of proof theory
that has led to new results in number theory,
approximation theory, nonlinear analysis, geodesic
geometry and ergodic theory (among others) in
recent years . This applied approach is based on
logical transformations (so-called proof interpre-
tations) and concerns the extraction of effective
data (such as bounds) from prima facie ineffective
proofs as well as new qualitative results (indepen-
dence of solutions from certain parameters, gener-
alizations of proofs by elimination of premises and
others).
The book first develops the necessary logical
machinery emphasizing novel forms of Gödel‘s
famous functional (‚Dialectica‘) interpretation. It
then establishes general logical metatheorems that
connect these techniques with concrete math-
ematics. Finally, two extended case studies (one
in approximation theory and one in fixed point
theory) show in detail how this machinery can
be applied to concrete proofs in different areas of
mathematics.
Features
7 First book on the subject at all
From the contents
Unwinding of proofs (`Proof Mining‘).- Intuition-
istic and classical arithmetic in all finite types.-
Representation of Polish metric spaces.- Modified
realizability.- Majorizability and the fan rule.-
Semi-intuitionistic systems and monotone modi-
fied realizability.- Gödel‘s functional (`Dialectica‘)
interpretation.- Semi-intuitionistic systems and
monotone functional interpretation.- Systems
based on classical logic and functional interpreta-
tion.- Functional interpretation of full classical
analysis.
Fields of interest
Mathematics, general; Approximations and Expan-
sions; Operator Theory
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in mathematics,
computer science, philosophy of mathematics, and
foundations of mathematics
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008 . Approx . 550 p . (Springer Monographs in Math-
ematics) Hardcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77532-4
Mathematics 23
J. Morvan, Université Claude Bernard Lyon 1,
Villeurbanne, France
Generalized Curvatures
The theory of generalized curvature measures has
a long history, beginning with J. Steiner (1850),
H. Weyl (1939), H. Federer (1959), P. Wintgen
(1982), and continues today with young and
brilliant mathematicians. In the last decades,
a renewal of interest in mathematics as well as
computer science has arisen (finding new applica-
tions in computer graphics, medical imaging,
computational geometry, visualization …).
Following a historical and didactic approach, the
book introduces the mathematical background of
the subject, beginning with curves and surfaces,
going on with convex subsets, smooth submani-
folds, subsets of positive reach, polyhedra and
triangulations, and ending with surface recon-
struction. We focus on the theory of normal
cycle, which allows to compute and approximate
curvature measures of a large class of smooth or
discrete objects of the Euclidean space. We give
explicit computations when the object is a 2 or 3
dimensional polyhedron.
Features
7 First coherent and complete account of this
subject in book form
From the contents
1 Motivation - Curves 2 Motivation - Surfaces
3 Distance and Projection 4 Elements of Measure
Theory 5 Polyhedra 6 Convex Subsets 7 Differ-
ential Forms and Densities on EN8 Measures on
Manifolds 9 Background on Riemannian Geom-
etry 10 Riemannian Submanifolds 11 Currents
Fields of interest
Computational Mathematics and Numerical Anal-
ysis; Differential Geometry; Computer Imaging,
Graphics and Computer Vision
Target groups
Graduate students, researchers and professionals
in mathematics, computer science, computer
graphics, visualization and algorithmic geometry
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008 . Approx . 300 p . (Geometry and Computing,
Volume 2) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £6.50
ISBN 978-3-540-73791-9
02/02/2008 11:12:03
 24 Mathematics
P. Magal, University of Le Havre, France; S. Ruan,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, FL, USA (Eds .)
Structured Population Models
in Biology and Epidemiology Elliptic Theory and
Noncommutative Geometry
With contributions by: P. Auger, M. Ballyk, R. Bravo
de la Parra, W. Fitzgibbon, S. Gourley, D. Jones,
M. Langlais, R. Liu, M. Martcheva, T. Nguyen-Huu,
J. Poggiale, E. Sanchez, H. Smith, H. Thieme,
G. Webb, J. Wu
This book consists of six chapters written by
leading researchers in mathematical biology.
These chapters present recent and important
developments in the study of structured popula-
tion models in biology and epidemiology. Topics
include population models structured by age, size,
and spatial position; size-structured models for
metapopulations, macroparasitic diseases, and
prion proliferation; models for transmission of
microparasites between host populations living on
non-coincident spatial domains; spatiotemporal
patterns of disease spread; method of aggregation
of variables in population dynamics; and biofilm
models. It is suitable as a textbook for a math-
ematical biology course or a summer school at
the advanced undergraduate and graduate level. It
can also serve as a reference book for researchers
looking for either interesting and specific problems
to work on or useful techniques and discussions of
some particular problems.
From the contents
Population Models Structured by Age, Size, and
Spatial Position.- Infinite ODE Systems Modeling
Size-structured Metapopulations, Macroparasitic
Diseases, and Prion Proliferation.- Simple Models
for the Transmission of Microparasites between
Host Populations Living on Non-coincident Spatial
Domains.- Spatiotemporal Patterns of Disease
Spread: Interaction of Physiological Structure,
Spatial Movements, Disease Progression and
Human Intervention.
Fields of interest
Ordinary Differential Equations; Partial Differen-
tial Equations; Mathematical Biology in General
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students applied
mathematics, mathematical biology, differential
equations
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008 . Approx . 345 p . (Lecture Notes in Mathematics
/ Mathematical Biosciences Subseries, Volume 1936)
Softcover
7 € 49,95 | £38.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78272-8
9<HTOFPA=hichci> 9<HTOHRE=dih eh> 9<HTOFPA=hgeafc>
ROW_Book0803.indb 24
Springer News 3/2008
V. Nazaikinskii, Institute for Problems in Mechanics,
Moscow; A. Savin, B. Sternin, Independent Univer-
sity of Moscow
The book deals with nonlocal elliptic differential
operators. These are operators whose coefficients
involve shifts generated by diffeomorphisms of
the manifold on which the operators are defined.
The main goal of the study is to relate analytical
invariants (in particular, the index) of such opera-
tors to topological invariants of the manifold itself.
This problem can be solved by modern methods
of noncommutative geometry. To make the book
self-contained, the authors have included neces-
sary geometric material (C*-algebras and their
K-theory, cyclic homology, etc.).
Features
7 First and so far the only book featuring a
consistent application of methods of noncommuta-
tive geometry to the index problem in the theory
of nonlocal elliptic operators
Fields of interest
Operator Theory
Target groups
Undergraduates (third year and beyond) and grad-
uate in mathematics, post-graduates and scientists
specializing in geometry, theory of differential
equations, functional analysis, etc.
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008 . Approx . 240 p . (Operation Theory: Advances and
Applications, Volume 183) Hardcover
7 € 79,90 | £6.50
ISBN 978-3-7643-8774-7
springer.com/booksellers
J. Peters, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA;
U. Reif, TU Darmstadt, Germany
Subdivision Surfaces
Since their first appearance in 1974, subdivision
algorithms for generating surfaces of arbitrary
topology have gained widespread popularity in
computer graphics and are being evaluated in
engineering applications. This development was
complemented by ongoing efforts to develop
appropriate mathematical tools for a thorough
analysis, and today, many of the fascinating prop-
erties of subdivision are well understood.
This book summarizes the current knowledge on
the subject. It contains both meanwhile classical
results as well as brand-new, unpublished material,
such as a new framework for constructing C^2-
algorithms.
The focus of the book is on the development of
a comprehensive mathematical theory, and less
on algorithmic aspects. It is intended to serve
researchers and engineers - both new to the
beauty of the subject - as well as experts, academic
teachers and graduate students or, in short,
anybody who is interested in the foundations of
this flourishing branch of applied geometry.
Features
7 Authors are leading researchers in the topic
7 Very little competition, this is one of the most
important contributions to the literature
7 Presentation of state of the art in Subdivision
Fields of interest
Visualization; Geometry; Numerical and Compu-
tational Methods in Engineering
Target groups
Students, researchers and practitioners in applied
mathematics, computer graphics and engineering
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due April 2008
2008 . Approx . 220 p . (Geometry and Computing,
Volume 3) Hardcover
7 approx. € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-76405-2
02/02/2008 11:12:04
 springer.com/booksellers
M. Petkovic, University of Niš, Serbia
Point Estimation of Root
Finding Methods
This book sets out to state computationally verifi-
able initial conditions for predicting the immediate
appearance of the guaranteed and fast conver-
gence of iterative root finding methods. Attention
is paid to iterative methods for simultaneous
determination of polynomial zeros in the spirit
of Smale’s point estimation theory, introduced in
1986. Some basic concepts and Smale’s theory for
Newton’s method, together with its modifications
and higher-order methods, are presented in the
first two chapters. The remaining chapters contain
the recent author‘s results on initial conditions
guaranteing convergence of a wide class of iterative
methods for solving algebraic equations.
These conditions are of practical interest since
they depend only on available data, the informa-
tion of a function whose zeros are sought and
initial approximations. The convergence approach
presented can be applied in designing a package
for the simultaneous approximation of polynomial
zeros.
Contents
Basic Concepts.- Iterative Processes and Point Esti-
mation Theory.- Point Estimation of Simultaneous
methods.- Families of Simultaneous Methods of
Higher Order: Part I.- Families of Simultaneous
Methods of Higher Order: Part II.- References.-
Glossary.- Index.
Field of interest
Numerical Analysis
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in numerical
analysis
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 220 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics,
Volume 1933) Softcover
7 € 29,95 | £23.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77850-9
9<HTOFPA=h ifaj>
ROW_Book0803.indb 25
Springer News 3/2008
J. Stillwell, University of San Francisco, CA, USA
Naive Lie Theory
Most books at this level rely on deep ideas from
outside Lie Theory, such as the inverse function
theorem. However, this book actually proves
simplicity of the classical Lie algebras can be done
by basic matrix arithmetic, and there is an amazing
elementary proof of Campbell-Baker-Hausdorff
due to Eichler in 1968. The naive approach to
Lie theory is due to von Neumann, and it is now
possible to streamline it by using standard results
of undergraduate mathematics, particularly the
results of linear algebra.
To compensate for the lack of technical power
which is inherent to the naïve approach, the end-
of-chapter discussions introduce important results
beyond those proved in the book, as part of an
informal sketch of Lie theory and its history. While
naive methods might not afford the same insights
as more sophisticated methods, they do offer
another insight that is often undervalued—some
important theorems are not as difficult as they
look!
Features
7 Makes some basic Lie theory accessible
7 Unique choice of approach and topics
7 Introduces an advanced topic to undergradu-
ates, at just the right pace 7 Author includes
exercises and examples
Contents
Preface.- Geometry of complex numbers and
quaternions.- Groups.- Generalized rotation
groups.- The exponential map.- The tangent space.-
Structure of lie algebras.- The matrix logarithm.-
Topology.- Simply-connected Lie groups.- Bibliog-
raphy.- Index.
Field of interest
Topological Groups, Lie Groups
Target groups
Advanced undergraduate math majors, beginning
graduate students
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 200 p. (Undergraduate Texts in Math-
ematics) Hardcover
7 approx. € 38,50 | £29.50
ISBN 978-0-387-78214-0
9<HTLDTH=hicbea>
Mathematics 25
A. Unterberger, Reims University, Reims, France
Alternative Pseudodifferential
Analysis
With an Application to Modular Forms
This volume introduces an entirely new pseudo-
differential analysis on the line, the opposition of
which to the usual (Weyl-type) analysis can be said
to reflect that, in representation theory, between
the representations from the discrete and from the
(full, non-unitary) series, or that between modular
forms of the holomorphic and substitute for the
usual Moyal-type brackets. This pseudodifferential
analysis relies on the one-dimensional case of the
recently introduced anaplectic representation and
analysis, a competitor of the metaplectic represen-
tation and usual analysis.
Besides researchers and graduate students inter-
ested in pseudodifferential analysis and in modular
forms, the book may also appeal to analysts and
physicists, for its concepts making possible the
transformation of creation-annihilation operators
into automorphisms, simultaneously changing
the usual scalar product into an indefinite but still
non-degenerate one.
Contents
Preface.- Introduction.- The Metaplectic and
Anaplectic Representations.- The One-dimensional
Alternative Pseudodifferential Analysis.- From
Anaplectic Analysis to Usual Analysis.- Pseudodif-
ferential Analysis and Modular Forms.- Index.-
Bibliography.
Fields of interest
Partial Differential Equations; Topological Groups,
Lie Groups; Fourier Analysis
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in pseudodif-
ferential analysis, representation theory, modular
form theory, and mathematical physics
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 135 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics,
Volume 1935) Softcover
7 € 29,95 | £23.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77910-0
9<HTOFPA=h jba >
02/02/2008 11:12:04
 26 Mathematics Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

C. Zopounidis, M. Doumpos, Technical University of

Crete, Chania, Greece; P.M. Pardalos, University of
Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA (Eds.)

Handbook of Financial
Engineering

Over the past decade the financial and business

environments have undergone significant changes.
During the same period several advances have
been made within the field of financial engi-
neering, involving both the methodological tools
as well as the application areas.
This comprehensive edited volume discusses the
most recent advances within the field of financial
engineering, focusing not only on the descrip-
tion of the existing areas in financial engineering
research, but also on the new methodologies that
have been developed for modeling and addressing
financial engineering problems.
This book is divided into four major parts, each
covering different aspects of financial engineering
and modeling such as portfolio management and
trading, risk management, applications of opera-
tion research methods, and credit rating models.

Features
7 A comprehensive handbook including self-
contained chapters 7 Emphasis on the opera-
tional tools that can be used for decision making
7 Chapters written by distinguished contributors
in the financial engineering field 7 Special focus
on methodologies that can be used to address
financial engineering problems, i.e., statistical and
econometric approaches, multiple criteria decision
making, and fuzzy sets

From the contents

1. Portfolio Selection and Management.- 2.
Advances in Value at Risk Measurement and
Optimization.- 3. Interest Rate Modeling.- 4. Bond
Management.- 5. Optimization Techniques in
Financial Planning and Asset-Liability Manage-
ment.- 6. Stochastic Programming Modeling for
Financial Engineering.

Fields of interest
Scientific Computing; Quantitative Finance; Appli-
cations of Mathematics

Target groups
Financial engineers, financial analysts, bank
managers, risk analysts, investment managers,
management scientists, and operations researchers

Type of publication
Contributed volume

Due April 2008

2008. Approx. 510 p. 40 illus., 10 in color. (Springer Opti-

mization and Its Applications, Volume 18) Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50
ISBN 978-0-387-76681-2

9<HTLDTH=hg ibc>
ROW_Book0803.indb 26 02/02/2008 11:12:04
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008
J. Adams, W. S. Brainerd, R. A. Hendrickson,
R. E. Maine, J. T. Martin, B. T. Smith
The Fortran 2003 Handbook
The Complete Syntax, Features and
Procedures
The Fortran 2003 Handbook is a definitive and
comprehensive guide to Fortran 2003 and its
use. Fortran 2003, the latest standard version of
Fortran, has many excellent features that assist
the programmer in writing efficient, portable and
maintainable programs. This book is an informal
description of Fortran 2003, developed to provide
not only a readable explanation of features, but
also some rationale for the inclusion of features
and their use.
Topics and features include: The syntactic features
of the language are described completely in the
appendices; Each chapter begins with a summary
of the main terms and concepts described in
the chapter; Each of the intrinsic procedures is
described in detail; The complete syntax of Fortran
2003 is supplied; Contains a listing of the new
and obsolescent features; Numerous examples are
given.
Features
7 Comprehensive coverage for anyone who wants
a complete and authoritative reference for Fortran
2003, the latest standard version of Fortran,
including those familiar with programming
language concepts but unfamiliar with Fortran
7 All authors have been intrinsically involved in
the development of Fortran standards, and Walt
Brainerd is the owner of Fortran Company
From the contents
Fortran Concepts and Terms.- Language Elements
and Source Form.- Data Types.- Declarations.-
Using Data.- Expressions and Assignment.- Block
Constructs and Execution Control.- Input and
Output Processing.- Input and Output Editing.-
Program Units.- Using Procedures.- Intrinsic
Procedures and Modules.- IEEE Exceptions and
Arithmetic.- Interoperability with C.- Scope, Asso-
ciation, and Definition.
Fields of interest
Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters;
Programming Techniques; Engineering, general
Target groups
Professionals
Type of publication
Handbook
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 720 p. 32 illus. Hardcover
7 € 62,95 | £45.00
ISBN 978-1-84628-378-9
9<HTMIPG=cidhij>
ROW_Book0803.indb 27
J. Homann, Berlin, Germany
Digital Color Management
Principles and Strategies for the print
production with ICC profiles, ISO 12647,
SWOP, GRACoL and PDF/X-1a
Translated from the German by: A. J. Newman
The use of differing input and output equipment
(scanners, monitors, printers, etc.) in computer-
aided publishing often results in the unsatisfactory
reproduction of color originals in print and online
media. The theoretical principles of a theory of
color, color measurement, and offset printing are
indispensable for calibrating the overall course of
production.
This is the first book presenting the basics and
strategies for color management in the print
publishing workflow with focus on producing
according ISO 12647-2 and other standards.
The user learns, what he can expect from color
management according to the ICC-standard and
how to avoid the pitfalls.
Features
7 Gives the necessary theoretical background
to implement and manage the most efficient and
bullet proof color management workflows for print
production 7 The terminology is oriented on
practicing professionals for print production
7 Color management on a new level of automa-
tization
Contents
Theory of ideal colors.- Theory of real world
colors.- Principles of color management.- The ISO
12647-2 for separation, proof and print.- Use of
ICC-profiles.- How to avoid pitfalls.- PDF/X-1a
and devicelink color servers.- Main points of a
color management strategy.
Fields of interest
Media Design; Document Preparation and Text
Processing; Computer Graphics
Target groups
Graphic designers, advertising and multimedia
agencies, publishers, pre-press firms, in-house
publishers, printers, independent educational insti-
tutes, universities, technical schools
Type of publication
Professional book
Due June 2008
Previously announced in Springer News 07/2000
2008. Approx. 200 p. 500 illus. in color. (X.media.
publishing) Hardcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-67119-0
9<HTOFPA=ghb ja>
Professional Computing 27
J. Long, IBM
ITIL Version 3 at a Glance
Information Quick Reference
ITIL® Version 3 At a Glance takes a graphical
approach to consolidating the information of
ITIL® version 3. ITIL® is an internationally-recog-
nized set of best practices for providing IT service
management. IT organizations worldwide are
implementing ITIL® as a vehicle for improving IT
service quality and improve return on investment
for IT services.
The desk reference’s unique graphical approach
takes otherwise complex textual descriptions and
makes the information accessible in a series of
consistent, simple diagrams. ITIL® Version 3 At a
Glance will be of interest to organizations looking
to train their staffs in a consistent and cost-effec-
tive way. Further, this book is ideal for anyone
involved in planning consulting, implementing, or
testing an ITIL® Version 3 implementation.
Features
7 Concise and consistent visual summary of each
ITIL® process 7 Small size makes for a portable
reference 7 Visual guide to important ITIL®
terminology
Contents
Introduction.- Sevice Strategy.- Sevice Design.-
Service Transition.- Service Operation.- Continual
Service Improvement.
Fields of interest
Models and Principles; Management of Computing
and Information Systems
Target groups
Anyone involved in planning consulting, imple-
menting, or testing an ITIL® Version 3 implemen-
tation and organizations looking to train their
staffs in a consistent and cost-effective way
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. X, 74 p. Spiral binding
7 approx. € 68,55 | £52.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77392-6
9<HTLDTH=h djcg>
02/02/2008 11:12:05
 28 Computer Science
M. Ben-Ari, Weizmann Institute of Science, Rehovot,
Israel
Principles of the Spin Model
Checker
Principles of Spin is an introductory book, the only
requirement is a background in programming.
Spin models are written in the Promela language
which is easily learned by students and program-
mers. Spin is easy to install and use.
The Spin model checker is not only a widely used
professional tool but it is also a superb tool for
teaching important concepts of computer science
such as verification, concurrency and nondeter-
minism. The book introduces Spin-based software
that the author has developed for teaching: jSpin
- an integrated development environment for Spin;
SpinSpider - uses output from Spin to auto-
matically construct state diagrams of concurrent
programs; VN is a tool for visualizing nondeter-
minism.
Complete programs will demonstrate each
construct and concept and these programs will be
available on a companion website.
Features
7 First introductory textbook on Spin
7 Includes complete programs which will
demonstrate construct and concept; available on
a companion website 7 Promela and Spin are
presented in a graduated manner, to facilitate easy
learning
Contents
Foreword.- Preface.- Sequential programming in
PROMELA.- Verification of Sequential Programs.-
Concurrency.- Synchronization.- Verification with
Temporal Logic.- Data and Program Structures.-
Channels.- Nondeterminism.- Advanced Topics
in SPIN.- Case Studies.- Software Tools.- Links.-
References.- Index.
Fields of interest
Software Engineering/Programming and
Operating Systems; Programming Techniques;
Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters
Target groups
2nd/3rd year undergraduate students of computer
science and software engineering
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
2008. XVI, 216 p. 17 illus. Softcover
7 € 46,95 | £30.00
ISBN 978-1-84628-769-5
9<HTMIPG=cihgjf>
ROW_Book0803.indb 28
Springer News 3/2008
J. Bennedsen, M. E. Caspersen, M. Kölling (Eds.)
Reflections on the Teaching of
Programming Computational Geometry
This state-of-the-art survey, reflecting on the
teaching of programming, has been written by a
group of primarily Scandinavian researchers and
educators with special interest and experience
in the subject of programming. The 14 chapters
- contributed by 24 authors - present practical
experience gathered in the process of teaching
programming and associated with computing
education research work. Special emphasis is
placed on practical advice and concrete sugges-
tions.
The authors are all members of the Scandinavian
Pedagogy of Programming Network (SPoP), and
bring together a diverse body of experiences from
the Nordic countries. The 14 chapters of the book
have been carefully written and edited to present 4
coherent units on issues in introductory program-
ming courses, object-oriented programming,
teaching software engineering issues, and assess-
ment. Each of these individual parts has its own
detailed introduction.
Fields of interest
Computers and Education; Computers and
Society; Software Engineering/Programming and
Operating Systems
Target groups
Researchers and informatics teachers
Type of publication
Teacher‘s manual
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 295 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer
Science, Volume 4821) Softcover
7 € 39,50 | £30.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77933-9
9<HTOFPA=h jd j>
springer.com/booksellers
M. de Berg, O. Cheong, M. van Kreveld,
M. Overmars
Algorithms and Applications
This well-accepted introduction to computational
geometry is a textbook for high-level under-
graduate and low-level graduate courses. The focus
is on algorithms and hence the book is well suited
for students in computer science and engineering.
Motivation is provided from the application areas:
all solutions and techniques from computational
geometry are related to particular applications in
robotics, graphics, CAD/CAM, and geographic
information systems. For students this motivation
will be especially welcome. Modern insights in
computational geometry are used to provide solu-
tions that are both efficient and easy to understand
and implement. All the basic techniques and
topics from computational geometry, as well as
several more advanced topics, are covered. The
book is largely self-contained and can be used for
self-study by anyone with a basic background in
algorithms.
Features
7 A broad overview of the major algorithms and
data structures of the field 7 Motivated from
applications 7 Covers concepts and techniquesto
be presented in any course on computational
geometry 7 Self-contained and illustrated with
370 figures 7 Additional online material available
under http://www.cs.uu.nl/geobook/
From the contents
Computational Geometry: Introduction.- Line
Segment Intersection: Thematic Map Overlay.-
Polygon Triangulation: Guarding an Art Gallery.-
Linear Programming: Manufacturing with
Molds.- Orthogonal Range Searching: Querying
a Database.- Point Location: Knowing Where You
Are.- Voronoi Diagrams: The Post Office Problem.-
Arrangements and Duality: Supersampling in
Ray Tracing.- Delaunay Triangulations: Height
Interpolation.
Fields of interest
Math Applications in Computer Science;
Computer Applications in Geosciences; Computer
Graphics
Target groups
Students, researchers, and professionals in
computer science, mathematics, and engineering
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due March 2008
3rd ed. 2008. Approx. 380 p. 370 illus. Hardcover
7 € 34,95 | £27.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77973-5
9<HTOFPA=h jhdf>
02/02/2008 11:12:06
 springer.com/booksellers
U. Brinkschulte, T. Ungerer, C. Hochberger,
R. G. Spallek (Eds.)
Architecture of Computing
Systems – ARCS 2008
21st International Conference, Dresden,
Germany, February 25-28, 2008, Proceedings
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of
the 21st International Conference on Architec-
ture of Computing Systems, ARCS 2008, held in
Dresden, Germany, in February 2008.
The 19 revised full papers presented together with
2 keynote papers were carefully reviewed and
selected from 47 submissions. The papers cover
a wide spectrum reaching from pre-fabrication
adaptation of architectural templates to dynamic
run-time adaptation of deployed systems with
special focus on adaptivity and adaptive system
architectures. The papers are organized in topical
sections on hardware design, pervasive computing,
network processors and memory management,
reconfigurable hardware, real-time architectures,
organic computing, and computer architecture.
Fields of interest
Computer Communication Networks; Computer
System Implementation; Operating Systems
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. XI, 287 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4934) Softcover
7 € 45,00 | £34.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78152-3
9<HTOFPA=hibfcd>
ROW_Book0803.indb 29
Springer News 3/2008 Computer Science 29
M. Cebulla, Technische Universität Berlin, Germany B. Furht, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, FL,
(Ed.) USA (Ed.)
Object-Oriented Technology. Encyclopedia of Multimedia
ECOOP 2007 Workshop Reader
ECOOP 2007 Workshops, Berlin, Germany,
July 30-31, 2007, Final Reports Encyclopedia of Multimedia, Second Edition
provides easy access to important concepts, issues
and technology trends in the field of multimedia
technologies, systems, techniques, and applica-
This book contains the final reports of 19 work- tions.
shops held during the 21st European Conference
on Object-Oriented Programming, ECOOP 2007, Features
in Berlin, Germany, in July 2007. 7 Updated with 120 new entries 7 New
The 19 collected reports from high-quality synonym-based search of entries in newly-
workshops - provided by the respective organizers formatted second edition 7 10 new Editorial
- all are related to selected aspects in the field of Board members, plus new contributors
object-oriented programming and technology. 7 2-volume set with nearly 400 entries
The reports are ordered in thematic groups on
programming languages, aspects, formal tech- Fields of interest
niques, roles, components, software engineering, Multimedia Information Systems; Database
and applications. Management; Computer Imaging, Graphics and
Computer Vision
Fields of interest
Programming Techniques; Software Engineering; Target groups
Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters Researchers and professionals
Target groups Type of publication
Researchers and professionals Encyclop(a)edia
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due September 2008
2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 1010 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 399,00 | £307.00
ISBN 978-0-387-74724-8
Prepublication price, valid until December 31,
2008
7 approx. € 349,00 | £268.50
9<HTLDTH=hehcei>
2nd ed. 2008. eReference.
7 approx. € 399,00 | £307.00
ISBN 978-0-387-78414-4
Prepublication price, valid until January 31, 2009
7 approx. € 349,00 | £268.50
Due March 2008
9<HTLDTH=hiebe >
2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 1010 p. Print + eReference.
2008. VIII, 204 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 7 approx. € 499,00 | £384.00
Volume 4906) Softcover ISBN 978-0-387-78415-1
7 € 42,00 | £32.50 Prepublication price, valid until January 31, 2009
ISBN 978-3-540-78194-3 7 approx. € 399,00 | £307,00
9<HTOFPA=hibjed> 9<HTLDTH=hiebfb>
02/02/2008 11:12:07
 30 Computer Science
A. Gelbukh, National Polytechnical Institute, Mexico
City, Mexico (Ed.)
Computational Linguistics
and Intelligent Text
Processing
9th International Conference, CICLing
2008, Haifa, Israel, February 17-23, 2008,
Proceedings
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of
the 9th International Conference on Computa-
tional Linguistics and Intelligent Text Processing,
CICLing 2008, held in Haifa, Israel, in February
2008.
The 52 revised full papers presented together
with 4 invited papers were carefully reviewed and
selected from numerous submissions. The papers
cover all current issues in computational linguis-
tics research and present intelligent text processing
applications. The papers are organized in topical
sections on language resources, morphology
and syntax, semantics and discourse, word sense
disambiguation and named entity recognition,
anaphora and co-reference, machine translation
and parallel corpora, natural language genera-
tion, speech recognition, information retrieval
and question answering, text classification, text
summarization, as well as spell checking and
authoring aid.
Fields of interest
Information Storage and Retrieval; Artificial Intel-
ligence (incl. Robotics); Language Translation and
Linguistics
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. XVIII, 666 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4919) Softcover
7 € 76,00 | £58.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78134-9
9<HTOFPA=hibdej>
ROW_Book0803.indb 30
Springer News 3/2008
A. ter Hofstede, B. Benatallah, H. Paik (Eds.)
Business Process
Management Workshops
BPM 2007 International Workshops, BPI,
BPD, CBP, ProHealth, RefMod, semantics4ws,
Brisbane, Australia, September 24, 2007,
Revised Selected Papers
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-
workshop proceedings of 6 internationl workshops
held in Brisbane, Australia, in conjunction with the
5th International Conference on Business Process
Management, BPM 2007, in September 2007.
The 45 revised full papers presented were carefully
reviewed and selected from more than 80 submis-
sions to the following 6 international workshops:
Business Process Intelligence (BPI 2007), Business
Process Design (BPD 2007), Collaborative Busi-
ness Processes (CBP 2007), Process-oriented Infor-
mation Systems in Healthcare (ProHealth 2007),
Reference Modeling (RefMod 2007), and Advances
in Semantics for Web Services (semantics4ws
2007).
Fields of interest
Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet);
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 520 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer
Science, Volume 4928) Softcover
7 approx. € 64,00 | £49.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78237-7
9<HTOFPA=hicdh >
springer.com/booksellers
C. Kaklamanis, University of Patras, RioI, Greece;
M. Skutella, TU, Berlin, Germany (Eds.)
Approximation and Online
Algorithms
5th International Workshop, WAOA 2007,
Eilat, Israel, October 11-12, 2007,
Revised Papers
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed
post workshop proceedings of the 5th Interna-
tional Workshop on Approximation and Online
Algorithms, WAOA 2007, held in Eilat, Israel, in
October 2007 as part of the ALGO 2007 confer-
ence event.
The 22 revised full papers presented were care-
fully reviewed and selected from 56 submissions.
The workshop covered areas such as algorithmic
game theory, approximation classes, coloring and
partitioning, competitive analysis, computational
finance, cuts and connectivity, geometric problems,
inapproximability results, mechanism design,
network design, packing and covering, paradigms
for design and analysis of approximation and
online algorithms, randomization techniques, real-
world applications, and scheduling problems.
Fields of interest
Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity;
Discrete Mathematics in Computer Science;
Numeric Computing
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. X, 289 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4927) Softcover
7 € 45,00 | £34.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77917-9
9<HTOFPA=h jbhj>
02/02/2008 11:12:07
 springer.com/booksellers
T. Koch (Ed.)
Lean Business Systems and
Beyond
IFIP TC5 WG5.7 Advanced Production
Management Systems Conference
(APMS‘2006) Wroclaw, Poland,
September 18-20, 2006
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of
the IFIP TC5 Advanced Production Management
Systems Conference held in Poland, September
2006.
The IFIP series publishes state-of-the-art results in
the sciences and technologies of information and
communication. The scope of the series includes:
foundations of computer science; software theory
and practice; education; computer applications
in technology; communication systems; systems
modeling and optimization; information systems;
computers and society; computer systems tech-
nology; security and protection in information
processing systems; artificial intelligence; and
human-computer interaction. Proceedings and
post-proceedings of refereed international confer-
ences in computer science and interdisciplinary
fields are featured. These results often precede
journal publication and represent the most current
research. The principal aim of the IFIP series is to
encourage education and the exchange of informa-
tion about all aspects of computing.
Features
7 A discussion of cutting-edge technology and
practice in lean business systems
Contents
A New Approach for Finite Capacity Plan-
ning.- The Operations Excellence audit sheet.-
Experiences with Lean Management.- Reducing
Turbulences in Industrial Supply Chains.-Lean
Healthcare: An Experience in Italy.
Fields of interest
System Performance and Evaluation; Electronic
Commerce/e-business; Information Systems and
Communication Service
Target groups
Researchers and practitioners in lean business
systems
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due April 2008
2008. DIV, 12 p. (IFIP International Federation for Infor-
mation Processing, Volume 257) Hardcover
7 € 174,00 | £134.00
ISBN 978-0-387-77248-6
9<HTLDTH=h ceig>
ROW_Book0803.indb 31
Springer News 3/2008
D. Li, Beijing, China (Ed.)
Computer and Computing
Technologies in Agriculture,
Volume 1
First IFIP WG 12.5 International Conference
on Computer and Computing Technologies
in Agriculture (CCTA2007) Wuyishan, China,
August 18-20, 2007
This book constitutes the first volume of the
proceedings of the First IFIP WG 12.5 CCTA 2007
held in Wuyishan, China.
The IFIP series publishes state-of-the-art results in
the sciences and technologies of information and
communication. The scope of the series includes:
foundations of computer science; software theory
and practice; education; computer applications
in technology; communication systems; systems
modeling and optimization; information systems;
computers and society; computer systems tech-
nology; security and protection in information
processing systems; artificial intelligence; and
human-computer interaction. Proceedings and
post-proceedings of referred international confer-
ences in computer science and interdisciplinary
fields are featured. These results often precede
journal publication and represent the most current
research. The principal aim of the IFIP series is
to encourage education and the dissemination
and exchange of information about all aspects of
computing.
Features
7 Proceedings from the first conference of its
kind in practical computer and computing applica-
tions in agriculture
From the contents
Web-based Expert System of Wheat and Corn
Growth Management.- Multicast in Mobile Ad-
Hoc Networks.- GIS Combined with MCE to
Evaluate Land Quality.- Control Systems in our
Daily Life.- An Improved Fast Brain Learning
Algorithm.
Fields of interest
Special Purpose and Application-Based Systems;
Simulation and Modeling
Target groups
Researchers of new computer and computing
technologies in agriculture
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due April 2008
2008. XXIV, 734 p. (IFIP International Federation for
Information Processing, Volume 258) Hardcover
7 € 198,00 | £152.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77250-9
9<HTLDTH=h cfaj>
Computer Science 31
D. Li, Beijing, China (Ed.)
Computer and Computing
Technologies in Agriculture,
Volume 2
First IFIP WG 12.5 International Conference
on Computer and Computing Technologies
in Agriculture (CCTA2007) Wuyishan, China,
August 18-20, 2007
This book constitutes the second volume of the
proceedings of the First IFIP WG 12.5 CCTA 2007
held in Wuyishan, China.
The IFIP series publishes state-of-the-art results in
the sciences and technologies of information and
communication. The scope of the series includes:
foundations of computer science; software theory
and practice; education; computer applications
in technology; communication systems; systems
modeling and optimization; information systems;
computers and society; computer systems tech-
nology; security and protection in information
processing systems; artificial intelligence; and
human-computer interaction. Proceedings and
post-proceedings of referred international confer-
ences in computer science and interdisciplinary
fields are featured. These results often precede
journal publication and represent the most current
research. The principal aim of the IFIP series is
to encourage education and the dissemination
and exchange of information about all aspects of
computing.
Features
7 Proceedings from the first conference of its
kind in practical computer and computing applica-
tions in agriculture
From the contents
Cylinder Head FEM Analysis and its Improve-
ment.- Wastewater in Town.- Apple Maturity
Discrimination and Position.- A Solution of Rural
Information Network Accessing.- A Measuring
Instrument for Multipoint Soil.- Design of Control
System of Laser Leveling.
Fields of interest
Special Purpose and Application-Based Systems;
Simulation and Modeling
Target groups
Researchers of new computer and computing
technologies in agriculture
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due April 2008
2008. XXVI, 744 p. (IFIP International Federation for
Information Processing, Volume 259) Hardcover
7 € 198,00 | £152.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77252-3
9<HTLDTH=h cfcd>
02/02/2008 11:12:07
 32 Computer Science
H. Liu, J. J. Salerno, M. J. Young (Eds.)
Social Computing, Behavioral
Modeling, and Prediction
Social computing concerns the study of social
behavior and context based on computational
systems. Behavioral modeling reproduces the
social behavior, and allows for experimenting with
and deep understanding of behavior, patterns,
and potential outcomes. The pervasive use of
computer and Internet technologies provides an
unprecedented environment where people can
share opinions and experiences, offer suggestions
and advice, debate, and even conduct experiments.
Social computing facilitates behavioral modeling
in model building, analysis, pattern mining, antici-
pation, and prediction. The proceedings from this
interdisciplinary workshop provide a platform for
researchers, practitioners, and graduate students
from sociology, behavioral and computer science,
psychology, cultural study, information systems,
and operations research to share results and
develop new concepts and methodologies aimed
at advancing and deepening our understanding
of social and behavioral computing to aid critical
decision making.
Features
7 Presents material from a unique workshop
focused on employing social computing for
behavioral modeling and prediction 7 Integrates
an interdisciplinary audience and welcomes
researchers, practitioners, and graduate students
from social science, behavioral science, computer
science, psychology, cultural study, information
systems, and operations research 7 Incorporates
views from government, industry, and academia
From the contents
Rational Choice Theory: A Forum for Exchange
of Ideas between the Hard and Social Sciences
in Predictive Behavioral Modeling.- The SOMA
Terror Organization Portal (STOP): Social network
and analytic tools for the real-time analysis of
terror groups.- The Sociology of Alien Rule.- The
DoD Encounters the Blogosphere.
Fields of interest
Information Storage and Retrieval; Computer
Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Target groups
Researchers, practitioners, and graduate students
in data mining and web computing
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. XVIII, 264 p. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-0-387-77671-2
9<HTLDTH=h ghbc>
ROW_Book0803.indb 32
Springer News 3/2008
R. Medina, LIMOS, Université Clermont-Ferrand II,
France; S. Obiedkov, Higher School of Economics,
Russia (Eds.)
Formal Concept Analysis
6th International Conference, ICFCA 2008,
Montreal, Canada, February 25-28, 2008,
Proceedings
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings
of the 6th International Conference on Formal
Concept Analysis, ICFCA 2008, held in Montreal,
Canada, in February 2008.
The 23 revised full papers presented were carefully
reviewed and selected from numerous submissions
for inclusion in the book. The papers comprise
state-of-the-art research and present new results in
Formal Concept Analysis and related fields. These
results range from theoretical novelties to advances
in FCA-related algorithmic issues, as well as
application domains of FCA such as data visualiza-
tion, information retrieval, machine learning, data
analysis and knowledge management.
Fields of interest
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Discrete
Mathematics in Computer Science; Mathematical
Logic and Formal Languages
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. XII, 325 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4933) Softcover
7 € 48,00 | £37.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78136-3
9<HTOFPA=hibdgd>
springer.com/booksellers
A. Popescu-Belis, S. Renals, H. Bourlard (Eds.)
Machine Learning for
Multimodal Interaction
4th International Workshop, MLMI 2007,
Brno, Czech Republic, June 28-30, 2007,
Revised Selected Papers
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-
proceedings of the 4th International Workshop
on Machine Learning for Multimodal Interaction,
MLMI 2007, held in Brno, Czech Republic, in June
2007.
The 25 revised full papers presented together with
1 invited paper were carefully selected during
two rounds of reviewing and revision from 60
workshop presentations. The papers are organized
in topical sections on multimodal processing, HCI,
user studies and applications, image and video
processing, discourse and dialogue processing,
speech and audio processing, as well as the
PASCAL speech separation challenge.
Fields of interest
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction;
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Language
Translation and Linguistics
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. XI, 308 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4892) Softcover
7 € 48,00 | £37.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78154-7
9<HTOFPA=hibfeh>
02/02/2008 11:12:07
 springer.com/booksellers
C. Preisach, H. Burkhardt, L. Schmidt-Thieme,
R. Decker (Eds.)
Data Analysis, Machine
Learning and Applications
Proceedings of the 31st Annual Conference
of the Gesellschaft für Klassifikation e.V.,
Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg,
March 7-9, 2007
Data analysis and machine learning are research
areas at the intersection of computer science,
artificial intelligence, mathematics and statistics.
They cover general methods and techniques that
can be applied to a vast set of applications such as
web and text mining, marketing, medical science,
bioinformatics and business intelligence. This
volume contains the revised versions of selected
papers in the field of data analysis, machine
learning and applications presented during the 31st
Annual Conference of the German Classification
Society (Gesellschaft für Klassifikation - GfKl). The
conference was held at the Albert-Ludwigs-Univer-
sity in Freiburg, Germany, in March 2007.
Contents
Classification.- Clustering.- Multidimensional
Data Analysis.- Analysis of Complex Data.-
Exploratory Data Analysis and Tools for Data
Analysis.- Marketing and Management Science.-
Banking and Finance.- Business Intelligence.- Text
Mining, Web Mining, and the Semantic Web.-
Linguistics.- Data Analysis in Humanities.
Fields of interest
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Statistics,
general; Information Systems
Target groups
Researchers in computer science, statistics, and
fields of applications
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 750 p. (Studies in Classification, Data
Analysis, and Knowledge Organization) Softcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78239-1
9<HTOFPA=hicdjb>
ROW_Book0803.indb 33
Springer News 3/2008
S. Ratchev, S. Koelemeijer (Eds.)
Micro-Assembly Technologies Towards Affordance-Based
and Applications Robot Control
IFIP TC5 WG5.5 Fourth International
Precision Assembly Seminar (IPAS‘2008)
Chamonix, France, February 10-13, 2008
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings
of the Fourth International Precision Assembly
Seminar (IPAS’2008) held in Chamonix, France in
February 2008.
The IFIP series publishes state-of-the-art results in
the sciences and technologies of information and
communication. The scope of the series includes:
foundations of computer science; software theory
and practice; education; computer applications
in technology; communication systems; systems
modeling and optimization; information systems;
computers and society; computer systems tech-
nology; security and protection in information
processing systems; artificial intelligence; and
human-computer interaction. Proceedings of
refereed international conferences in computer
science and interdisciplinary fields are featured.
These results often precede journal publication and
represent the most current research. The principal
aim of the IFIP series is to encourage education
and the dissemination and exchange of informa-
tion about all aspects of computing.
Features
7 Papers in this volume were peer-reviewed and
carefully selected 7 Much information in this
series is published in advance of journal publica-
tion 7 Contributors in this volume are world-
renowned experts in their field
Fields of interest
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Information
Systems Applications (incl. Internet)
Target groups
Information Science researchers and practitioners
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 430 p. (IFIP International Federation for
Information Processing, Volume 260) Hardcover
7 € 128,00 | £98.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77402-2
9<HTLDTH=h eac >
Computer Science 33
E. Rome, J. Hertzberg, G. Dorffner (Eds.)
International Seminar, Dagstuhl Castle,
Germany, June 5-9, 2006, Revised Papers
Today’s mobile robot perception is insufficient for
acting goal-directedly in unconstrained, dynamic
everyday environments like a home, a factory, or a
city. Subject to restrictions in bandwidth, computer
power, and computation time, a robot has to
react to a wealth of dynamically changing stimuli
in such environments, requiring rapid, selective
attention to decisive, action-relevant informa-
tion of high current utility. Robust and general
engineering methods for effectively and efficiently
coupling perception, action and reasoning are
unavailable. Interesting performance, if any, is
currently only achieved by sophisticated robot
programming exploiting domain features and
specialties, which leaves ordinary users no chance
of changing how the robot acts.
Fields of interest
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Image
Processing; Pattern Recognition
Target groups
Advanced students, researchers, and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. IX, 211 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4760) Softcover
7 € 42,00 | £32.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77914-8
9<HTOFPA=h jbei>
02/02/2008 11:12:07
 34 Computer Science
K. Satoh, A. Inokuchi, K. Nagao,T. Kawamur (Eds.)
New Frontiers in Artificial
Intelligence
JSAI 2007 Conference and Workshops,
Miyazaki, Japan, June 18-22, 2007,
Revised Selected Papers
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed joint
post-workshop proceedings of four international
workshops organized by the Japanese Society for
Artificial Intelligence, held in Miyazaki, Japan, in
June 2007 during the 21st Annual Conference JSAI
2007.
The volume starts with 7 award winning papers of
the JSAI 2007 main conference that are accompa-
nied by 24 revised full workshop papers, carefully
reviewed and selected from the following four
co-located international workshops: Logic and
Engineering of Natural Language Semantics
(LENLS 2007), International Workshop on Risk
Informatics (RI2007), Fifth Workshop on Learning
with Logics and Logics for Learning (LLLL 2007),
and First International Workshop on Juris-infor-
matics (JURISIN 2007).
Fields of interest
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Information
Storage and Retrieval
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. X, 404 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4914) Softcover
7 € 56,00 | £43.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78196-7
9<HTOFPA=hibjgh>
ROW_Book0803.indb 34
Springer News 3/2008
R. Sharp, Technical University of Denmark, Kongens
Lyngby, Denmark
Principles of Protocol Design
This book introduces the reader to the principles
used in a broad selection of modern data commu-
nication protocols and basic algorithms for use in
distributed applications, including not only simple
point-to-point data transfer protocols but also
multi-party protocols and protocols for ensuring
data security. The presentation uses CSP nota-
tion to give a concise description of the protocols
considered and to provide a basis for analysis of
their properties. Relating theory to practice, with
a strong focus on currently important Internet
protocols, the book clearly explains how the prin-
ciples are exploited in real-life protocol designs.
Principles of Protocol Design is aimed at third-
year students and graduates who are studying
computer networks/distributed systems or data
communications, as well as professional system
designers who are looking for the broad view of
the area.
Features
7 Focuses on principles 7 Uses a precise formal
notation (CSP) to describe complex protocols
in a concise manner 7 Uses a wide range of
commonly-used data communication protocols as
examples
Field of interest
Computer Communication Networks
Target groups
Final-year undergraduate or postgraduate students
of computer science or electrical engineering
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. XII, 402 p. 172 illus. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77540-9
9<HTOFPA=h feaj>
springer.com/booksellers
G. Sommer, Kiel University, Germany; R. Klette,
University of Auckland, New Zealand (Eds.)
Robot Vision
Second International Workshop,
RobVis 2008, Auckland, New Zealand,
February 18-20, 2008, Proceedings
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings
of the Second International Workshop on Robot
Vision, RobVis 2008, held in Auckland, New
Zealand, in February 2008.
The 21 revised full papers presented together with
15 posters papers were carefully reviewed and
selected from 59 submissions. The papers and
posters are organized in topical sections on motion
analysis, stereo vision, robot vision, computer
vision, visual inspection, urban vision, and the
poster section.
Fields of interest
Image Processing; Pattern Recognition; Artificial
Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. XI, 468 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4931) Softcover
7 € 60,00 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78156-1
9<HTOFPA=hibfgb>
02/02/2008 11:12:08
 springer.com/booksellers
R. Tao, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China
Finite Automata and
Application to Cryptography
This book mainly deals with the invertibility
theory of finite automata and its application to
cryptography. In addition, autonomous finite
automata and Latin arrays, which are relative to
the canonical form for one key cryptosystems
based on finite automata, are also discussed.
Finite automata are regarded as a natural model
for ciphers. The Ra Rb transformation method
is introduced to deal with the structure problem
of such automata, then public key cryptosystems
based on finite automata and a canonical form for
one key ciphers implementable by finite automata
with bounded-error-propagation and without data
expansion are proposed.
The book may be used as a reference for computer
science and mathematics majors, including seniors
and graduate students.
Features
7 Elaborates automata-theoretic aspect of
cryptography 7 Proposes a canonical form for
one key cryptosystems and a new design approach
different from Shannon‘s 7 Presents deeper
crypto-analyses for Finite Automata Public Key
Cryptography (FAPKC)
Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction.- Chapter 2 Mutual
Invertibility and Search.- Chapter 3 R_a R_b
Transformation Method.- Chapter 4 Relations
Between Transformations.- Chapter 5 Struc-
ture of Feedforward Inverses.- Chapter 6 Some
Topics on Structure Problem.- Chapter 7 Linear
Autonomous Finite Automata.- Chapter 8 One Key
Cryptosystems and Latin Arrays.- Chapter 9 Finite
Automaton Public Key Cryptosystems.
Fields of interest
Data Encryption; Mathematics, general
Target groups
Researchers in computer science, mathematics,
cryptology, and information security
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
Distribution Rights in China: Tsinghua University Press.
Jointly Published with Tsinghua University Press.
2008. Approx. 350 p. 4 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. € 159,00 | £122.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78256-8
9<HTOFPA=hicfgi>
ROW_Book0803.indb 35
Springer News 3/2008 Computer Science 35
A. Thomas, University of Sussex, UK T. Tokunaga, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Tokyo,
Japan; A. Ortega, University of Southern California,
Integrated Graphic and CA, USA (Eds.)
Computer Modelling Large-Scale Knowledge
Resources
Computer languages and computer graphics have Construction and Application - Third
become the primary modes of human-computer International Conference on Large-Scale
interaction. This book provides a basic introduc- Knowledge Resources, LKR 2008, Tokyo,
tion to “Real and Virtual Environment” computer Japan, March 3-5, 2008, Proceedings
modelling. Graphics models are used to illustrate
both the way computer languages are processed
and also used to create computer models of
graphic displays. Computer languages have been This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of
bootstrapped from machine code, to high-level the Third International Conference on Large-Scale
languages such as Java, to animation scripting Knowledge Resources, LKR 2008, held in Tokyo,
languages. Integrating graphic and computer Japan, in March 2008.
models takes this support for programming, The 14 revised full papers and 12 revised poster
design and simulation work, one step further, papers that are presented together with 6 invited
allowing interactive computer graphic displays papers and 1 keynote lecture were carefully
to be used to construct computer models of both reviewed and selected from 38 submissions. The
real and virtual environment systems. The Java papers are organized in topical sections on mining
language is used to implement basic algorithms knowledge, building resources, image and video,
for language translation, and to generate graphic using resources, and infrastructure.
displays. It is also used to simulate the behaviour
of a computer system, to explore the way program- Fields of interest
ming and design-simulation environments can be Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Language
put together. Translation and Linguistics; Image Processing
Features Target groups
7 Includes graphics algorithms and data struc- Researchers and professionals
tures presented in a programming context
7 Uses Java with lots of figures Type of publication
Proceedings
From the contents
Models: Language, Graphic, Analogue, Scale,
Mathematical and Computer Models.- Computer
Languages and Java Programming.- Program
Development Environment for Graphics.- Condi-
tional Actions - Spatial Searching and Problem
Solving.- Display System and Hardware Program-
ming Primitives.- Computer Hardware and Low
Level Machine Language Programming.- Interme-
diate, Assembler Language Programming Macro
Expansions, and Expression Translation.
Fields of interest
Computer Imaging, Graphics and Computer
Vision
Target groups
Computer science, mathematics, and engineering
students taking courses in “real and virtual envi-
ronment” modeling
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due March 2008
Due July 2008
2008. IX, 367 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
2008. Approx. 695 p. 546 illus., 539 in color. Hardcover Volume 4938) Softcover
7 € 62,95 | £39.95 7 € 52,00 | £40.00
ISBN 978-1-84800-178-7 ISBN 978-3-540-78158-5
9<HTMIPI=a bhih> 9<HTOFPA=hibfif>
02/02/2008 11:12:08
 36 Computer Science Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

K. Tuyls, A. Nowe, Z. Guessoum, D. Kudenko (Eds.) R. Verdone, University of Bologna, Italy (Ed.) K. Yorav, IBM Haifa Research Lab, Haifa, Israel (Ed.)

Adaptive Agents and Multi-
Agent Systems III
Adaptation and Multi-Agent Learning,
5th, 6th, and 7th European Symposium,
ALAMAS 2005-2007 on Adaptive and
Learning Agents and Multi-Agent Systems,
Revised Selected Papers
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-
conference proceedings of three editions of the
European Symposium on Adaptive and Learning
Agents and Multi-Agent Systems, ALAMAS, held
in Paris, Brussels and Maastricht in 2005, 2006,
and 2007 respectively.
This book presents 17 revised and carefully
reviewed papers selected from 51 total submissions
to the ALAMAS symposia from 2005 to 2007. This
volume aims at increasing awareness and interest
in adaptation and learning for single agents and
multi-agent systems, and encourages collabora-
tion between Machine Learning experts, Software
Engineering experts, Mathematicians, Biologists
and Physicists, and gives a representative overview
of current state of affairs in this area.
Fields of interest
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Software
Engineering; Computer Communication Networks
Wireless Sensor Networks
5th European Conference,
EWSN 2008, Bologna, Italy,
January 30-February 1, 2008,
Proceedings
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of
the 5th European Workshop on Wireless Sensor
Networks, EWSN 2008, held in Bologna, Italy, in
January/February 2008.
The 23 revised full papers presented were carefully
reviewed and selected from 110 submissions. The
papers are organized in topical sections on local-
ization, detection of space/time correlated events,
network coding, ZigBee, topology, software, as well
as deployment and application development.
Fields of interest
Computer Communication Networks; Algorithm
Analysis and Problem Complexity; Programming
Techniques
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Hardware and Software:
Verification and Testing
Third International Haifa Verification
Conference, HVC 2007, Haifa, Israel,
October 23-25, 2007, Proceedings
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-
workshop proceedings of the Third International
Haifa Verification Conference, HVC 2007, held in
Haifa, Israel, in October 2007.
The 15 revised full papers presented together with
4 invited lectures were carefully reviewed and
selected from 32 submissions. The papers are orga-
nized in topical tracks on hardware verification,
model checking, dynamic hardware verification,
merging formal and testing, formal verification for
software and software testing.
Fields of interest
Software Engineering; Logics and Meanings of
Programs; Programming Languages, Compilers,
Interpreters
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings

Target groups
Researchers and professionals

Type of publication
Proceedings

Due March 2008 Available Due March 2008

2008. VIII, 255 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 2008. XIII, 388 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 2008. XII, 267 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Volume 4865) Softcover Volume 4913) Softcover Volume 4899) Softcover
7 € 45,00 | £34.50 7 € 56,00 | £43.00 7 € 45,00 | £34.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77947-6 ISBN 978-3-540-77689-5 ISBN 978-3-540-77964-3

9<HTOFPA=h jehg> 9<HTOFPA=h gijf> 9<HTOFPA=h jged>

ROW_Book0803.indb 36 02/02/2008 11:12:08
 springer.com/booksellers
S. Canuto, University of Sao Paulo, Brazil (Ed.)
Solvation Effects on Molecules
and Biomolecules Fundamentals of Biochemical
Computational Methods and Applications
Engineering
This volume is an interdisciplinary treatise on
the theoretical approach to solvation problems.
Solvents are important in chemistry, physics, and
biology. Almost all experiments made in organic
chemistry, including all kinds of spectroscopy, are
made in solution. In biology, several reactions are
known that only occur in an aqueous environment.
In physics, the interaction with the environment
changes optical properties and affects the design of
sensors and devices.
In recent years the development of theoretical
methods to treat solvation problems has seen great
progress and quantum chemistry is now making an
important incursion into the liquid phase, coupling
statistical physics with quantum mechanics.
Features
7 Provides a quantum mechanical overview of
solvation problems 7 A single source guide to
‚state of the art‘ theoretical chemistry methods
which have been specifically developed to handle
solvation effects
From the contents
1. Solvation models for molecular properties:
continuum versus discrete approaches.- 2. The
multipole moment expansion solvent continuum
model: a brief review.- 3. The discrete reaction field
approach for calculating solvent effects.- 4. Ther-
mochemical analysis of the hydration of neutral
solutes.- 5. Electronic properties of hydrogen bond
networks: implications for solvent effects in polar
liquids.- 6. Solvent effects on radiative and non-
radiative excited state decays.- 7. The sequential
QM/MM method and its applications to solvent
effects in electronic and structural properties of
solutes.- 8. Statistical Mechanical Modeling of
Chemical Reactions in Condensed Phase Systems.
Fields of interest
Theoretical and Computational Chemistry;
Molecular Medicine; Physical Chemistry
Target groups
Computational chemists, molecular biologists,
physical chemists, materials scientists
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due August 2008
2008. Approx. 500 p. 160 illus., 60 in color. (Challenges
and Advances in Computational Chemistry and Physics,
Volume 6) Hardcover
7 € 379,00 | £291.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8269-6
9<HTMELC=aicgjg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 37
Springer News 3/2008
R. Dutta, Amity Institute of Biotechnology, Lucknow,
India
The biology, biotechnology, chemistry, pharmacy
and chemical engineering students at various
universtiy and engineering institutions are
required to take the Biochemical Engineering
course either as an elective or compulsory subject.
This book is written keeping in mind the need for
a text book on afore subject for students from both
engineering and biology backgrounds. The main
feature of this book is that it contains the solved
problems, which help the students to understand
the subject better. The book is divided into three
sections: Enzyme mediated bioprocess, whole cell
mediated bioprocess and the engineering prin-
ciple in bioprocess. Dr. Rajiv Dutta is Professor
in Biotechnology and Director, Amity Institute
of Biotechnology, Lucknow. He earned his M.
Tech. in Biotechnology and Engineering from
the Department of Chemical Engineering, IIT,
Kharagpur and Ph.D. in Bioelectronics from BITS,
Pilani.
Features
7 Contains solved problems 7 Needed for
biochemical engineering course
Contents
Enzyme Kinetics; Immobilized Enzyme; Industrial
Applications of Enzymes; Cell Cultivations; Cell
Kinetics and Fermenter Design; Genetic Engi-
neering; Sterilization; Agitation and Aeration;
Downstream Processing.
Fields of interest
Biochemical Engineering; Biotechnology
Target groups
Engineering undergraduate and science post-
graduate students in the subject areas
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due March 2008
Distribution rights for all countries outside of India
Jointly published with Ane Books India
2008. Approx. 300 p. 95 illus. Hardcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77900-1
9<HTOFPA=h ja b>
Chemistry 37
E. Matijevic, Clarkson University, Potsdam, NY, USA
(Ed.)
Medical Applications of
Colloids
This volume deals with various colloid and surface
phenomena related to medical and biomedical
uses, especially in diagnostics including topics on
the use of colloids in the analysis of blood, and of
XPS of biosystems and biomaterials. Furthermore,
the effects of uniform particles in drug formula-
tions and release, and in the evaluation of particle
transport and deposition in human airway (like in
the lung) are treated in this book.
Features
7 First book of its type on the medical and
biomedical applications of colloids, although there
are some related titles on different topics
7 Discusses the effects of uniform particles
in drug formulations and release 7 Evaluates
particle transport and deposition in the human
body
Contents
Colloids as Light Scattering and Emission Markers
for Analysis of Blood.- XPS Analysis of Biosystems
and Biomaterials.- Pharmaceutical Applications of
Finely Dispersed Systems.- Transport, Deposition
and Removal of Fine Particles – Biomedical Appli-
cations.- Medical and Technological Application of
Monodispersed Colloidal Silica Particles.
Fields of interest
Biotechnology; Medicinal Chemistry; Biomaterials
Target groups
Medical, pharmaceutical, and biochemical institu-
tions
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 305 p. 171 illus., 72 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. € 83,95 | £64.50
ISBN 978-0-387-76920-2
9<HTLDTH=hgjcac>
02/02/2008 11:12:09
 38 Chemistry
Molecular Sieves
Series editors: H. Karge, J. Weitkamp
Volume 7
H. G. Karge, Max-Planck-Gesellschaft, Berlin,
Germany; J. Weitkamp, University of Stuttgart,
Germany (Eds.)
Adsorption and Diffusion
“Molecular Sieves – Science and Technology“
covers, in a comprehensive manner, the science
and technology of zeolites and all related micro-
porous and mesoporous materials. Authored by
renowned experts, the contributions to this hand-
book-like series are grouped together topically in
such a way that each volume deals with a specific
sub-field.
Volume 7 is treating fundamentals and analyses
of adsorption and diffusion in zeolites including
single-file diffusion, i.e. phenomena of basic
importance, especially with respect to separa-
tion processes and catalysis. Various methods of
measuring adsorption and diffusion are described
and discussed, i.e. techniques such as chromato-
graphic, gravimetric and barometric uptake and
desorption, nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared
spectroscopy, interference microscopy, neutron
scattering, frequency response as well as proton
profiling.
From the contents
Ruthven: Fundamentals of Adsorption in Zeolites.-
Ruthven, Brandani and Eic: Measurement of
Diffusion in Microporous Solids by Macroscopic
Methods.-Kärger: Diffusion Coefficients by NMR
Techniques.- Karge and Kärger: Investigation
of Adsorption and Diffusion in Zeolites by IR
Spectroscopy and Interference Microscopy.- Jobic:
Investigation of Diffusion in Molecular Sieves
by Quasielastic Neutron Scattering.- Rees and
Song: Investigation of Adsorption and Diffusion
in Zeolites by IR Spectroscopy and Interference
Microscopy.- van Santen, Hensen and de Jong:
Proton Emission Profiling: A Study of Hydro-
carbon Diffusivity in MFI Zeolites.
Fields of interest
Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering;
Condensed Matter and Material Sciences; Physical
Chemistry
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Handbook
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 116,78 | £90.00
ISBN 978-3-540-73965-4
9<HTOFPA=hdjgfe>
ROW_Book0803.indb 38
Springer News 3/2008
J. Mulzer, University of Vienna, Austria (Ed.)
The Epothilones: An
Outstanding Family of
Anti-Tumour Agents
From Soil to the Clinic
With contributions by: K. Altmann, G. Höfle,
R. Müller, K. Prantz
Epothilones have received unusual attention
over the past ten years. They are novel antitumor
drugs which very much like their predecessor
paclitaxel (Taxol) act via microtubule stabiliza-
tion. In comparison to paclitaxel and a number of
alternative drugs with a similar mode of bioac-
tion (e.g. laulimalide, eleutherobin, peluroside,
discodermolide) the epothilones have significant
advantages, above all very high activity in the
nanomolar range and low susceptibility towards
multidrug resistance. Epothilone B and several
derivatives thereof are in phase I-III clinical trials;
one of them (ixabepilone, BMS) is already on
the market, others are supposed to appear on the
market in the near future. All naturally occurring
epothilones have been isolated from Sorangium
cellulosum; their antitumor action is traced back to
the stabilization of microtubules. In consequence,
the formation of the mitototic spindle is prohibited
and the cell undergoes apoptosis.
Fields of interest
Organic Chemistry; Medicinal Chemistry;
Biotechnology
Target groups
Researchers, practicians, students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 340 p. (Fortschritte der Chemie
organischer Naturstoffe / Progress in the Chemistry of
Organic Natural Products, Volume 90) Hardcover
7 approx. € 149,95 | £115.50
ISBN 978-3-211-78206-4
9<HTOCMB=hicage>
springer.com/booksellers
K. Ramachandran, G. Deepa, K. Namboori, Amrita
Vishwa Vidyapeetham University, Coimbatore, India
Computational Chemistry and
Molecular Modeling
Principles and Applications
The gap between introductory level textbooks and
highly specialized monographs is filled by this
modern textbook. It provides in one comprehen-
sive volume the in-depth theoretical background
for molecular modeling and detailed descriptions
of the applications in chemistry and related fields
like drug design, molecular sciences, biomedical,
polymer and materials engineering. Special chap-
ters on basic mathematics and the use of respective
software tools are included. Numerous numerical
examples, exercises and explanatory illustrations as
well as a web site with application tools (http://
www.amrita.edu/cen/ccmm) support the students
and lecturers.
Features
7 Modern graduate/postgraduate textbook
providing in-depth theoretical background and
detailed descriptions of applications in chemistry,
life sciences and engineering. Many examples,
exercises and a web site support the learner
(http://www.amrita.edu/cen/ccmm) 7 First text
to combine both: computational chemistry and
molecular modeling
Fron the contents
Symmetry and Point Groups.- Quantum
Mechanics.- Hückel Molecular Orbital Theory.-
Hartree Fock Theory.- Basis Sets.- Semi-Empirical
Methods.- Ab-initio Methods.- Density Functional
Theory.- Reduced Density Matrix.- Molecular
Mechanics.- Modeling of Molecules through
Computational Methods.- High Performance
Computing.- Research in Computational Chem-
istry and Molecular modeling.
Fields of interest
Theoretical and Computational Chemistry;
Computer Applications in Chemistry; Math.
Applications in Chemistry
Target groups
Graduate and postgraduate students in chemistry;
students in biochemistry, molecular sciences or
engineering attending courses in computational
chemistry; researcher in biomedical and life
sciences entering this field as newcomer
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 490 p. 110 illus., 20 in color. Hardcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77302-3
9<HTOFPA=h dacd>
02/02/2008 11:12:09
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Chemistry 39

Modern Aspects of Structure and Bonding Structure and Bonding

Electrochemistry Editorial board: P. Day, X. Duan, T. Meyer, G. Parkin, Editorial board: P. Day, X. Duan, T. Meyer, G. Parkin,
J. Sauvage, H. Roesky J. Sauvage, H. Roesky
Series editors: C.G. Vayenas, R.E. White Series editor: D. Mingos Series editor: D. Mingos

Volume 43 Volume 127 Volume 128

M. Schlesinger, University of Windsor, ON, Canada
(Ed.)
This volume is meant as an introductory resource
aimed at practitioners of electrochemistry
research, technology and development mainly at
the atomic, molecular or macromolecular levels.
Thus emphasize would be placed at length scales in
the 1-100 nm range. The volume is to help provide
understanding of electrochemical phenomena and
materials at the nanoscale through modeling and
numeric simulations. It is also to serve as means to
create and use structures, electrochemically based
devices and systems that possess novel properties
and functions because of their small or interme-
diate sizes.
From the contents
Modeling in the 21st Century.- New Materials
Designed via Modeling.- Does Size Really Matter
when it comes to Modeling or Numeric Simula-
tions.- Finite element and Finite Difference, Which
does best work for Electrochemistry.- Electro-
chemically Based Devices Designed Through
Numerics.- Numeric and Analytic Approach
to Acoustic Microscopy of Electrochemically
Deposited Thin Films.- Phase Field Modeling of
Electrochemistry. - Diffuse Interface.- Multiscale
Electrochemical Modeling-Solid Oxide fuel Cells.
Fields of interest
Electrochemistry; Physical Chemistry; Computer
Applications in Chemistry
Target groups
Researchers and practitioners of electrochemistry
in the wide range from the electronics to the auto-
motive industries; engineers, technologists and
advanced graduate students
Type of publication
Reference work
T. E. Albrecht-Schmitt, University of Auburn, AL, USA
(Ed.)
Liquid-Crystalline Functional
Organometallic and Assemblies and Their
Coordination Chemistry of the Supramolecular Structures
Actinides
Features
7 Presents critical reviews of the present position
and future trends in modern chemical research
concerned with chemical structure and bonding
7 Short and concise reports, each written by the
world‘s renowned experts 7 Still valid and useful
after 5 or 10 years 7 More information as well as
the electronic version of the whole content avail-
able at: springerlink.com
Contents
M. Sharma, M.S. Eisen: Metallocene Organoac-
tinide Complexes.- O.T. Summerscales, F.G.N.
Cloke: Activation of Small Molecules by U(III)
Cyclooctatetraene and Pentalene Complexes.- S.C.
Bart, K. Meyer: Highlights in Uranium Coordina-
tion Chemistry.
Fields of interest
Inorganic Chemistry; Organometallic Chemistry
Target groups
Scientists and practitioners in the mentioned fields
Type of publication
Reviews
T. Kato, University of Tokyo, Japan (Ed.)
Features
7 Presents critical reviews of the present position
and future trends in modern chemical research
concerned with chemical structure and bonding
7 Short and concise reports, each written by the
world‘s renowned experts 7 Still valid and useful
after 5 or 10 years 7 More information as well as
the electronic version of the whole content avail-
able at: springerlink.com
Contents
I.M. Saez, J.W. Goodby: Supermolecular Liquid
Crystals.- J.-H. Ryu, M. Lee: Liquid Crystalline
Assembly of Rod-coil Molecules.- H. Kikuchi:
Liquid Crystalline Blue Phases: S.J. Rowan, P.T.
Mather: Supramolecular Interactions in the
Formation of Thermotropic Liquid Crystalline
Polymers.- M. Funahashi, H. Shimura, M. Yoshio,
T. Kato: Functional Liquid-Crystalline Polymers
for Ionic and Electronic Conduction.- D.L. Gin,
C.S. Pecinovsky, J.E. Bara, R.L. Kerr: Functional
Lyotropic Liquid Crystal Materials.
Fields of interest
Inorganic Chemistry; Polymer Sciences; Organic
Chemistry
Target groups
Scientists and practitioners in the mentioned fields
Type of publication
Reviews

Due April 2008

Due April 2008 Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 400 p. (Modern Aspects of Electrochem-
istry, Volume 43) Hardcover 2008. Approx. 180 p. Hardcover 2008. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 107,05 | £82.50 7 € 139,95 | £107.50 7 € 179,95 | £138.50
ISBN 978-0-387-49580-4 ISBN 978-3-540-77836-3 ISBN 978-3-540-77866-0

9<HTLDTH=ejfiae> 9<HTOFPA=h idgd> 9<HTOFPA=h ig a>

ROW_Book0803.indb 39 02/02/2008 11:12:10
 40 Chemistry
A. L. Tchougréeff, Moscow State (Lomonosov)
University, Russia
Hybrid Methods of Molecular
Modeling
Hybrid Methods of Molecular Modeling is a self-
contained advanced review offering step by step
derivation of the consistent theoretical picture of
hybrid modeling methods and the thorough anal-
ysis of the concepts and current practical methods
of hybrid modeling based on this theory.
Hybrid Methods of Molecular Modeling presents
its material in a sequential way paying attention
both to the physical soundness of the approxima-
tions used and to the mathematical rigor necessary
for practical developing of the robust modeling
code. Historical remarks are given when it is
necessary to put the current presentation in a
more general context and to establish relation
with other areas of computational chemistry. The
reader should have experience with basic concepts
of computational chemistry and/or molecular
modeling. Basic knowledge of operators, wave
functions, electron densities is necessary.&nbsp;
Features
7 Presents a rigourous treatment of the deriva-
tions of hybrid methods of molecular modeling
7 Explains the concepts and current methodolo-
gies of hybrid methods 7 Explicitly describes the
approximations assumed in the modeling code
7 Applies theoretical hybrid methods to problems
of importance to chemists, biochemists, and mate-
rials researchers
From the contents
Molecular modeling: Motivation and general
setting.- Molecular potential energy.- Basics of
quantum mechanical technique.- Alternative
representations.- Basics of quantum chemistry.-
Alternative tools.- Separating electronic variables.
Fields of interest
Theoretical and Computational Chemistry;
Computer Applications in Chemistry; Physical
Chemistry
Target groups
Practicing experts and students in molecular
modeling and related areas, such as materials
science, nanoscience, biochemistry, and interested
in getting acquainted with current concepts of
hybrid modeling and their limitations
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 425 p. (Progress in Theoretical Chemistry
and Physics, Volume 17) Hardcover
7 € 319,00 | £245.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8188-0
9<HTMELC=aibi a>
ROW_Book0803.indb 40
Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers
Topics in Current Chemistry
Series editor: V. Balzani, K. Houk, H. Kessler, J. Lehn,
S. Ley, A. d. Meijere, S. Schreiber, J. Thiem, B. Trost,
F. Vögtle, H. Yamamoto
Volume 284
K. Soai, Science University of Tokyo, Japan (Ed.)
Amplification of Chirality
Features
7 Presents critical reviews of the present position
and future trends in modern chemical research
7 Short and concise reports on chemistry, each
written by the world renowned experts 7 Still
valid and useful after 5 or 10 years 7 More
information as well as the electronic version of the
whole content available at: springerlink.com
Contents
K. Soai, T. Kawasaki: Asymmetric Autocatalysis
with Amplification of Chirality.- J.M. Brown, I.
Gridnev, J. Klankermayer: Asymmetric Autoca-
talysis with Organozinc Complexes; Elucidation of
the Reaction Pathway.- D. Lavabre, J.-C. Micheau,
J. R. Islas, T. Buhse: Kinetic Insight into Specific
Features of the Autocatalytic Soai Reaction.- Y.
Saito, H. Hyuga: Rate Equation Approaches to
Amplification of Enantiomeric Excess and Chiral
Symmetry Breaking.- M. Fujiki: Helix Generation,
Amplification, Switching, and Memory of Chro-
mophoric Polymers.
Fields of interest
Organic Chemistry; Organometallic Chemistry;
Physical Chemistry
Target groups
Scientists and practitioners in the mentioned fields
and in industry
Type of publication
Reviews
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 210 p. Hardcover
7 € 159,95 | £123.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77868-4
9<HTOFPA=h igie>
02/02/2008 11:12:10
 springer.com/booksellers
J. Awrejcewicz, Technical University of Lodz, Poland;
V. A. Krysko, Saratov State Technical University,
Saratov, Russia
New Developments in Formal
Chaos in Structural Mechanics Languages and Applications
This volume introduces and reviews novel theo-
retical approaches to modeling strongly nonlinear
behaviour of either individual or interacting
structural mechanical units such as beams, plates
and shells or composite systems thereof.
The approach draws upon the well-established
fields of bifurcation theory and chaos and empha-
sizes the notion of control and stability of objects
and systems the evolution of which is governed
by nonlinear ordinary and partial differential equa-
tions. Computational methods, in particular the
Bubnov-Galerkin method, are thus described in
detail.
Contents
Introduction.- Theory of Non-Homogeneous
Shells.- Static Instability of Rectangular Plates.-
Vibrations of Rectangular Shells.- Dynamic Loss
of Stability of Rectangular Shells.- Stability of a
Closed Cylindrical Shell Subjected to an Axially
Non-Symmetrical Load.- Composite Shells.- Inter-
action of Elastic Shells and a Moving Body.-
Chaotic Vibrations of Sectorial Shells.- Scenarios
of Transition From Harmonic to Chaotic Motion.-
Dynamics of Cosed Flexible Cylindrical Shells.-
Controlling Time-Spatial Chaos of Cylindrical
Shells.- Chaotic Vibrations of Flexible Rectan-
gular Shells.- Determination of Three-Layered
Non-Linear Uncoupled Beam Dynamics With
Constraints.- Bifurcation and Chaos of Dissipative
Non-Linear Mechanical Sytems of Multi-Layer
Sandwich Beams.- Nonlinear Vibratons of the
Euler-Bernoulli Beam Subjected to Transversal
Load and Impact Actions.
Fields of interest
Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control;
Complexity; Appl. Mathematics/Computational
Methods of Engineering
Target groups
Scientists and engineers in academic and industrial
R&D
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 435 p. (Understanding Complex Systems)
Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77675-8
9<HTOFPA=h ghfi>
ROW_Book0803.indb 41
Springer News 3/2008
G. Bel-Enguix, M. D. Jimenez-Lopez, C. Martín-Vide,
Rovira i Virgili University, Tarragona, Spain (Eds.)
Features
7 Reports new Developments in Formal
Languages and Applications
Contents
Basic Notation and Terminology.- Open Problems
on Partial Words.- Alignments and Approximate
String Matching.- An Introductory Course on
Communication Complexity.- Formal Languages
and Concurrent Behaviours.- Cellular Automata
- A Computational Point of View.- Probabilistic
Parsing.- DNA-Based Memories: A Survey.
Fields of interest
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);
Language Translation and Linguistics
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence, and computer science
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 275 p. (Studies in Computational Intel-
ligence, Volume 113) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78290-2
9<HTOFPA=hicjac>
Engineering 41
H. Bischoff, ISSA Section Machine and System Safety,
Mannheim, Germany (Ed.)
Risks in Modern Society
This book describes the complex issue of risks in
a changing world (of work), and how to find solu-
tions through risk management and risk gover-
nance - for the benefit of employees, employers,
other stakeholders, shareholders and society in
general. The focus is on occupational safety and
health, also the complex structure of ‚surrounding‘
political, cultural, natural and economic environ-
ments are considered.
Features
7 Usually only single topics for Risk Management
are addressed. For improving chances of company
success (performance and competitiveness) in a
globalised world a complex, an interdisciplinary
approach is needed
Fields of interest
Machinery and Machine Elements; Quality
Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk; Occupational
Medicine/Industrial Medicine
Target groups
Well-educated risk managers in enterprises;
insurers; science journalists; OSH services
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 350 p. (Topics in Safety, Risk, Reliability
and Quality, Volume 13) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8288-7
9<HTMELC=aici h>
02/02/2008 11:12:10
 42 Engineering
C. Blum, M. J. Blesa Aguilera, Universitat Politècnica
de Catalunya Jordi Girona, Barcelona, Spain; A. Roli,
Università degli Studi G .D‘Annunzio, Pescara, Italy;
M. Sampels, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium
(Eds .)
Hybrid Metaheuristics
An Emerging Approach to Optimization
Optimization problems are of great importance
in many fields. They can be tackled, for example,
by approximate algorithms such as metaheuris-
tics. Examples of metaheuristics are simulated
annealing, tabu search, evolutionary computa-
tion, iterated local search, variable neighborhood
search, and ant colony optimization. In recent
years it has become evident that a skilled combina-
tion of a metaheuristic with other optimization
techniques, a so called hybrid metaheuristic, can
provide a more efficient behavior and a higher
flexibility. This is because hybrid metaheuristics
combine their advantages with the complementary
strengths of, for example, more classical optimi-
zation techniques such as branch and bound or
dynamic programming.
The authors involved in this book are among the
top researchers in their domain.
Features
7 Presents recent developments in hybrid meta-
heuristics
From the contents
Hybrid Metaheuristics: An Introduction.-
Combining (Integer) Linear Programming
Techniques and Metaheuristics for Combinatorial
Optimization.- The Relation Between Complete
and Incomplete Search.- Hybridizations of Meta-
heuristics With Branch and Bound Derivates.-
Very Large-Scale Neighborhood Search: Overview
and Case Studies on Coloring Problems.- Hybrids
of Constructive Metaheuristics and Constraint
Programming: A Case Study with ACO.- Hybrid
Metaheuristics for Packing Problems.- Hybrid
Metaheuristics for Multi-objective Combinatorial
Optimization.
Fields of interest
Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008 . Approx . 290 p . (Studies in Computational Intel-
ligence, Volume 114) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78294-0
9<HTOFPA=hicjea> 9<HTLIMH=gehfca> 9<HTOFPA=hidbfc>
ROW_Book0803.indb 42
Springer News 3/2008
I. Boiko, University of Calgary, AB, Canada
Discontinuous Control
Systems
Frequency-Domain Analysis and Design
This book provides new insight on the problem
of closed-loop performance and oscillations in
discontinuous control systems, covering the class
of systems that do not necessarily have low-pass
filtering properties. The author provides a prac-
tical, yet rigorous and exact approach to analysis
and design of discontinuous control systems via
application of a novel frequency-domain tool: the
locus of a perturbed relay system (LPRS).
LPRS theory is presented in detail beginning with
basic concepts and progressing to computing
formulas, algorithms, and MATLAB© code.
Presented are a number of practical examples
applying the theory to analysis and design of
discontinuous control systems from various
branches of engineering, including electro-
mechanical systems, process control, and elec-
tronics.
Features
7 A novel frequency-domain tool is presented
in detail, beginning with basic concepts and
progressing to computing formulas, algorithms,
and MATLAB code 7 Only book on discon-
tinuous systems that covers the frequency-domain
approach 7 Provides an alternative treatment
of sliding mode control in discontinuous control
systems
From the contents
Part I. The Locus of a Perturbed Relay Systems
Theory.- Servo Problem in Discontinuous Control
Systems.- The Locus of Perturbed Relay System
(LPRS) Theory.- Input-Output Analysis of Relay
Servo Systems.- Analysis of Sliding Modes in the
Frequency Domain.- Part II. Applications of the
Locus of a Perturbed Relay System.
Fields of interest
Control Engineering; Systems Theory, Control;
Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control
Target groups
Graduate students, researchers, and practicing
engineers in systems analysis and design
Type of publication
Monograph
Due July 2008
2008 . Approx . 200 p . 69 illus . Hardcover
7 approx. € 69,30 | £53.50
ISBN 978-0-8176-4752-0
springer.com/booksellers
H. Bruyninckx, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven,
Belgium; L. Preucil, M. Kulich, Czech Technical
University, Prague, Czech Republic (Eds .)
European Robotics
Symposium 2008
Features
7 Proceedings of the 2nd European Robotics
Symposium EUROS 2008 7 Presents the latest in
European Robotics
From the contents
Adaptive multiple resources consumption control
for an autonomous rover.- Adaptive Snake Robot
Locomotion: A Benchmarking Facility for Experi-
ments.- Architecture for Neuronal Cell Control of
a Mobile Robot.- The Ares Robot: Case Study of an
Affordable Service Robot.- Balancing the informa-
tion gain against the movement cost for multi-
robot frontier exploration.- Compiling POMDP
models for a multimodal service robot from
background knowledge.- Constraint Based Object
State Modeling.- A COTS-based mini Unmanned
Aerial Vehicle (SR-H3) for security, environmental
monitoring and surveillance operations: design
and test.- Eyes-Neck Coordination Using Chaos.-
Formation Graphs and Decentralized Forma-
tion Control of Multi Vehicles with Kinematics
Constraints.- Global Urban Localization of an
Outdoor Mobile Robot with Genetic Algorithms.
Fields of interest
Automation and Robotics; Control Engineering;
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, graduate students and professionals
in robotics
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008 . Approx . 360 p . (Springer Tracts in Advanced
Robotics, Volume 44) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78315-2
02/02/2008 11:12:10
 springer.com/booksellers
R. Buyya, M. Pathan, University of Melbourne,
Carlton, VIC, Australia; A. Vakali, University of
Thessaloniki, Greece (Eds.)
Content Delivery Networks
“Content Delivery Networks” enables the readers
to understand the basics, to identify the underlying RF; Very High Frequency Front Ends
technology, to summarize their knowledge on
concepts, ideas, principles and various paradigms
which span on broad CDNs areas. Therefore,
aspects of CDNs in terms of basics, design process,
practice, techniques, performances, platforms,
applications, and experimental results have
been presented in a proper order. Fundamental
methods, initiatives, significant research results,
as well as references for further study have also
been provided. Comparison of different design
and development approaches are described at the
appropriate places so that new researchers as well
as advanced practitioners can use the CDNs evalu-
ation as a research roadmap. All the contributions
have been reviewed, edited, processed, and placed
in the appropriate order to maintain consistency
so that any reader irrespective of their level of
knowledge and technological skills in CDNs would
get the most out of it.
Features
7 Valuable reference for larger audience
7 Presents new ideas and results
Fields of interest
Communications Engineering, Networks;
Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet);
Models and Principles
Target groups
Systems architects, practitioners, developers, new
researchers and graduate level students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 400 p. (Lecture Notes Electrical Engi-
neering, Volume 9) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77886-8
9<HTOFPA=h i gi>
ROW_Book0803.indb 43
Springer News 3/2008
H. Casier, AMI Semiconductor, Oudenaarde, Belgium;
M. Steyaert, KU Leuven, Belgium; A. H. Roermund,
Technical University of Eindhoven, The Netherlands
(Eds.)
Analog Circuit Design 2007
Sensors, Actuators and Power Drivers;
Integrated Power Amplifiers from Wireline to
Analog Circuit Design is based on the yearly
Advances in Analog Circuit Design workshop. The
aim of the workshop is to bring together designers
of advanced analogue and RF circuits for the
purpose of studying and discussing new possibili-
ties and future developments in this field. Selected
topics for AACD 2007 are: (1) Sensors, Actua-
tors and Power Drivers for the Automotive and
Industrial Environment (Tue 27 March) - Chaired
by Herman Casier, AMI Semiconductor Fellow,
Belgium; (2) Integrated PA‘s from Wireline to RF
(Wed 28 March) - Chaired by Prof. Michiel Stey-
aert, Catholic University, Leuven; (3) Very High
Frequency Front Ends (Thu 29 March) - Chaired
by Prof. Arthur van Roermund, Eindhoven
University of Technology.
Features
7 The 14th book on the highlights of the
Advances in Analog Circuit Design workshop that
Springer will publish 7 The annual workshop
is recognized as being a leading international
meeting of analog and RF designers
From the contents
Preface. Part I: Sensors, Actuators and Power
Drivers for the Automotive and Industrial Envi-
ronment. Part II: Integrated PA’s: from Wireline to
RF. Part III: Very High Frequency Front Ends.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Microwaves, RF and Optical
Engineering; Electronics and Microelectronics,
Instrumentation
Target groups
Silicon circuit and technology engineers and
researchers involved in analog and RF IC design in
automotive, telecom and all industrial and other
applications
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
7 € 119,95 | £92.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8262-7
9<HTMELC=aicgch>
Engineering 43
P. M. Dixit, Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur,
India; U. S. Dixit, Indian Institute of Technology
Guwahati, India
Modeling of Metal Forming
and Machining Processes
by Finite Element and Soft Computing
Methods
The physics of metal forming and metal removing
is normally expressed using non-linear partial
differential equations which can be solved using
the finite element method (FEM). However, when
the process parameters are uncertain and/or the
physics of the process is not well understood, soft
computing techniques can be used with FEM or
alone to model the process.
Using FEM, fuzzy set theory and neural networks
as modelling tools; this book is a focuses on
metal forming, machining and non-traditional
machining and includes: -an explanation of FEM
and its application to the modelling of manufac-
turing processes; -a discussion of the numerical
difficulties of FEM; chapters on the application
of soft computing techniques in this modelling
process.
The flow charts and review questions included
make this book of value to postgraduates, senior
undergraduates, lecturers and researchers in these
fields. R&D engineers and consultants for the
manufacturing industry will also find it of use.
Features
7 Uses original mathematic approach in design
and manufacturing processes 7 Provides flow
charts to help readers develop codes 7 Written by
authorities in the subject
From the contents
Metal Forming and Machining Processes.- Review
of Stress, Linear Strain and Elastic Stress-Strain
Relations.- Classical Theory of Plasticity.- Plasticity
of Finite Deformation and Anisotropic Materials
and Modeling of Fracture and Friction.- Finite
Element Modeling of Metal Forming Processes
Using Eulerian Formulation.
Fields of interest
Industrial and Production Engineering; Metallic
Materials; Manufacturing, Machines, Tools
Target groups
Postgraduates, senior undergraduates
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 615 p. 156 illus. (Engineering Materials
and Processes) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £70.00
ISBN 978-1-84800-188-6
9<HTMIPI=a bi g>
02/02/2008 11:12:11
 44 Engineering
D. Elmakias, The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd.,
Haifa, Israel (Ed.)
New Computational Methods
in Power System Reliability
Power system reliability is in the focus of intensive
study due to its critical role in providing energy
supply to the modern society. This book is not
aimed at providing the overview of the state of the
art in power system reliability. On the contrary, it
describes application of some new specific tech-
niques: universal generating function method and
its combination with Monte Carlo simulation and
with random processes methods, Semi-Markov
and Markov reward models and genetic algorithm.
The book can be considered as complementary to
power system reliability textbooks. It is suitable for
different types of readers. It primarily addresses
practising reliability engineers and researchers
who have an interest in reliability and perform-
ability analysis of power systems. It can also be
used as a textbook for senior undergraduate or
graduate courses in electrical engineering.
Features
7 Comprehensive up-to-date presentation of
novel tools for power system reliability analysis
and optimization and to present examples of
applications
Contents
Basic Notions of Power System Reliability.- Basic
Tools and Techniques.- The Reliability of Genera-
tion Systems.- Reliability Assessment for Elements
of Transmission and Transformation Systems.-
Reliability Enhancement in Radial Distribution
Systems.
Fields of interest
Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Engineers, researchers, and graduate students in
computational intelligence, computer science and
power systems
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 410 p. (Studies in Computational Intel-
ligence, Volume 111) Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77810-3
9<HTOFPA=h ibad>
ROW_Book0803.indb 44
Springer News 3/2008
J. Fulcher, University of Wollongong, NSW, Australia;
L. C. Jain, University of South Australia, Adelaide, SA,
Australia (Eds.)
Computational Intelligence:
A Compendium
Computational Intelligence: A Compendium pres-
ents a well structured overview about this rapidly
growing field with contributions of leading experts
in Computational Intelligence. The main focus of
the compendium is on applied methods tired-
and-proven effective to realworld problems, which
is especially useful for practitioners, researchers,
students and also newcomers to the field. The 25
chapters are grouped into the following themes:
I. Overview and Background II. Data Prepro-
cessing and Systems Integration III. Artificial Intel-
ligence IV. Logic and Reasoning V. Ontology
VI. Agents VII. Fuzzy Systems VIII. Artificial
Neural Networks IX. Evolutionary Approaches X.
DNA and Immune-based Computing.
Features
7 State of the art in CI presented in a handbook
style by leading experts 7 Contains the latest
advanced developments on Methods, applications
and Tools for Computational Intelligence
Contents
Part I Overview, Background.- Part II Prepro-
cessing; Visualization; Systems Integration.- Part
III Artificial Intelligence.- Part IV Logic and
Reasoning.- Part V Ontology.- Part VI Intelli-
gent Agents.- Part VII Fuzzy Systems.- Part VIII
Artificial Neural Networks.- Part IX Evolutionary
Approaches.- Part X DNA and Immunity-based
Computing.
Fields of interest
Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 1150 p. (Studies in Computational Intel-
ligence, Volume 115) Hardcover
7 € 169,95 | £130.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78292-6
9<HTOFPA=hicjcg>
springer.com/booksellers
B. Grabot, A. Mayère, I. Bazet (Eds.)
ERP Systems and
Organisational Change
A Socio-technical Insight
ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) systems are
now the backbone of the information systems in
public and private sector organisations. Yet, even if
their ability to address the fragmentation of former
information systems, provide functional integra-
tion and support best practices is recognised, diffi-
culties remain. These difficulties, arising during
and after their introduction in organisations, have
been widely discussed, leading to many articles
and books explaining reasons of failure, listing
conditions of success, and suggesting project
management methods that are supposed to allow
their harmonious implementation.
ERP systems are clearly software systems which are
supposed to support organisation and individual
work. Thus, A Socio-technical Insight on ERP
Systems and Organisational Change considers
both the social and technical perspectives on this
phenomenon.
Features
7 Provides a unique and comprehensive insight
into ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) systems,
from both a social and a technical viewpoint
Fields of interest
Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics,
Marketing; Organization/Planning; Industrial
Organization
Target groups
Students, teachers, and researchers in manage-
ment, engineering science, and sociology; indus-
trial practitioners such as technical managers,
human resource managers, managers of informa-
tion systems, etc.; consultants in organisation, in
charge of implementation projects
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 220 p. 23 illus. (Springer Series in
Advanced Manufacturing) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £65.00
ISBN 978-1-84800-182-4
9<HTMIPI=a bice>
02/02/2008 11:12:11
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008
A. Gülhan, German Aerospace Center, Köln, Germany
(Ed.)
RESPACE – Key Technologies
for Reusable Space Systems
Results of a Virtual Institute Programme of
the German Helmholtz-Association,
2003 – 2007
This volume contains the main results of the three
years study (2003 - 2007) of the Virtual Institute
RESPACE (Key Technologies for Re-Usable Space
Systems), consisting of three DLR departments and
four institutes of the RWTH Aachen, the Univer-
sity of Stuttgart and the Technical University
München. The nine topics treated with a multidis-
ciplinary numerical and experimental approach
are systems aspects of advanced space transporta-
tion vehicles, vehicle base flow, propulsion jet
and external flow interaction, active cooling of
hot structures, film cooling and its influence on
boundary-layer flow.
Features
7 Covers Key Technologies for Re-Usable Space
Systems
Contents
System Aspects of Advanced Space Transportation
Systems.- Large-Eddy Simulation of the Base Flow
of the Reference Space Vehicle Configuration.-
Large-Eddy Simulation of the Nozzle Jet and the
External Flow Interaction.- Experimental Study
of the Base Flow of the Reference Space Vehicle
Configuration.- Application of Active Cooling
Concepts for Hot Structures.- Qualification of
Active Cooling Concepts in Ground Facilities.-
Experimental Study of Active Cooling Concepts
for Hypersonic Flight.- Numerical Investigation on
Film Cooling Concepts and their Influence on the
on the Boundary-Layer Flow.
Fields of interest
Automotive and Aerospace Engineering; Engi-
neering Fluid Dynamics; Numerical and Computa-
tional Methods in Engineering
Target groups
Scientists, research engineers, students in re-usable
space systems
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. X, 188 p. 171 illus. (Notes on Numerical Fluid
Mechanics and Multidisciplinary Design (NNFM), Volume
98) Hardcover
7 € 163,00 | £125.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77818-9
9<HTOFPA=h ibij>
ROW_Book0803.indb 45
H. Haasis, H. Kreowski, B. Scholz-Reiter, University
of Bremen, Germany (Eds.)
Dynamics in Logistics
First International Conference, LDIC 2007,
Bremen, Germany, August 2007, Proceedings
Logistic problems can rarely be solved satisfy-
ingly within one single scientific discipline. This
cross-sectional character is taken into account by
the Research Cluster for Dynamics in Logistics
with a combination of economical, information
and production technical and enterprise-oriented
research approaches. In doing so, the interdisci-
plinary cooperation between university, research
institutes and enterprises for the solution of
logistic problems is encouraged.
This book comprises the edited proceedings of
the first International Conference on Dynamics in
Logistics LDIC 2007. The scope of the conference
was concerned with the identification, analysis,
and description of the dynamics of logistic
processes and networks. The spectrum reached
from the planning and modelling of processes over
innovative methods like autonomous control and
knowledge management to the new technologies
provided by radio frequency identification, mobile
communication, and networking.
Features
7 Identification, analysis, and description of
the dynamics of logistic processes and networks,
planning and modelling of processes to new tech-
nologies 7 Includes priority aspects of dynamic
logistic networks like RFID, supply chain control,
sustainable collaboration, autonomous control and
logistic process modelling
From the contents
Invited Papers.- General Aspects of Dynamics
in Logistics.- Routing in Dynamic Logistic
Networks.- RFID in Logistics and Manufacturing
Networks.- Supply Chain Control Policies.- Decen-
tralized Decision-making in Supply Chains.- The
Global RF Lab Alliance: Research and Applica-
tions.- Sustainable Collaboration.- Knowledge
Management and Service Models in Logistics.
Fields of interest
Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics,
Marketing; Production/Logistics
Target groups
Scientists in logistics, operations research and
computer science
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 445 p. 152 illus. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-76861-6
9<HTOFPA=hgigbg>
Engineering 45
A. Helmy, M. Ismail, Ohio State University,
Columbus, OH, USA
Substrate Noise Coupling in
RFICs
Substrate Noise Coupling in RFICs addresses
substrate noise coupling in RF and mixed
signal ICs when used in a system on chip(SoC)
containing digital ICs as well. This trend of
integrating RF, mixed signal ICs with large digital
ICs is found in many of today’s commercial ICs
such as single chip Wi-Fi or Bluetooth solutions
and is expected to grow rapidly in the future. The
book reports modeling and simulation techniques
for substrate noise coupling effects in RFICs and
introduces isolation structures and design guides
to mitigate such effects with the ultimate goal of
enhancing the yield of RF and mixed signal SoCs.
This is particularly critical when process feature
sizes scale down to the nano meter range.
Substrate Noise Coupling in RFICs reports silicon
measurements, new test and noise isolation struc-
tures as well as calibration of a design flow used in
the design and debug phases of RFIC circuits.
Features
7 Addresses substrate noise coupling in RF
and mixed signal ICs when used in a system on
chip(SoC) containing digital ICs as well 7 Great
reference for courses in RFIC and mixed signal
ICs, and for design project courses 7 Reports
silicon measurements, new test and noise isolation
structures as well as calibration of a design flow
used in the design and debug phases of RFIC
circuits
From the contents
1 Introduction. 2 Analysis of Substrate Noise
Coupling. 3 Experimental Data to calibrate the
design flow. 4 Design Guide for Substrate Noise
Isolation for RF Applications. 5 On Chip Inductor
Design Flow. 6 Case studies for the impact and
remedy of substrate noise coupling. 7 Conclusion.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Communications Engin­
eering, Networks
Target groups
RFIC and mixed signal system on chip designers,
validation and test engineers, CAD engineers,
process technology engineers, graduate students in
electrical and computer engineering
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 200 p. (Analog Circuits and Signal
Processing) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8165-1
9<HTMELC=aibgfb>
02/02/2008 11:12:11
 46 Engineering
T. Hempel, Siemens AG, Munich, Germany
Usability of Speech Dialog
Systems
Focus on the Target Audience
Many technical issues like speech recognition
and signal processing have to be addressed for
the design of speech communication systems.
However, before designing a speech application
starts, 3 key questions that have to be answered:
who will use it, why and how often? Only if the
designer is clear about these questions, he is able to
provide a maximum of target group orientation.
This book gives focuses on these high-level
questions and gives a criteria when and how to
design speech systems. After an introduction, the
state of the art in modern voice user interfaces is
displayed. The following parts of the book evolve
criteria for designing and evaluating successful
voice user interfaces. In the last chapter, outlines
and trends of this fast growing area are displayed.
Features
7 Focus on Higher-Level Questions for Voice
User Interfaces: Who will use it, Why and How
often 7 Written by Experts from the Designing
Industry
Contents
Introduction, definition, voice as a business.-
State-of-the-Art: Successful Voice User Interfaces
and their elements.- Criteria for Designing and
Evaluating Successful Voice User Interfaces.-
Trends.
Fields of interest
Communications Engineering, Networks; User
Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction;
Signal Processing
Target groups
Projecting Managers, Designers and practitioners
of speech application development projects
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 190 p. 14 illus. (Signals and Communica-
tion Technology) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78342-8
9<HTOFPA=hideci>
ROW_Book0803.indb 46
Springer News 3/2008
F. Jovane, ITIA-CNR, Milano, Italy; E. Westkämper,
Fraunhofer IPA, Stuttgart, Germany; D. Williams,
Loughborough University, Loughborough, UK
The ManuFuture Road
Towards Competitive and Sustainable
High-Adding-Value Manufacturing
Manufacturing in Europe is under great pressure
from structural changes in the global economy.
The high technical, social and cultural standards
in Europe mean that our manufacturing enter-
prises lead the world but inevitably production
and consumption continues to migrate to regions
that allow higher profitability from lower costs
of production with the promise of new markets.
Structural changes in European industries will
influence employment and welfare. However, there
are signs of a new High-Adding-Value industrial
revolution. This book has the answers that will
allow us to avoid the negative consequences of this
migration.
A new model of future manufacturing – Manu-
Future - has been forged in discussion with
the world’s leading scientists in manufacturing
and many experts from research, industry and
economic policy. The results of this, the road to
competitive and sustainable manufacturing, are
captured in this fundamental book.
Features
7 Provides the main topics for future strategies in
manufacturing
From the contents
Migration of Pruduction and Consumption.-
Economic Potentials of Manufacturing.- Generic
and Holistic Models of Manufacturing.- Research
Technology and Development for Manufacturing.-
Boosting Economic Potentials by Investment in
RTD for Manufacturing.
Fields of interest
Manufacturing, Machines, Tools; Engineering
Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing;
Mechanical Engineering
Target groups
Research institutes: technical universities in
Europe and worldwide; Industry: strategic
management, industrial engineering, manu-
facturing management, product design and
engineering; The European commission, national
governments and regional governments in Europe
and worldwide
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 215 p. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77011-4
9<HTOFPA=h ab e>
springer.com/booksellers
S. Kakaç, A. Pramuanjaroenkij, L. Vasiliev (Eds.)
Mini-Micro Fuel Cells
Fundamentals and Applications
This volume provided a comprehensive state-
of-the art assessment of the fundamentals of
the Mini-Micro Fuel Cells - Fundamentals and
Applications. In recent years, interest in using
fuel cells to power portable electronic devices and
other small equipment such as cell phones, mobile
phones, lap-tops, they are used as power source in
biological applications, has increased partly due
to the promise of fuel cells having higher energy
density and instant recharge which is important for
security especially in war time against terrorism.
Many interesting chapters provide applications and
design fundamentals.
Features
7 Provides a better understanding of Mini-Micro
Fuel Cells fundamentals and applications 7 The
subject is treated by invited lecturers eminent in
the field of international standing 7 Provides a
comprehensive state of the art assessment of the
fundamentals and applications of Mini-Micro Fuel
Cells in portable electronic equipments
Fields of interest
Engineering Thermodynamics, Transport
Phenomena; Electrochemistry
Target groups
Mechanical and chemical engineers and scientists
working in research centers in the field of fuel cells
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due May 2008
2008. VIII, 420 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security
Series C: Environmental Security) Hardcover
7 € 159,95 | £123.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8293-1
9<HTMELC=aicjdb>
Also available as softcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8294-8
9<HTMELC=aicjei>
02/02/2008 11:12:11
 springer.com/booksellers
I. C. Lai, Fujitsu Laboratories Ltd., Japan;
M. Fujishima, University of Tokyo, Japan
Design and Modeling of
Millimeter-wave CMOS
Circuits for Wireless
Transceivers
Era of Sub-100nm Technology
Design and Modeling of Millimeter-wave CMOS
Circuits for Wireless Transceivers describes in
detail some of the interesting developments
in CMOS millimetre-wave circuit design. This
includes the re-emergence of the slow-wave
technique used on passive devices, the license-free
60GHz band circuit blocks and a 76GHz voltage-
controlled oscillator suitable for vehicular radar
applications.
All circuit solutions described are suitable for
digital CMOS technology. Digital CMOS tech-
nology developments driven by Moore’s law make
it an inevitable solution for low cost and high
volume products in the marketplace. Explosion of
the consumer wireless applications further makes
this subject a hot topic of the day.
Features
7 Current research interest of the engineering/
semiconductor industry 7 Begins with a
clear overview of a complex design process
7 Complete with the overview, detailed descrip-
tion of passive devices and resulting active circuit
blocks 7 Contains solutions for the most
widely-used digital CMOS technology available in
commercial foundries
From the contents
Part 1 Background. 1 A short history. 2 State-of-
the-art. 3 RF CMOS IC design. Part 2 Millimeter-
Wave CMOS Passive Devices. 4 On-Chip Inductor.
5 On-Chip Capacitor. 6 Transmission Lines. 7
On-Chip Balun. Part 3 Millimeter-Wave CMOS
Active Circuits. 8 Up-conversion mixers. 9 Down-
conversion mixer. 10 RF amplifier.
Fields of interest
Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Circuits
and Systems; Electronics and Microelectronics,
Instrumentation
Target groups
Graduate research students, academic/R&D
engineers in millimeter-wave electronics and high-
frequency semiconductor circuit designers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 200 p. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6998-7
9<HTMELC=agj ih>
ROW_Book0803.indb 47
Springer News 3/2008
P. Lamon, BlueBotics S.A., Lausanne, Switzerland
3D-Position Tracking and
Control for all-terrain Robots
Rough terrain robotics is a fast evolving field of
research and a lot of effort is deployed towards
enabling a greater level of autonomy for outdoor
vehicles. This book demonstrates how the accuracy
of 3D position tracking can be improved by
considering rover locomotion in rough terrain
as a holistic problem. Although the selection of
appropriate sensors is crucial to accurately track
the rover’s position, it is not the only aspect to
consider. Indeed, the use of an unadapted locomo-
tion concept severely affects the signal to noise
ratio of the sensors, which leads to poor motion
estimates. In this work, a mechanical structure
allowing smooth motion across obstacles with
limited wheel slip is used. In particular, it enables
the use of odometry and inertial sensors to
improve the position estimation in rough terrain.
A method for computing 3D motion increments
based on the wheel encoders and chassis state
sensors is developed.
Features
7 Presents an innovative robotic architecture for
rough terrain robotics 7 Holistic approach with
focus on system integration 7 Experimental
results
Contents
Introduction.- The SOLERO Rover.- 3D-Odom-
etry.- Control in Rough-Terrain.- Position
Tracking in Rough-Terrain.- Conclusion.-
A Kinematic and Quasi-static Model of SOLERO.-
B Linearized Models.- C The Gauss–Markov
Process.- D Visual Motion Estimation.
Fields of interest
Automation and Robotics; Control Engineering;
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, graduate students and professionals
in robotics; academic disciplines involved are:
robotics, mechanical design, control and sensor
fusion
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 110 p. (Springer Tracts in Advanced
Robotics, Volume 43) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78286-5
9<HTOFPA=hicigf>
Engineering 47
J. Lang, MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA (Ed.)
Multi-Wafer Rotating MEMS
Machines
Turbines, Generators, and Engines
Research and development in the area of Power
MEMS has been driven by the need for compact
power sources with high energy and power
density. The seminal research in the field has
been conducted at Massachusetts Institute of
Technology (MIT). “Multi-Wafer Rotating MEMS
Machines: Turbines, Generators, and Engines”
describes the collaboration and research that
was developed to produce the MIT Gas Turbine
Engine. The MIT Gas Turbine Engine is intended
to be a power MEMS device that will produce 10
Watts or more of electrical power from a shirt-
button-sized package. This device is a gas-turbine
engine that drives an integrated electric generator.
Both the engine and generator are fabricated from
silicon using a combination of bulk and surface
microfabrication technologies. The book will
discuss the technical details that have gone into
producing the engine and the overall systems-level
tradeoffs and decisions that have been made.
Features
7 Describes how turbine generators, motor
compressors, rocket motors and combustors have
been used as energy sources at the MEMS scale
7 Discusses in great detail how to model and
manage systems-level trade-offs in complex
MEMS devices using the gas turbine engine, and
in particular its motor compressors and turbine
generators
From the contents
Objectives Of The Book. Possible/Target Applica-
tions. Major Challenges and Solutions...What
Is Hard And Why. Book Overview.- System
Overview of Major Devices. Micro Engine. Micro
Rocket. Turbo Charger. Turbine/Generator and
Motor/Compressor.- Materials, Structures and
Packaging.
Fields of interest
Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation;
Power Engineering; Circuits and Systems
Target groups
MEMs engineers, power engineers and researchers
in industry, and academia involved in the design,
production of power MEMs
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 600 p. (MEMS Reference Shelf ) Hardcover
7 approx. € 114,75 | £88.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77746-7
9<HTLDTH=h hegh>
02/02/2008 11:12:12
 48 Engineering Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

Y. Liu, A. Sun, H. T. Loh, W. F. Lu, E. Lim (Eds.)
Advances of Computational
Intelligence in Industrial
Systems
Computational Intelligence (CI) has emerged
as a rapid growing field over the past decade.
Its various techniques have been recognized
as powerful tools for intelligent information
processing, decision making and knowledge
management.
“Advances of Computational Intelligence in
Industrial Systems” reports the exploration of CI
frontiers with an emphasis on a broad spectrum
of real-world applications. Section I – Theory and
Foundation presents some of the latest develop-
ments in CI, e.g. particle swarm optimization,
Web services, data mining with privacy protection,
kernel methods for text analysis, etc. Section II
– Industrial Application covers the CI applications
in a wide variety of domains, e.g. clinical decision
support, process monitoring for industrial CNC
machine, novelty detection for jet engines, ant
algorithm for berth allocation, etc.
Features
7 Presents recent advances of Computational
Intelligence in Industrial Systems
From the contents
Particle Swarm Optimization and Differential
Evolution Algorithms: Technical Analysis.- Appli-
cations and Hybridization Perspectives.- Web
Services, Policies, and Context - Concepts and
Solutions.- Data Mining with Privacy Protection
in Industrial Systems.- Kernels for Text Analysis.-
Discover Time-Constrained Patterns from Long
Sequences.- Gauging Image and Video Quality in
Industrial Applications.- Model Construction for
Knowledge-Intensive Engineering Tasks.- Artificial
Intelligence Applied to the Modeling and Imple-
mentation of a Virtual Medical Office.- DICOM-
based Multidisciplinary Platform for Clinical
Decision Support: Needs and Direction.
Fields of interest
Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence, computer science,
security informatics
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
G. Madhavan, SUNY Binghamton, NY, USA;
B. Oakley, Oakland University, Rochester, MI, USA;
L. Kun, National Defense University, Washington, DC,
USA (Eds.)
Career Development
in Bioengineering and
Biotechnology
Roads Well Laid and Paths Less Traveled
Bioengineering and biotechnology are exploding
– the number of career opportunities is expected to
increase twice as fast as for other science and engi-
neering fields over the next decade. Bioengineers
and biotechnologists have enormous potential to
meet employment needs ranging from traditional
careers in science and engineering through a host
of alternative career pathways.
This book provides a roadmap to the broad and
varied career development opportunities in
bioengineering, biotechnology, and related fields.
Eminent practitioners lay out career paths related
to academia, industry, government and regulatory
affairs, healthcare, law, marketing, entrepreneur-
ship, and more.
Lifetimes of experience and wisdom are shared,
including “war stories,” strategies for success,
avoidance of common pitfalls, and discussions of
the authors’ personal views and motivations.
Features
7 Provides an overview of the diverse career and
employment opportunities open to students and
professionals in bioengineering, biotechnology,
and related areas 7 Presents first-hand accounts
by eminent practitioners of the technical and inter-
personal competencies required to succeed
From the contents
Part 1: Career Development in Bioengineering
and Biotechnology.- Part 2: Roads Well Laid:
Traditional Careers.- Part 3: Paths Less Travelled:
Innovative Alternative Careers.
Fields of interest
Job Careers in Science and Engineering; Biomed-
ical Engineering; Biophysics/Biomedical Physics
Target groups
Undergraduate and graduate students, post-
doctoral fellows in engineering and bio-medicine,
as well as young professionals in academia and
industry seeking career transitions
Type of publication
Professional book
Due July 2008
F. Mechel, Grafenau, Germany
Formulas of Acoustics
With contributions by: M. Munjal, M. Vorländer,
P. Költzsch, M. Ochmann, A. Cummings,
W. Maysenhölder, W. Arnold, O. Rudenko
This second, updated edition of the well Mechel’s
well established collection of formulas has been
written by applied scientists and industrial engin­
eers for design professionals and students who
work in engineering acoustics. It is subdivided into
the most important fields of applied acoustics, each
dealing with a well-defined type of problem.
Features
7 First and only collection of formulas in the field
of acoustics 7 Detailed and application-oriented
7 Prepared by leading experts
From the contents
General Linear Fluid Acoustics.- Equivalent
Networks.- Reflection of Sound.- Scattering of
Sound.- Radiation of Sound.- Porous Absorbers.-
Compound Absorbers.- Sound Transmission.-
Duct Acoustics.- Acoustic Mufflers.- Capsules and
Cabins.- Room Acoustics.
Fields of interest
Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control; Acoustics;
Mechanical Engineering
Target groups
Engineers and physicists
Type of publication
Reference work
Due May 2008
2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 1400 p. Hardcover
7 € 249,00 | £191.50
ISBN 978-3-540-76832-6
9<HTOFPA=hgidcg>
2nd ed. 2008. eReference.
7 € 249,00 | £191.50
ISBN 978-3-540-76833-3

2008. Approx. 490 p. (Studies in Computational Intel- 2008. Approx. 300 p. 50 illus. (Series in Biomedical
9<HTOFPA=hgid d>
ligence, Volume 116) Hardcover Engineering) Softcover 2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 1400 p. Print + eReference.
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 7 € 32,95 | £25.50 7 € 319,00 | £245.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78296-4 ISBN 978-0-387-76494-8 ISBN 978-3-540-76834-0

9<HTOFPA=hicjge> 9<HTLDTH=hgejei> 9<HTOFPA=hgidea>

ROW_Book0803.indb 48 02/02/2008 11:12:13
 springer.com/booksellers
S. Peng, Swedish Defence Research Agency, Stock-
holm, Sweden; W. Haase, Hohenbrunn, Germany
(Eds.)
Advances in Hybrid RANS-LES
Modelling
Papers contributed to the 2007 Symposium
of Hybrid RANS-LES Methods, Corfu, Greece,
17-18 June 2007
This volume contains papers contributed to
the Second Symposium on Hybrid RANS-LES
Methods, held in Corfu, Greece, 17-18 June 2007.
All the papers have undergone further review and
revision after the symposium, which has covered
a number of relevant topics in the field. These
include Unsteady RANS and LES, Improved DES
Methods, Hybrid RANS-LES Methods, Embedded
LES, DES-related Numerical Issues, Performance
of the New SAS Model, as well as Industrial Appli-
cations of DES. Papers represent a leading part of
current studies and achievements on the funda-
mentals of hybrid RANS-LES methods in general,
as well as on their applications to industrial flow
problems. Among the contributed papers, three
invited keynote papers by B. Geurts, U. Piomelli
and P. Sagaut, are presented together with an over-
view paper by P. Spalart.
Features
7 Covers important topics on Hybrid RANS-LES
Methods
Contents
The 2007 Hybrid RANS-LES Symposium: An
outsider’s view.- Invited Keynote Papers.- Hybrid
RANS-LES Modelling and Related Numerical
Issues.- Comparison of Different Modelling
Approaches.- Applications of DES and DES Vari-
ants.- Advanced URANS Modelling and Applica-
tions.- Modelling and LES Applications.
Fields of interest
Engineering Fluid Dynamics; Theoretical and
Applied Mechanics; Fluids
Target groups
Graduate students, industrial CFD engineers and
academic researcher, professionals interested in
fundamental development of turbulence modelling
and applications of CFD and in particular using
hybrid RANS-LES methods
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. XII, 332 p. 244 illus. (Notes on Numerical Fluid
Mechanics and Multidisciplinary Design (NNFM), Volume
97) Hardcover
7 € 163,00 | £125.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77813-4
9<HTOFPA=h ibde>
ROW_Book0803.indb 49
Springer News 3/2008
A. Phadke, J. Thorp, Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, VA,
USA
Synchronized Phasor
Measurements and Their
Applications
Synchronized Phasor Measurements and Their
Applications is an account of the field of synchro-
nized Phasor Measurement technology, its begin-
ning, its technology and its principal applications.
It is a book on wide Area Measurements (WAM)
and their applications. The measurements are done
using GPS systems and eventually will replace the
existing technology. The authors created the field
about 20 years ago and with the blackouts occur-
ring in major power systems around the world, it
is currently of great technical interest in electrical
power engineering. Most of the installations
planned or now in existance around the world are
based on the authors’ work.
Features
7 Covers the field of synchronized Phasor
Measurement technology including its beginning,
its technology, and its principal applications
7 Includes information on wide Area Measure-
ments (WAM) and their applications 7 Authors
created the field about 20 years ago and most of the
installations planned or now in existance around
the world are based on the authors’ work
Contents
Introduction.- Phasor Estimation.- Phasor Esti-
mation at Off-Nominal Frequency.- Frequency
Estimation.- Phasor Measurement Units (PMU)
and Phasor Data Concentrators (PDC).- Transient
Response of Phasor Measurement Units.- State
Estimation.- Control with Phasor Feedback.-
Protection Systems with Phasor Inputs.- Post-
mortem Analyses.- System Model Valida-
tion.- Parameter Estimation.- Testing Phasor
Measurement Units and Standards.- Displaying
Phasor Data.- Electromechanical Wave Propaga-
tion.
Fields of interest
Power Engineering; Electronics and Microelec-
tronics, Instrumentation
Target groups
Professionals in power engineering
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 300 p. (Power Electronics and Power
Systems) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76535-8
9<HTLDTH=hgfdfi>
Engineering 49
K. Rajeshwar, University of Texas at Arlington, TX,
USA; S. Licht, University of Massachusetts Boston,
MA, USA; R. McConnell, National Renewable Energy
Laboratory, Washington DC, USA (Eds.)
Solar Hydrogen Generation
Toward a Renewable Energy Future
Given the backdrop of intense interest and wide-
spread discussion on the prospects of a hydrogen
energy economy, this book aims to provide an
authoritative and up-to-date scientific account
of hydrogen generation using solar energy and
renewable sources such as water. While the techno-
logical and economic aspects of solar hydrogen
generation are evolving, the scientific principles
underlying various solar-assisted water splitting
schemes already have a firm footing. This book
aims to expose a broad-based audience to these
principles. This book spans the disciplines of solar
energy conversion, electrochemistry, photochem-
istry, photoelectrochemistry, materials chemistry,
device physics/engineering, and biology.
Features
7 This will be the first integrated and comprehen-
sive book on the market dealing with this impor-
tant and timely issue 7 A panel of distinguished
authors (including the editors) will be assembled
to write chapters on their specific areas of expertise
under the umbrella of the water splitting reaction
Contents
The Hydrogen Energy Economy.- The Solar
Resource.- Electrolysis of Water.- A Solar
Concentrator Pathway to Low Cost Electrolytic
Hydrogen.- Thermochemical and Thermal/Photo
Hybrid Solar Splitting of Water.- Photochemical
Splitting of Water.- Hydrogen Generatiion from
Irradiated Semiconductor-Liquid Interfaces.-
Photobiological Hydrogen Generation.- Central-
ized Production of Hydrogen using a Coupled
Water Electrolyzer-Solar Photovoltaic System.
Fields of interest
Renewable Energy Sources; Electrochemistry;
Materials Science
Target groups
The targeted audience will be scientists/engineers
not yet familiar with this field as well as graduate
students and other professionals and technocrats
interested in energy and materials research
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 250 p. 50 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. € 84,70 | £65.00
ISBN 978-0-387-72809-4
9<HTLDTH=hciaje>
02/02/2008 11:12:13
 50 Engineering
D. Ruan, F. Hardeman, K. van der Meer, Belgian
Nuclear Research Centre, Mol, Belgium (Eds.)
Intelligent Decision and Policy Piezoelectric and Acoustic
Making Support Systems Materials for Transducer
Applications
The book will cover a balanced mixture of theory
and practice including new methods and develop-
ments of intelligent decision support systems
applications in Society and Policy Support,
including general methodologies, case studies,
on-going R&D projects, and practical applications
related to AI, Soft computing techniques, Compu-
tational Intelligence, web intelligence, data mining,
knowledge mobilization, and business intelligence
in general and to traffic insurance, transporta-
tions, natural disaster, risk analysis, safety, pension
systems, human resource, sensory evaluation,
Safeguards, security, situation awareness, counter-
terrorisms, public option, emergency responses,
and emerging topics of interest in particular. This
edited book reports recent research results and
provide a state-of-the-art on intelligent decision
support systems applications, lessons learned and
future research directions.
Features
7 Covers a balanced mixture of theory and prac-
tice including new methods and developments of
intelligent decision support systems applications in
Society and Policy Support
From the contents
Risk Modeling for Policy Making.- Fuzzy Logic
Approaches to Consensus Modelling in Group
Decision Making.- Decision Making Based on
Fuzzy Data Envelopment Analysis.- Cognitive
Orientation in Business Intelligence Systems.-
Personalized Pedestrian Navigation System with
Subjective Preference based Route Selection.-
A Knowledge Based Recommender System Based
on Consistent Preference Relations.- An Intel-
ligent Recommender System for Web Resource
Discovery and Selection.
Fields of interest
Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence, computer science,
decision support systems, policy
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 375 p. (Studies in Computational Intel-
ligence, Volume 117) Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78306-0
9<HTOFPA=hidaga>
ROW_Book0803.indb 50
Springer News 3/2008
A. Safari, E. K. Akdogan, Rutgers University,
Piscataway, NJ, USA (Eds.)
The book discusses the underlying physical
principles of piezoelectric materials, important
properties of ferroelectric/piezoelectric materials
used in today’s transducer technology, and the
principles used in transducer design. It provides
examples of a wide range of applications of such
materials along with the appertaining rationales. It
is a comprehensive reference on all the pertinent
aspects of piezoelectric materials such as crystallo-
graphic symmetry, crystal chemistry, fundamental
principles piezoelectricity, piezoelectric transducer
design, piezoelectric composite fabrication tech-
niques, and examples of applications of piezoelec-
tric materials.
Features
7 Discusses the underlying physical principles
of piezoelectric materials, important properties of
ferroelectric/piezoelectric materials used in today’s
transducer technology, and the principles used in
transducer design 7 Includes examples of a wide
range of applications of such materials along with
the appertaining rationales
Contents
Fundamentals of Piezoelectricity and Piezoelectric
Composites.- Ferroelectric and Piezoelectric Mate-
rials.- Piezoelectric Transducer Design.- Piezoelec-
tric Composite Fabrication Techniques.- Applica-
tions of Piezoelectric Composites in Transducers.
Fields of interest
Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-
tion; Optical and Electronic Materials; Condensed
Matter and Material Sciences
Target groups
Libraries, graduate students, practicing scientists
and engineers in physics, chemistry, biomedical
engineering, materials engineering, mechanical
engineering, and electrical engineering
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. Approx. 415 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 11473,00 | £8825.50
ISBN 978-0-387-76538-9
9<HTLDTH=hgfdij>
springer.com/booksellers
E. N. Sanchez, A. Y. Alanís, A. G. Loukianov, Unidad
Guadalajara, Mexico
Discrete-Time High Order
neural Control
Trained with Kalman Filtering
The objective of this work is to present recent
advances in the theory of neural control for
discrete-time nonlinear systems with multiple
inputs and multiple outputs. The results that
appear in each chapter include rigorous mathe-
matical analyses, based on the Lyapunov approach,
that guarantee its properties; in addition, for each
chapter, simulation results are included to verify
the successful performance of the corresponding
proposed schemes. In order to complete the treat-
ment of these schemes, the final chapter presents
experimental results related to their application to
a electric three phase induction motor, which show
the applicability of such designs. The proposed
schemes could be employed for different applica-
tions beyond the ones presented in this book.
The book presents solutions for the output trajec-
tory tracking problem of unknown nonlinear
systems based on four schemes.
Features
7 Presents recent advances in the theory of neural
control for discrete-time nonlinear systems with
multiple inputs and multiple outputs
Contents
Introduction.- Mathematical preliminaries.-
Discrete Time Adaptive Neural Backstep-
ping.- Discrete Time Block Control.- Discrete
Time Neural Observers.- Discrete Time Output
Trajectory Tracking.- Real Time Implementation.-
Conclusions and future work.
Fields of interest
Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);
Complexity
Target groups
Engineers, researchers, and graduate students in
computational intelligence and computer science
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 125 p. (Studies in Computational Intel-
ligence, Volume 112) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78288-9
9<HTOFPA=hici j>
02/02/2008 11:12:13
 springer.com/booksellers
E. Savelsberg, INFORM Aachen, Germany
Innovation in European
Freight Transportation
Basics, Methodology and Case Studies for the
European Markets
Mobility is called the engine of our economy. The
increase of the Gross Domestic Product relates
closely to free mobility. Although freight transpor-
tation today offers a highly efficient organisation,
there are some serious problems and risks arising.
According to the EU, the imbalance in the develop-
ment of the different modes, the congestion on the
main overland routes and in cities and further-
more the major impact which transport is having
on the environment and on citizens‘ health must
be solved. Hence, major efforts and investments
must take place to optimize and improve freight
transportation individually and as a system.
Innovative Technologies and Logistic Services
can be considered the main components of the
innovation processes required. However, utilising
systematic innovation management is needed for
compliance and global optimization.
Features
7 A systematic approach to innovation in trans-
port and logistics is given 7 The approach is
illustrated by seven case studies, offering a broad
and comprehensive up-to-date view concerning
the European freight transportation as examples
7 Case studies demonstrate how implementations
of innovations may be performed successfully in
supply chains in transport and logistics
From the contents
Significant aspects of the land-based long-distance
freight market.- Systemic, migration oriented
method of innovation management.- Detailed
presentation of supportive tools.- Case studies -
Part I: Innovative technologies in European freight
transport.- Case studies - Part II. Innovations to
improve the intermodal transport chain.- Case
studies - Part III: Logistic service innovations.-
Conclusions and perspectives.
Fields of interest
Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics,
Marketing; Production/Logistics; Automotive and
Aerospace Engineering
Target groups
Scientists, professionals in strategic management
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 340 p. 105 illus., 5 in color. (RWTHedition)
Hardcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77301-6
9<HTOFPA=h dabg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 51
Springer News 3/2008
C. Spear, Synopsys, Inc., Marlboro, MA, USA
SystemVerilog for Verification
A Guide to Learning the Testbench Language
Features
SystemVerilog for Verification, Second Edition
provides practical information for hardware
and software engineers using the SystemVerilog
language to verify electronic designs. The author
explains methodology concepts for constructing
testbenches that are modular and reusable. The
book includes extensive coverage of the System-
Verilog 3.1a constructs such as classes, program
blocks, randomization, assertions, and functional
coverage. It also reviews SystemVerilog 3.0 topics
such as interfaces and data types.
This second edition contains a new chapter that
covers programs and interfaces as well as chapters
with updated information on directed testbench
and OOP, layered, and random testbench for an
ATM switch. This edition also includes a new
chapter that covers “Interfacing to C” and many
new and improved examples and explanations.
For hardware engineers, the book has several chap-
ters with detailed explanations of Object Oriented
Programming based on years of teaching OOP to
hundreds of students.
Features
7 Contains a new chapter on programs and
interfaces 7 Improves previous chapters with
new sections on directed testbenches as well as
OOP, layered, and random testbenches for an ATM
switch 7 Includes a new chapter on “Interfacing
to C” 7 Adds many new and improved examples
and explanations to the previous edition
From the contents
Verification Guidelines.- Data Types.- Proce-
dural Statements and Routines.- Connecting
the Testbench and Design.- Basic OOP.-
Randomiza­tion.- Threads and Interprocess
Communica­tion.- Advanced OOP and Testbench
Guidelines.- Functional Coverage.- Advanced
Interfaces.- A Complete SystemVerilog Testbench.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engi-
neering (CAD, CAE) and Design; Computer
Hardware
Target groups
Hardware and software engineers in electronic
design
Type of publication
Professional book
Due May 2008
2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 465 p. 5 illus. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76529-7
9<HTLDTH=hgfcjh>
Engineering 51
R. F. Stapelberg, Queensland University of
Technology, Brisbane, QLD, Australia
Handbook of Reliability,
Availability, Maintainability
and Safety in Engineering
Design
Handbook of Reliability, Availability, Maintain-
ability and Safety in Engineering Design studies
the combination of various methods of designing
for reliability, availability, maintainability and
safety, as well as the latest techniques in prob-
ability and possibility modelling, mathematical
algorithmic modelling, evolutionary algorithmic
modelling, symbolic logic modelling, artificial
intelligence modelling, and object-oriented
computer modelling, in a logically structured
approach to determining the integrity of engi-
neering design.
Handbook of Reliability, Availability, Maintain-
ability and Safety in Engineering Design not only
encompasses a depth of research into engineering
design methods and techniques ranging from
quantitative probability theory and expert judge-
ment in Bayesian analysis to qualitative possibility
theory, fuzzy logic and uncertainty in Markov
analysis.
Features
7 Studies combination of various methods of
designing for reliability, maintainability and safety
7 Also studies latest techniques in probability
and possibility modelling, in a logically structured
approach to determining the integrity of engi-
neering design
From the contents
Design integrity methodology.- Design integrity
and automation.- Reliability and performance in
engineering design.- Availability and maintain-
ability in engineering design.
Fields of interest
Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk; Engi-
neering Design; Manufacturing, Machines, Tools
Target groups
Process, chemical, civil, mechanical, electrical,
and electronic design engineers; systems design
modellers; PhD and post-doctoral researchers;
advanced undergraduate and postgraduate
students specialising in engineering design and
engineering management
Type of publication
Handbook
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 1070 p. 281 illus. Hardcover
7 € 194,95 | £130.00
ISBN 978-1-84800-174-9
9<HTMIPI=a bhej>
02/02/2008 11:12:14
 52 Engineering
M. Tehranipoor, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT,
USA (Ed.)
Emerging Nanotechnologies
Test, Defect Tolerance, and Reliability
Emerging Nanotechnologies: Test, Defect Toler-
ance and Reliability covers various technologies
that have been developing over the last decades
such as chemically assembled electronic nanotech-
nology, Quantum-dot Cellular Automata (QCA),
and nanowires and carbon nanotubes. Each of
these technologies offers various advantages and
disadvantages. Some suffer from high power, some
work in very low temperatures and some others
need indeterministic bottom-up assembly. These
emerging technologies are not considered as a
direct replacement for CMOS technology and may
require a completely new architecture to achieve
their functionality.
Emerging Nanotechnologies: Test, Defect Toler-
ance and Reliability brings all of these issues
together in one place for readers and researchers
who are interested in this rapidly changing field.
Features
7 Covers various technologies that have been
suggested by researchers over the last decades
7 Includes technologies such as chemically
assembled electronic nanotechnology, Quantum-
dot Cellular Automata (QCA), nanowires and
carbon nanotubes 7 Discusses different aspects
of test and defect tolerance for crossbar-based
nanoscale devices 7 Contains five chapters
focusing on test, defect tolerance and reliability for
QCA circuits
From the contents
Section 1: Test and Defect Tolerance for Crossbar-
Based Architectures.- Defect-tolerant Logic with
Nanoscale Crossbar Circuits.- Built-in Self-Test
and Defect Tolerance in Molecular Electronics-
Based Nanofabrics.- Test and Defect Tolerance for
Reconfigurable Nanoscale Devices.- A Built-In
Self-Test and Diagnosis Strategy for Chemically
Assembled Electronic Nanotechnology.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Electronics and Microelec-
tronics, Instrumentation; Nanotechnology
Target groups
Engineers in the fields of electronic testing and
nanoscale devices
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. XII, 408 p. 200 illus. (Frontiers in Electronic Testing,
Volume 37) Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-0-387-74746-0
9<HTLDTH=hehega>
ROW_Book0803.indb 52
Springer News 3/2008
D. Tzovaras, Informat. and Telemat. Inst. Centre for
Research and Technology, Thessaloniki, Greece (Ed.)
Multimodal User Interfaces
From Signals to Interaction
Features
7 First book combining Signal Processing and
Human-Computer-Interaction. Multidisciplinary
area involving several fields, including signal
processing, human-machine interaction, computer
science and cognitive science.
Contents
Introduction.- Multimodality Theory.- Informa-
tion.- Theoretic Approach to Multimodal Human
Computer Interaction.- Face and Speech: Interac-
tion.- Face and Speech: Emotions.- Speech and
Gestures.- Brain-Computer Interfaces.- The Open-
Interface Platform for Multimodal Interfaces.-
Medical Studio Platform.- Modality Replacement
Framework.
Fields of interest
Signal Processing; User Interfaces and Human
Computer Interaction; Image Processing
Target groups
The Signal Processing Community and the
Human-Computer Interaction Researchers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 310 p. (Signals and Communication
Technology) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78344-2
9<HTOFPA=hide c>
springer.com/booksellers
H. P. Veeke, J. A. Ottjes, G. Lodewijks, Delft Univer-
sity of Technology, Delft, The Netherlands
The Delft Systems Approach
Analysis and Design of Industrial Systems
The pace of development in knowledge and know-
how in the Organisation Sciences, Logistics and
Information Technology is rapid. However, the
gap between those who practice these sciences and
the practicing manager is becoming larger rather
than smaller. The Delft Systems Approach sets
out to close the gap between theory and practice,
and to achieve the following goals: To improve the
conception of a design in order to obtain a better
match between expected and real operation of a
(future) industrial system. To integrate structural
and behavioural conceptions of a system to be
designed. To support the communication between
different specialists, both being involved in the
same processes and projects. To guide managers
in applying this knowledge to the problems with
which they are confronted in practice. To commu-
nicate knowledge and understanding of that part
of Systems Theory, which will enable managers
to further improve their performance and/or to
reduce their workload.
Features
7 Describes a fundamental approach for
analysing industrial systems, which emphasizes
a concept that can be used by all disciplines
involved, and makes a logical systematic combina-
tion of quantitative and qualitative modelling
From the contents
Systems concepts.- Case: the flight department.-
Models for the structuring of processes.- Concep-
tual model for the analysis of industrial systems.-
Behaviour of a function: the process.- The case of
the ship engine factory.- Policy and performance.-
Model for the innovation process.
Fields of interest
Industrial and Production Engineering; Engi-
neering Economics, Organization, Logistics,
Marketing; Operations Research/Decision Theory
Target groups
Masters level students of engineering interested
in the managing of operations; professionals in
business engineering (process management, opera-
tions management); professionals in industrial
organisation
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 275 p. 80 illus. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £60.00
ISBN 978-1-84800-176-3
9<HTMIPI=a bhgd>
02/02/2008 11:12:14
 springer.com/booksellers
E. Villar, University of Cantabria, Spain (Ed.)
Embedded Systems
Specification and Design
Languages
Selected Contributions from FDL’07
FDL is the most important European and, prob-
ably, worldwide forum to present research results,
to exchange experiences, and to learn about new
trends in the application of specification and
design languages and the associated design and
modeling methods and tools for complex, hetero-
geneous HW/SW embedded systems. FDL’07 was
the tenth of a series of successful events held all
around Europe. FDL’07 was held in Barcelona, the
capital city of Catalonia, Spain. The high number
of submissions to the conference this year allowed
the Program Committee to prepare a high quality
conference program. Specification and Design
Languages for Heterogeneous HW/SW Embedded
Systems includes a selection of the most relevant
contributions based on the review made by the
program committee members and the quality of
the contents of the presentation at the conference.
In many cases, the authors have improved the
original content with additional technical informa-
tion.
Features
7 Unique collection of selected papers from
FDL’07 7 Improved version of papers from
FDL’07 7 Latest research results in C/C++
Based System Design 7 Latest research results
in Analog, Mixed-Signal, and Heterogeneous
System Design 7 Latest research results in UML-
Based System Specification and Design 7 Latest
research results in Formalisms for Property-Driven
Design
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Computer Hardware; Elec-
tronic and Computer Engineering
Target groups
Graduate level students and engineers in the area
of system design formal languages; researchers in
embedded systems design, modelling languages
and verification; practitioners in IT- and auto-
motive industry; electronic system designers,
embedded systems researchers, electronic
system researchers, ArtemisIA members, Aeneas
members, Artist NoE members, ECSI members
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 400 p. (Lecture Notes Electrical Engi-
neering, Volume 10) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8296-2
9<HTMELC=aicjgc>
ROW_Book0803.indb 53
Springer News 3/2008
F. Xia, Y. Sun, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China
Control and Scheduling
Codesign
Flexible Resource Management in Real-Time
Control Systems
With emphasis on flexible resource manage-
ment in networked and embedded real-time
control systems operating in dynamic environ-
ments with uncertainty, Control and Scheduling
Codesign is devoted to the integration of control
with computing and communication. It covers
the authors‘ recent and original research results
within a unified framework of feedback sched-
uling. New approaches with respect to CPU
scheduling, energy management, and network
bandwidth allocation promote the developments
in the area of control and scheduling codesign.
The book also contains rich examples, case studies,
and extensive references to the literature. It is a
useful reference for researchers, practitioners, and
graduate students in systems, control, computer,
and communication engineering. The audience
will appreciate the multidisciplinary codesign
framework and methods that explore the inter-
play between control and scheduling, as well as
new insights into research and development in
networked and embedded systems.
Features
7 Communicates the latest in the newly emerging
field integrating computing, communication and
control 7 Offers a unified codesign framework
incorporating many disciplines 7 Carefully
balances theoretical foundations and real-world
applications 7 Gives example problems and case
studies with supplementary materials available
online
Fields of interest
Control Engineering; Electronic and Computer
Engineering; Communications Engineering,
Networks
Target groups
Researchers, practitioners and graduate students
in control, computer, and communication engin­
eering
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
Distribution rights in China: Zhejiang University Press
Jointly published with Zhejiang University Press
2008. Approx. 270 p. 135 illus., 17 in color. (Advanced
Topics in Science and Technology in China) Hardcover
7 approx. € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78254-4
9<HTOFPA=hicfe >
Engineering 53
M. Yokoo, T. Ito, M. Zhang, J. Lee, T. Matsuo (Eds.)
Electronic Commerce
Theory and Practice
Electronic Commerce technologies have been
studied widely in the field of Economics and
Informatics. In recent years, there are multiple
aspects of researches in electronic commerce
including supply chain model, Internet auctions,
Internet volume discounts, electronic bank and
stock trading, and several others. The increase of
Electronic Commerce research activities can be
observed in a variety of the fields. The aim of this
book is to encourage activities in this field, and
to bring researchers with an interest in Electronic
Commerce. This book is edited from some aspects
of e-commerce researches including theoretical
mechanism design of trading based on auctions,
allocation mechanism based on negotiation among
multi-agent, case-study and analysis of e-trading,
data engineering issues in e-commerce, and so on.
The reason why the many aspects are included is
to show the outline of the newest research result of
e-commerce research.
Features
7 Recent advances in electronic commerce
From the contents
Product Ontology and OWL Correspondence.-
Optimizing the Pre-Processing Phase of Automatic
e-Document Classification.- Packaging Web
Product Information in XML for Mobile Clients.-
Designing an Auction Protocol for Cases Involving
Insincere Sellers: Motivating buyers to investigate
unidentified sellers.- Cheating in Second Price
Auctions with Affiliated Values.- A framework for
comparing e-business and e-government website
nitiatives: An empirical study in Spain.-
A Transactional Relationship Visualization System
In Internet Auctions.
Fields of interest
Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);
Information Systems
Target groups
Engineers, researchers, and graduate students
in computational intelligence and electronic
commerce
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 170 p. (Studies in Computational Intel-
ligence, Volume 110) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77808-0
9<HTOFPA=h iaia>
02/02/2008 11:12:14
 54 Engineering
F. Yuan, Ryerson University, Toronto, ON, Canada
CMOS Active Inductors and
Transformers
Principle, Implementation, and Applications
Many new topologies and circuit design techniques
have emerged recently to improve the performance
of active inductors, but a comprehensive treat-
ment of the theory, topology, characteristics, and
design constraint of CMOS active inductors and
transformers, and a detailed examination of their
emerging applications in high-speed analog signal
processing and data communications over wire
and wireless channels, is not available. This book
is an attempt to provide an in-depth examination
and a systematic presentation of the operation
principles and implementation details of CMOS
active inductors and transformers, and a detailed
examination of their emerging applications in
high-speed analog signal processing and data
communications over wire and wireless channels.
The content of the book is drawn from recently
published research papers and are not available in
a single, cohesive book. Equal emphasis is given to
the theory of CMOS active inductors and trans-
formers, and their emerging applications.
Features
7 Presents the operation principle, implementa-
tion detail, and emerging application of CMOS
active inductors and transformers in high-speed
analog signal processing and data communications
7 Provides an in-depth investigation into the
topology of active inductors and transformers and
a detailed examination of the circuit implementa-
tion of CMOS active inductors and transformers
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Computer Hardware;
Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and
Design
Target groups
Senior undergraduate and graduate students and
IC design engineers with basic knowledge of
electric networks, electronic devices and circuits,
signals and systems, analog and digital communi-
cations
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 99,35 | £76.50
ISBN 978-0-387-76477-1
9<HTLDTH=hgeh b>
ROW_Book0803.indb 54
Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers
J. Zhou, Norwegian University of Science and
Technology, Trondheim, Norway; C. Wen, Nanyang
Technological University, Singapore
Adaptive Backstepping
Control of Uncertain Systems
Nonsmooth Nonlinearities, Interactions or
Time-Variations
This book employs the powerful and popular
adaptive backstepping control technology to
design controllers for dynamic uncertain systems
with non-smooth nonlinearities. Various cases
including systems with time-varying parameters,
multi-inputs and multi-outputs, backlash, dead-
zone, hysteresis and saturation are considered in
design and analysis. For multi-inputs and multi-
outputs systems, both centralized and decentral-
ized controls are addressed.
This book not only presents recent research
results including theoretical success and practical
development such as the proof of system stability
and the improvement of system tracking and tran-
sient performance, but also gives self-contained
coverage of fundamentals on the backstepping
approach illustrated with simple examples. Detail
description of methodologies for the construction
of adaptive laws, feedback control laws and associ-
ated Lyapunov functions is systematically provided
in each case.
Features
7 Employs the powerful and popular adaptive
backstepping control technology to design control-
lers for dynamic uncertain systems with non-
smooth nonlinearities 7 Presents recent research
as well as a self-contained coverage of fundamen-
tals on the backstepping approach illustrated with
simple examples
From the contents
Part I Adaptive Backstepping Control Design.-
Adaptive Backstepping Control.- Adaptive Control
of Time-Varying Nonlinear Systems.- Multivari-
able Adaptive Control.- Decentralized Stabilization
of Interconnected Systems.- Part II Nonsmooth
Nonlinearities.- Nonsmooth Nonlinearities.
Fields of interest
Control Engineering; Systems Theory, Control
Target groups
Engineers, researchers, and students in control
engineering
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. XIV, 244 p. 94 illus. (Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences, Volume 372) Softcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77806-6
9<HTOFPA=h iag >
02/02/2008 11:12:15
 springer.com/booksellers
S. Abe, H. Herrmann, P. Quarati, A. Rapisarda,
C. Tsallis (Eds.)
Complexity, Metastability,
And Nonextensivity
An International Conference
All papers have been peer-reviewed. This volume
gives an updated overview of current interdisci-
plinary studies on complex systems and nonex-
tensive statistical mechanics. It is an ideal starting
point for scientists and graduate students who
wish to enter the field. The book features a diverse
collection of the latest research work not found
in a single volume elsewhere. Among the highly
regarded contributors to the volume are the 2004
Boltzmann medalist H. E. Stanley and numerous
internationally renowned experts, such as S. Abe,
P-H. Chavanis, C. Beck, G. Casati, D. Farmer, H.
Herrmann, R. Mantegna, J. Naudts, A. Plastino, A
Robledo, B. Spagnolo C. Tsallis and many others.
Fields of interest
Statistical Physics; Mechanics
Target groups
Ph.D students and researchers in statistical
mechanics and complex systems
Type of publication
Proceedings
Available
Only available in print
2008. Approx. 360 p. (AIP Conference Proceedings /
Mathematical and Statistical Phsyics, Volume 965)
Hardcover
7 € 114,75 | £88.50
ISBN 978-0-7354-0481-6
9<HTLHOF=eaeibg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 55
Springer News 3/2008
N. Akhmediev, A. Ankiewicz, Australian National
University, Canberra, ACT, Australia (Eds.)
Dissipative Solitons: From
Optics to Biology and
Medicine
The dissipative soliton concept is a fundamental
extension of the concept of solitons in conservative
and integrable systems. It includes ideas from three
major sources, namely standard soliton theory
developed since the 1960s; nonlinear dynamics
theory; and Prigogine‘s ideas of systems far from
equilibrium. These three sources also corre-
spond to the three component parts of this novel
paradigm. This book explains the above principles
in detail and gives the reader various examples
from optics, biology and medicine. These include
laser systems, optical transmission lines, cortical
networks, models of muscle contraction, localized
vegetation structures and waves in brain tissues.
Features
7 Reveals common features of optical, biological
and medical systems 7 Complements and
extends previous LNP volume 661
From the contents
Introduction: Three Sources and Three Compo-
nent Parts of the Concept of Dissipative Soli-
tons.- Solitons in Viscous Flows.- Cavity Solitons
in Semiconductor Devices.- Compounds of
Fiber-Optic Solitons.- Three-Wave Dissapative
Brillouin Solitons.- Discrete Breathers with Dissi-
pation.- Collective Focussing and Modulational
Instability of Light and Cold Atoms.- On Vegeta-
tion Clustering, Localized Bare Soil Spots and
Fairy Circles.- Propagation of Travelling Pulses in
Cortical Networks.- Wave Phenomena in Neuronal
Networks.- Spiral Waves and Dissapative Solitons
in Weakly Excitable Media.
Fields of interest
Laser Technology and Physics, Photonics;
Quantum Optics, Quantum Electronics, Nonlinear
Optics; Neurobiology
Target groups
Scientists and graduate students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 520 p. 400 illus. (Lecture Notes in Physics,
Volume 751) Hardcover
7 € 89,95 | £69.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78216-2
9<HTOFPA=hicbgc>
Physics/Astronomy 55
C. L. Bianco, Università degli Studi di Roma „La
Sapienza“, Roma, Italy; S. Xue, ICRANet, Pescara, Italy
(Eds.)
Relativistic Astrophysics
4th Italian-Sino Workshop
All papers have been peer-reviewed. This is a
conference for physicists, in particular from China
and Italy, to present their most recent research
works on both theoretical and observational
aspects of Relativistic Astrophysics. The conference
topics cover the following research fields: gamma
ray bursts; galactic dynamic and survey; dark
matter, dark energy and high-redshift universe;
black holes, neutron stars and supernovae; general
relativity, classical and quantum gravity, and field
theory. Some exciting breakthrough discoveries
annouced at the conference were: The new clas-
sification of “fake short” GRBs; new results on
neutron stars electrodynamics; the process of ther-
malization of an electron-positron plasma; and the
pair-production rate in non-uniform electric fields.
Fields of interest
Astrophysics; Relativity and Cosmology;
Astronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology
Target groups
Professors, researchers and graduate students of
institutions and departments of physics and astro-
physics worldwide
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
Only available in print
2008. Approx. 370 p. (AIP Conference Proceedings /
Astronomy and Astrophysics, Volume 966) Hardcover
7 € 103,95 | £80.00
ISBN 978-0-7354-0483-0
9<HTLHOF=eaeida>
02/02/2008 11:12:15
 56 Physics/Astronomy
K. Blaum, F. Herfurth, GSI, Darmstadt, Germany
(Eds.)
Trapped Charged Particles
and Fundamental Interactions
The development of ion traps has spurred signifi-
cant experimental activities able to link measur-
able quantities to the most fundamental aspects of
physics.
The first chapter sets the scene and motivates the
use of ion traps with an in-depth survey of the
low-energy electroweak sector of the standard
model amenable to precision test. The next parts
then introduce and review aspects of the theory,
simulation and experimental implementation of
such traps. Last but not least, two important appli-
cations, namely high resolution mass spectroscopy
in Penning traps and tests of fundamental physics
- such as the CPT theorem - with trapped antipro-
tons are discussed.
This volume bridges the gap between the graduate
textbook and the research literature and will assist
graduate students and newcomers to the field in
quickly entering and mastering the subject matter.
Contents
Low Energy Precision Tests of Electroweak
Theory.- Principles of Ion Traps.- Simulations
for Ion Traps - Methods and Numerical Imple-
mentation.- Simulations for Ion Traps-Buffer
Gas Cooling.- Highly Charged Ions and High
Resolution Mass Spectrometry in a Penning Trap.-
Fundamental Tests With Trapped Antiprotons.
Fields of interest
Elementary Particles and Nuclei; Measurement
Science, Instrumentation; Physics beyond the
Standard Model
Target groups
Graduate students, lecturers, researchers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. X, 200 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 749)
Hardcover
7 € 49,95 | £38.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77816-5
9<HTOFPA=h ibgf>
ROW_Book0803.indb 56
Springer News 3/2008
P. Damaske, Goslar, Germany
Acoustics and Hearing
Head-Related Sound from Two Loud Speakers
– The Hearing Process in Concert Halls
When you listen to music at home, you would like
to have an acoustic impression close to being in the
concert hall. This is achieved by an advanced two-
loudspeaker technique and electronic handling
of the signals. The way of head-related sound
reproduction and reception to get the original
impression is explained in this book. The quality
of concert halls decisively depends on diffuse
sound images arising in the onset of reverberation.
Introducing a theory of drift thresholds, this topic
is treated in four more chapters.
Features
7 Comprehensive book on the outer influence on
hearing and how to achieve perfect stereo effects
7 Important for the design of concert halls and
loudspeakers 7 Explanation of sound effects and
stereophony
Contents
Head-Related Stereophony.- Powerful Onset of
Reverberation.- Definition of Diffuseness.- Theory
of Drift Thresholds.
Fields of interest
Acoustics; Biomedical Engineering; Physics and
Applied Physics in Engineering
Target groups
Scientists, sound engineers, architects and
advanced students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 100 p. 30 illus. Softcover
7 approx. € 49,95 | £38.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78227-8
9<HTOFPA=hic hi>
springer.com/booksellers
M. Gasperini, University of Bari, Italy; J. Maharana,
Institute of Physics, Orissa, India (Eds.)
String Theory and
Fundamental Interactions
Gabriele Veneziano and Theoretical Physics:
Historical and Contemporary Perspectives
This volume, dedicated to Prof. Gabriele Veneziano
on the occasion of his retirement from CERN,
starts as a broad historico-scientific study on the
work on string theory and nonperturbative QCD
that has been pioneered by Prof. Veneziano in the
late 60s and early 70s. It goes on to examine the
many ramifications this and similar early work
has spawned over the past decades and the reader
will find state-of-the art tutorial reviews on string
cosmology, string dualities and symmetries, and
much more.
The book includes a concise updated scientific
biography of, and an interview with, Prof. Vene-
ziano, in which he relates his personal views about
the present and future of fundamental physics.
This is followed by the commented draft of an
unpublished paper of 1973 of his, anticipating
interesting results which were rediscovered and
published more than a decade later.
Contents
Introduction.- Dual Resonance Models and String
Theory.- Perturbative QCD.- Non-Perturbative
QCD.- Supersymmetric Gauge Theories.- String
Dualities and Symmetries.- String/Quantum
Gravity, Black-Holes and Entropy.- String
Cosmology.
Fields of interest
Physics beyond the Standard Model; Elementary
Particles, Quantum Field Theory; Relativity and
Cosmology
Target groups
Lecturers, researchers, postgraduate students
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. XVIII, 974 p. 261 illus. (Lecture Notes in Physics,
Volume 737) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-74232-6
9<HTOFPA=hecdcg>
02/02/2008 11:12:15
 springer.com/booksellers
F. Großmann, TU Dresden, Germany
Theoretical Femtosecond
Physics
Atoms and Molecules in Strong Laser Fields
Theoretical femtosecond physics is a new field of
research. Theoretical investigations of atoms and
molecules interacting with pulsed or continuous
wave lasers of up to atomic field strengths are
leading to an understanding of many challenging
experimental discoveries. Laser-Matter interaction
is treated on a nonperturbative level in the book
using approximate and numerical solutions of the
time-dependent Schrödinger equation. The light
field is treated classically. Physical phenomena,
ranging from ionization of atoms to the ionization
and dissociation of molecules and the control of
chemical reactions are presented and discussed.
Theoretical background for experiments with
strong and short laser pulses is given. Several exer-
cises are included in the main text. Some detailed
calculations are performed in the appendices.
Features
7 First book on theoretical femtosecond physics
7 Covers the basics and numeric solutions
7 Both a reference work for scientists and a study
text for graduate students
Contents
Short Introduction to Laser Physics.- Time-Depen-
dent Quantum Theory.- Field-Matter Coupling
and Two-Level Systems.- Laser-Atom Interaction.-
Laser-Molecule Interaction.
Field of interest
Optical Spectroscopy, Ultrafast Optics
Target groups
Scientist and graduate students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 235 p. 100 illus. (Springer Series on
Atomic, Optical, and Plasma Physics, Volume 48)
Hardcover
7 approx. € 119,95 | £92.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77896-7
9<HTOFPA=h ijgh>
ROW_Book0803.indb 57
Springer News 3/2008 Physics/Astronomy 57
K. Iizuka, University of Toronto, ON, Canada Landolt-Börnstein
Numerical Data and Functional Relationships
Engineering Optics in Science and Technology – New Series
Editor-in-chief: W. Martienssen
Engineering Optics is a book for students who
want to apply their knowledge of optics to Group 1
engineering problems, as well as for engineering
students who want to acquire the basic principles Elementary Particles, Nuclei
of optics. It covers such important topics as optical
signal processing, holography, tomography, and Atoms
holographic radars, fiber optical communication, Volume 19
electro- and acousto-optic devices, and integrated
optics (including optical bistability). As a basis for Nuclear States from Charged
understanding these topics, the first few chapters
give easy-to-follow explanations of diffraction Particle Reactions
theory, Fourier transforms, and geometrical
optics. Practical examples, such as the video disk, H. Schopper (Ed.)
the Fresnel zone plate, and many more, appear
throughout the text, together with numerous Volume C
solved exercises. There is an entirely new section in
this updated edition on 3-D imaging. Z. Soroko, S. Sukhoruchkin
Features Tables of Excitations of
7 This updated new edition brings back to life a
classic in the field of optics Proton-and Neutron-Rich
Unstable Nuclei
Contents
History of Optics.- Mathematics Used for
Expressing Waves.- Basic Theory of Diffrac- Volume I/19C is the last one in the series of
tions.- Practical Examples of Diffraction Theory.- reports on properties of bound excited states of
Geometrical Optics.- Lenses.- The Fast Fourier all nuclei. It contains a compilation of parameters
Transform (FFT).- Holography.- Laboratory of excited states of proton-rich and neutron-rich
Procedures for Fabricating Holograms.- Analysis nuclei derived from reactions other than transfer
of the Optical System in the Spatial Frequency reactions, e.g. beta-decay, spallation reactions, or
Domain.- Optical Signal Processing.- Applications inverse reactions.
of Microwave Holography.-Fiber Optical Commu-
nication.- Electro and Acousto Optics.- Integrated Features
Optics.- 3D Imaging.- References. 7 Standard reference book with selected and
easily retrievable data from the fields of physics
Fields of interest and chemistry collected by acknowledged interna-
Applied Optics, Optoelectronics, Optical Devices; tional scientists 7 Also available online in www.
Laser Technology and Physics, Photonics; Micro- springerLink.com 7 http://www.landolt-boern-
waves, RF and Optical Engineering stein.com
Target groups Fields of interest
Students, engineers, scientists Nuclear Physics, Heavy Ions, Hadrons
Type of publication Target groups
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook Scientists involved in nuclear and elementary
particle physics, astrophysics, cosmology, radiation
protection, spectroscopy
Type of publication
Reference work
Due April 2008
Due March 2008
3rd ed. 2008. XX, 532 p. 422 illus., 24 in color. (Springer
Series in Optical Sciences, Volume 35) Hardcover 2008. XVI, 530 p. Hardcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00 7 € 6490,00 | £4992.50
ISBN 978-0-387-75723-0 ISBN 978-3-540-75277-6
9<HTLDTH=hfhcda> 9<HTOFPA=hfch g>
02/02/2008 11:12:16
 58 Physics/Astronomy Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

Landolt-Börnstein B. Lohmann, Westfälische Wilhelms-Universität, J. Lourtioz, H. Benisty, V. Berger, J. Gerard,

Münster, Germany D. Maystre, A. Tchelnokov
Numerical Data and Functional Relationships
in Science and Technology – New Series Angle and Spin Resolved Photonic Crystals
Editor-in-chief: W. Martienssen Auger Emission Towards Nanoscale Photonic Devices
Theory and Applications to Atoms and Translated from the French by: P. de Fornel
Group 4 Molecules

Physical Chemistry Just like the periodical crystalline potential in

Volume 11
Ternary Alloy Systems
MSI Materials Science Intern.Services GmbH,
G. Effenberg, S. Ilyenko (Ed.)
Subvolume D
Iron Systems
Part 1
Selected Systems from
Al-B-Fe to C-Co-Fe
Volume 11 of group IV presents phase diagrams,
crystallographic and thermodynamic data of
ternary alloy systems. The subvolume D deals with
iron systems, with part 1 considering selected
systems from Al-B-Fe to C-Co-Fe. At ambient
pressure the equilibria of each individual ternary
system are discussed as functions of temperature
yielding spatial diagrams whose sections and
projections are displayed The phase equilibria are
described in terms of liquidus, solidus and solvus
projections, isothermal, vertical and quasibinary
sections. Data on invariant equilibria are generally
given in the form of tables and reaction schemes.
System requirements
For PC and Mac. For the complete system require-
ments see: springer.com
Fields of interest
Physical Chemistry; Thermodynamics
Target groups
Scientists and researchers in the fields of physics
and chemistry
The Auger effect must be interpreted as the
radiationless counterpart of photoionization and
is usually described within a two-step model.
Angle and spin resolved Auger emission physics
deals with the theoretical and numerical descrip-
tion, analysis and interpretation of such types of
experiments on free atoms and molecules. This
monograph derives the general theory applying
the density matrix formalism and, in terms of
irreducible tensorial sets, so called state multi-
poles and order parameters, for parameterizing
the atomic and molecular systems, respectively.
Propensity rules and non-linear dependen-
cies between the angular distribution and spin
polarization parameters are included in the
discussion. The numerical approaches utilizing
relativistic distorted wave (RDWA), multicon-
figurational Dirac-Fock (MCDF), and Greens
operator methods are described. These methods
are discussed and applied to theoretical predic-
tions, numerical results and experimental data
for a variety of atomic systems, especially the rare
gases, and to simple molecules. The book was
written for graduate and post-graduate students
and researchers working in this field and/or trying
to get a closer insight into the theoretical descrip-
tion of multistep scattering processes in atomic
and molecular physics.
Features
7 Only book on angle and spin-resolved Auger
emission
Fields of interest
Atomic and Molecular Structure and Spectra;
Applied Optics, Optoelectronics, Optical Devices;
Surfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films
Target groups
Scientists
Type of publication
Monograph
solid-state crystals determines their properties for
the conduction of electrons, the periodical struc-
turing of photonic crystals leads to envisioning the
possibility of achieving a control of the photon flux
in dielectric and metallic materials.
The use of photonic crystals as a cage for storing,
filtering or guiding light at the wavelength scale
thus paves the way to the realisation of optical and
optoelectronic devices with ultimate properties
and dimensions. This should contribute toward
meeting the demands for a greater miniaturisation
that the processing of an ever increasing number
of data requires.
Photonic Crystals intends to provide students and
researchers from different fields with the theo-
retical background needed for modelling photonic
crystals and their optical properties, while at the
same time presenting the large variety of devices,
from optics to microwaves, where photonic crys-
tals have found applications. .
Features
7 Provides the theoretical basis needed for the
modeling of photonic crystals and their optical
properties 7 Presents various applications from
the microwave to the optical domain
From the contents
Theoretical Models for Photonic Crystals.- Models
for Infinite Crystals.- Models for Finite Crys-
tals.- Quasi-Crystals and Archimedean Tilings.-
.- Optical Properties of Photonic Crystals.- The
‘Many Facets’ of Photonic Crystals.- Refractive
Properties of Photonic Crystals and Metamaterials.
Fields of interest
Laser Technology and Physics, Photonics; Optical
and Electronic Materials; Applied Optics, Opto-
electronics, Optical Devices
Target groups
Advanced students and researchers in optical and
electrical engineering and in materials science

Type of publication Type of publication

Reference work Monograph

Due April 2008

Original French edition published by Hermes Science,

Due May 2008 France, 2003
Due October 2008
2008. Approx. 365 p. 45 illus. (Springer Series on Atomic, 2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 530 p. 181 illus., 30 in color.
2009. XX, 500 p. 292 illus. Hardcover Optical, and Plasma Physics, Volume 46) Hardcover Hardcover
7 € 6190,00 | £4761.50 7 approx. € 129,95 | £100.00 7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-69759-6 ISBN 978-3-540-74629-4 ISBN 978-3-540-78346-6

9<HTOFPA=gjhfjg> 9<HTOFPA=hegcje> 9<HTOFPA=hideg >

ROW_Book0803.indb 58 02/02/2008 11:12:16
 springer.com/booksellers
G. Maroulis, University of Patras, Greece; T. E. Simos,
University of Peloponnese, Tripolis, Greece (Eds.)
ICCMSE 2007
Volume I and II
All papers have been peer-reviewed. The aim of
ICCMSE 2007 is to bring together computational
scientists and engineers from several disciplines in
order to share methods, methodologies and ideas.
The potential readers of these proceedings are all
the scientists with interest in the following fields:
Computational Mathematics, Theoretical Physics,
Computational Physics, Theoretical Chemistry,
Computational Chemistry, Mathematical Chem-
istry, Computational Engineering, Computational
Mechanics, Computational Biology and Medi-
cine, Scientific Computation, High Performance
Computing, Parallel and Distributed Computing,
Visualization, Problem Solving Environments,
Software Tools, Advanced Numerical Algorithms,
Modeling and Simulation of Complex Systems,
Web-based Simulation and Computing, Grid-
based Simulation and Computing, Computational
Grids, and Computer Science.
Fields of interest
Atoms, Molecules, Clusters and Plasmas; Atomic
and Molecular Structure and Spectra; Optical
Spectroscopy, Ultrafast Optics
Target groups
Physicists, chemists, mathematicians, biologists,
engineers with interest on Computational Tech-
niques
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 2195 p. (AIP Conference Proceedings /
Atomic, Molecular, Chemical Physics, Volume 963/1-2)
Hardcover
7 € 442,75 | £340.50
ISBN 978-0-7354-0476-2
9<HTLHOF=eaehgc>
ROW_Book0803.indb 59
Springer News 3/2008
G. Maroulis, University of Patras, Greece; T. E. Simos,
University of Peloponnese, Tripolis, Greece (Eds.)
Computational Methods in
Science and Engineering
Theory and Computation: Old Problems and
New Challenges. Lectures Presented at the
International Conference on Computational
Methods in Science and Engineering 2007
(ICCMSE 2007): VOLUME 1
All papers have been peer-reviewed. The aim of
ICCMSE 2007 is to bring together computational
scientists and engineers from several disciplines in
order to share methods, methodologies and ideas.
The potential readers of these proceedings are all
the scientists with interest in the following fields:
Computational Mathematics, Theoretical Physics,
Computational Physics, Theoretical Chemistry,
Computational Chemistry, Mathematical Chem-
istry, Computational Engineering, Computational
Mechanics, Computational Biology and Medi-
cine, Scientific Computation, High Performance
Computing, Parallel and Distributed Computing,
Visualization, Problem Solving Environments,
Software Tools, Advanced Numerical Algorithms,
Modeling and Simulation of Complex Systems,
Web-based Simulation and Computing, Grid-
based Simulation and Computing, Computational
Grids, and Computer Science.
Fields of interest
Atoms, Molecules, Clusters and Plasmas; Atomic
and Molecular Structure and Spectra; Optical
Spectroscopy, Ultrafast Optics
Target groups
Physicists, chemists, mathematicians, biolo-
gists, engineers with interest on computational
techniques
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
Only available in print
2008. Approx. 695 p. (AIP Conference Proceedings /
Atomic, Molecular, Chemical Physics, Volume 963/1)
Hardcover
7 € 137,85 | £106.00
ISBN 978-0-7354-0477-9
9<HTLHOF=eaeh j>
Physics/Astronomy 59
M. Ohtsu, The University of Tokyo, Japan (Ed.)
Progress in Nano-Electro-
Optics VI
Nano Optical Probing, Manipulation,
Analysis, and Their Theoretical Bases
This volume focuses on nano-optical probing,
manipulation, and analysis. It begins with recent
developments in near-field optical spectroscopy
that clarify quantum states at the nanoscale,
followed by a theory for a photon-electron-phonon
interacting system at the nanoscale. Further
topics include: visible laser desorption/ionization
mass spectroscopy exhibiting near-field effects;
a practical nanofabrication method with optical
near fields applied to a SHG device; a theory and
experimental achievements on optical transport of
nanoparticles, selectively manipulated by resonant
radiation force. Taken as a whole, this overview
will be a valuable resource for engineers and scien-
tists working in the field of nano-electro-optics.
Features
7 Summarizes the latest new developments in the
emerging field of nano-optics
Contents
Optical interaction of light with semiconductor
quantum confined states the nanoscale.- Local-
ized phton model including phonon‘s degrees of
freedom.- Visible laser desorption / Ionization
mass spectrometry using gold nanostructure.-
Near-field optical photolithography.- Nano-optical
manipulation using resonant radiation force.
Fields of interest
Electromagnetism, Optics and Lasers; Quantum
Optics, Quantum Electronics, Nonlinear Optics;
Applied Optics, Optoelectronics, Optical Devices
Target groups
Academic libraries, practitioners, scientists,
graduate students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 200 p. 107 illus. (Springer Series in Optical
Sciences, Volume 139) Hardcover
7 approx. € 119,95 | £92.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77894-3
9<HTOFPA=h ijed>
02/02/2008 11:12:16
 60 Physics/Astronomy
B. Sidharth, B.M. Birla Science Centre, Adarsh Nagar,
Hyderabad, India (Ed.)
A Century of Ideas
Personal Perspectives from a Selection of the
Greatest Minds of the Twentieth Century
Shortly after its inauguration in 1985 the Birla
Science Centre, Hyderabad, India, started a series
of lectures by Nobel Laureates and other scientists
of international renown, usually in Physics and
Astronomy, sometimes in Life Sciences and
Chemistry.
The present collection mostly consists of lectures
on frontier topics. The transcript of each lecture
is preceded by a short biography of the Nobel
Laureate/Scientist in question.
The lectures are aimed at, and accessible to a wide
non-specialist but higher educated audience.
Features
7 Lectures of historical value, mostly on Physics
and Astronomy, given by Nobel Laureates and
scientists of equal caliber
Contents
Fifty Years of Cosmology. AstroParticle Physics.
Science as an Adventure. The Early Universe.
The Long-Term Future of Particle Accelerators.
Energy and Evolution. The Wonders of Pulsars. Is
the Future Given? Changes in our Description of
Nature. Bubbles, Foams and other Fragile Objects.
Beyond the Standard Model: Will it be the Theory
of Everything? Living Joyfully with Complexity
in Chemistry and Culture. A Confrontation with
Infnity. The Creative and Unpredictable Interac-
tion of Science and Technology. The Link Between
Neutrino Masses and Proton Decay in Super-
symmetric Unification. The Nature of Discovery
in Physics. Symmetry in the Micro World – A
Conversation with Nobel Laureate Eugene Wigner.
Fields of interest
Physics, general; Astronomy, Astrophysics and
Cosmology; Particle Acceleration and Detection,
Beam Physics
Target groups
Non-specialist scientists
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 245 p. (Fundamental Theories of Physics,
Volume 149) Hardcover
7 € 99,00 | £76.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-4359-8
9<HTMELC=aedfji>
ROW_Book0803.indb 60
Springer News 3/2008
T. E. Simos, University of Peloponnese, Tripolis,
Greece; G. Maroulis, University of Patras, Greece
(Eds.)
Computation in Modern
Science and Engineering
Proceedings of the International Conference
on Computational Methods in Science and
Engineering 2007 (ICCMSE 2007): VOLUME 2,
PARTS A and B
All papers have been peer-reviewed. The aim of
ICCMSE 2007 is to bring together computational
scientists and engineers from several disciplines in
order to share methods, methodologies and ideas.
The potential readers of these proceedings are all
the scientists with interest in the following fields:
Computational Mathematics, Theoretical Physics,
Computational Physics, Theoretical Chemistry,
Computational Chemistry, Mathematical Chem-
istry, Computational Engineering, Computational
Mechanics, Computational Biology and Medi-
cine, Scientific Computation, High Performance
Computing, Parallel and Distributed Computing,
Visualization, Problem Solving Environments,
Software Tools, Advanced Numerical Algorithms,
Modeling and Simulation of Complex Systems,
Web-based Simulation and Computing, Grid-
based Simulation and Computing, Computational
Grids, and Computer Science.
Fields of interest
Atoms, Molecules, Clusters and Plasmas; Atomic
and Molecular Structure and Spectra; Optical
Spectroscopy, Ultrafast Optics
Target groups
Physicists, chemists, mathematicians, biologists,
engineers with interest on Computational Tech-
niques
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 1500 p. (AIP Conference Proceedings /
Atomic, Molecular, Chemical Physics, Volume 963/2)
Hardcover
7 € 304,95 | £234.50
ISBN 978-0-7354-0478-6
9<HTLHOF=eaehig>
springer.com/booksellers
D. Strauch, Universität Regensburg, Germany
Classical Mechanics
An Introduction
This upper-level undergraduate and beginning
graduate textbook primarily covers the theory and
application of Newtonian and Lagrangian, but also
of Hamiltonian mechanics. In addition, included
are elements of continuum mechanics and the
accompanying classical field theory, wherein
four-vector notation is introduced without explicit
reference to special relativity. The author’s writing
style attempts to ease students through the primary
and secondary results, thus building a solid
foundation for understanding applications. So the
text is thus structured around developments of the
main ideas, explicit proofs, and numerous clarifica-
tions, comments and applications. Numerous
examples illustrate the material and often present
alternative approaches to the final results.
Features
7 Very comprehensive textbook on theo-
retical mechanics 7 Explains Newtonian and
Lagrangian mechanics including classical field
theory and continuum mechanics 7 Written for
course adoptions of courses in theorectical physics,
including electro- and thermodynamics, solid-state
physics, quantum physics, relativity and statistics
7 Graduate students will benefit from the clear
and straightforward explanations
Contents
Introductory Remarks.- The Newtonian Mechanics
of Point-Mass Systems: Basics.- Newtonian
Mechanics: First Applications.- Lagrangian
Mechanics.- Harmonic Vibrations.- Central
Potentials and the Kepler Problem.- Collision
and Scattering Problems.- Moving Reference
Frames.- Dynamics of a Rigid Body.- Hamiltonian
Dynamics.- Mechanics of Continua.- Appendices.
Fields of interest
Mechanics; Physics and Applied Physics in Engi-
neering
Target groups
Advanced students, scientists
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 350 p. 90 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-73615-8
9<HTOFPA=hdgbfi>
02/02/2008 11:12:17
 springer.com/booksellers
R. P. Würtz, Ruhr-Universität Bochum, Germany (Ed.)
Organic Computing
Organic Computing is a research field emerging
around the conviction that problems of organiza-
tion in complex systems in computer science,
telecommunications, neurobiology, molecular
biology, ethology, and possibly even sociology can
be tackled scientifically in a unified way. From
the computer science point of view, the apparent
ease in which living systems solve computation-
ally difficult problems makes it inevitable to adopt
strategies observed in nature for creating informa-
tion processing machinery. In this book, the major
ideas behind Organic Computing are delineated,
together with a sparse sample of computational
projects undertaken in this new field. Biological
metaphors include evolution, neural networks,
gene-regulatory networks, networks of brain
modules, hormone system, insect swarms, and
ant colonies. Applications are as diverse as system
design, optimization, artificial growth, task alloca-
tion, clustering, routing, face recognition, and sign
language understanding.
Features
7 Brings together the state of the art in organic
computing 7 Includes articles by Christoph von
der Malsburg, Klaus Mainzer, or Richard Bell-
manns (the inventor of dynamic programming)
daughter Kirstie setting the foundations regarding
brain-organization, emergence, and selforganiza-
tion
From the contents
Introduction: Organic Computing.- The Organic
Future of Information Technology.- Systems Engi-
neering for Organic Computing: The Challenge of
Shared Design and Control between OC Systems
and their Human Engineers.- Controlled Emer-
gence and Self-Organization.- Organic Computing
and Complex Dynamical Systems – Conceptual
Foundations and Interdisciplinary Perspectives.-
Evolutionary Design of Emergent Behavior.
Fields of interest
Complexity; Vibration, Dynamical Systems,
Control; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
complexity, applied nonlinear dynamics, computer
science, brain science
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 350 p. (Understanding Complex Systems)
Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77656-7
9<HTOFPA=h gfgh>
ROW_Book0803.indb 61
Springer News 3/2008 Physics/Astronomy 61
G. P. Zeller, J. G. Morfin, Fermilab, Batavia, IL;
F. Cavanna, University of L‘Aquila, Italy (Eds.)
Neutrino-Nucleus Interactions
in the Few-Gev Region:
NuInt07
The 5th International Workshop on Neutrino-
Nucleus Interactions in the Few-GeV Region
NuInt07, the fifth in a series of international
workshops, was held at Fermi National Accelerator
Laboratory in Batavia, IL. It was the successful
continuation of a series of workshops focused
solely on the understanding and measurement
of low energy neutrino-nucleus interactions.
Neutrino cross sections in the few-GeV energy
range are an important ingredient for neutrino
oscillation experiments as well as being interesting
in their own right. Such measurements and their
accompanying theoretical calculations had not
been updated for decades. The goal of this work-
shop series has been to remedy this situation by
providing an environment where both experimen-
talists and theorists in nuclear and high energy
physics can come together to review and discuss
recent progress in neutrino-nucleus measurements
and calculations.
Fields of interest
Nuclear Physics, Heavy Ions, Hadrons; Elementary
Particles and Nuclei; Particle Acceleration and
Detection, Beam Physics
Target groups
Experimental and theoretical scientists in the
fields of nuclear physics, high energy physics, and
neutrino physics
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
Only available in print
2008. Approx. 355 p. (AIP Conference Proceedings / High
Energy Physics, Volume 967) Hardcover
7 € 103,95 | £80.00
ISBN 978-0-7354-0484-7
9<HTLHOF=eaeieh>
02/02/2008 11:12:17
 62 Materials Science
B. Bhushan, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH,
USA (Ed.)
Nanotribology and
Nanomechanics
An Introduction
The recent emergence and proliferation of prox-
imal probes, e.g. SPM and AFM, and computa-
tional techniques for simulating tip-surface inter-
actions has enabled the systematic investigation of
interfacial problems on ever smaller scales, as well
as created means for modifying and manipulating
nanostructures. In short, they have led to the
appearance of the new, interdisciplinary fields of
micro/nanotribology and micro/nanomechanics.
This volume serves as a timely, practical introduc-
tion to the principles of nanotribology and nano-
mechanics and applications to magnetic storage
systems and MEMS/NEMS. Assuming some famil-
iarity with macrotribology/mechanics, the book
comprises chapters by internationally recognized
experts, who integrate knowledge of the field from
the mechanics and materials-science perspec-
tives. They cover key measurement techniques,
their applications, and theoretical modelling of
interfaces, each beginning their contributions with
macro- and progressing to microconcepts.
Features
7 Subset of the “Springer Handbook of Nano-
technology” adressed to a select audience 7 For
teaching and self-study purposes 7 Focusing on
the Nanomechanics and Nanotribology area
Contents
Foreword by Gerd Binnig.- Introduction.-
Measurement Techniques and Applications.- Part
I Scanning Probe Microscopy.- Part II Nanotri-
bology and Nanomechanics.- Part III Molecularly
Thick Films for Lubrication.- Part IV Applica-
tions.- Subject Index.
Fields of interest
Nanotechnology; Tribology, Corrosion and Coat-
ings; Surfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films
Target groups
Graduate students, researchers and engineers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2nd ed. 2008. XXVIII, 1148 p. 624 illus. Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77607-9
9<HTOFPA=h gahj>
ROW_Book0803.indb 62
Springer News 3/2008
M. J. Buehler, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Cambridge, MA, USA
Atomistic Modeling of
Materials Failure
Atomistic Modeling of Materials Failure is an
introduction to molecular and atomistic modeling
techniques applied to fracture and deformation
of solids, focusing on a variety of brittle, ductile,
geometrically confined and biological materials.
This detailed overview includes computational
methods and techniques operating at the atomic
scale, and describes how these techniques can
be used to model the dynamics of cracks and
other deformation mechanisms. A full descrip-
tion of molecular dynamics (MD) as a numerical
modeling tool covers the use of classical inter-
atomic potentials and implementation of large-
scale massively parallelized computing facilities
in addition to the general philosophies of model
building, simulation, interpretation and analysis
of results. Readers will find a physics-motivated
discussion of the numerical techniques along with
a review of required mathematical and physics
backgrounds.
Features
7 Makes new molecular modeling techniques
available to a wider community of engineers and
scientists 7 Discusses large-scale molecular
dynamics modeling applied to fracture and
deformation 7 Covers recent advances in under-
standing of atomic-scale mechanisms of brittle
fracture and materials deformation 7 Provides
links between classical continuum theories and
physics and chemistry related approaches
From the contents
Basics of Atomistic, Continuum and Multiscale
Methods.- Basic Continuum Mechanics.- Atom-
istic Elasticity.- Physical Properties.- Deformation
and Dynamical Failure of Brittle Materials.- Defor-
mation and Fracture of Ductile Materials.- Size
Effects in Small-Scale and Biological Materials.
Fields of interest
Materials Science; Characterization and Evaluation
Materials; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics
of Materials
Target groups
Scientists in industry and academia: engineers,
physicists, materials scientists and graduate
students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due August 2008
2008. Approx. 375 p. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76425-2
9<HTLDTH=hgecfc>
springer.com/booksellers
L. Davison, Tijeras, NM, USA
Fundamentals of Shock Wave
Propagation in Solids
This book is an introduction to the thermome-
chanical theory required to conduct research
and pursue application of shock physics in solid
materials.
Emphasis is on a regime where solids can be
described as elastoplastic materials, relatively
simple equations-of-state exist and the simple
illustrative problems are amenable to treatment
without the recourse to advanced numerical
anaylsis. Accordingly the main text is comple-
mented with numerous exercices and solutions.
The theoretical framework is set by the established
continuum-mechanical principles and equations,
which are summarized in a convenient form for
further reference in the text.
Features
7 Only textbook devoted entirely to Shock
Physics of solid materials 7 Provides a refer-
ence and tutorial for an interdisciplinary field
with applications ranging from astrophysics and
geophysics to materials science, aeronautics, and
semiconductors
Contents
Introduction.- Mechanical Principles.- Plane
Longitudinal Shocks.- Material Response I: Prin-
ciples.- Material Response II: Inviscid Compress-
ible Fluids.- Material Response III: Elastic
Solids.- Material Response IV: Elastic-Plastic
and Elastic-Viscoplastic Solids.- Weak Elastic
Waves.- Finite Amplitude Elastic Waves.- Elastic-
Plastic and Elastic-Viscoplastic Waves.- Porous
Solids.- Spall Fracture.- Steady Detonation Waves.-
Appendix: Solutions to the Exercises.- References.-
Index.
Fields of interest
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate-
rials; Mechanics, Fluids, Thermodynamics; Solid
State Physics and Spectroscopy
Target groups
Graduate students, lecturers, nonspecialist and
specialist scientists and engineers
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 450 p. 176 illus. (Shock Wave and High
Pressure Phenomena) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-74568-6
9<HTOFPA=hefgig>
02/02/2008 11:12:17
 springer.com/booksellers
P. Ferraro, S. Grilli, P. De Natale, Istituto Nazionale di
Ottica Applicata del CNR, Pozzuoli (NA), Italy (Eds.)
Micro-/Nanoengineering
and Characterization of
Ferroelectric Crystals for
Photonic Applications
This book deals with the latest achievements in the
field of ferroelectric domain engineering and char-
acterization at micron- and nano-scale dimensions
and periods. The book collects the results obtained
in the last years by world scientific leaders in the
field, thus providing a valid and unique overview
of the state of the art and also a view to future
applications of those engineered materials in the
field of photonics.
Features
7 Covers the major aspects of ferroelectric
domain engineering 7 Combines basic research
on magnetic materials with device and production
orientation 7 State-of-the-art report on magnetic
materials research and application
From the contents
1. Micro-structuring and ferroelectric domain
engineering of single crystal lithium Niobate.- 2.
Fabrication and characterization of self-assembled
ferroelectric linear and nonlinear photonic crys-
tals: GaN and LiNbO3.- 3. Sub-micron structuring
of LiNbO3 crystals with multi-period and complex
geometries.- 4. Nonlinear optical waveguides in
stoichiometric lithium tantalate.- 5. 3-D inte-
grated optical microcircuits in lithium niobate
written by spatial solitons.- 6. Light aided domain
patterning and rare earth emission based imaging
of ferroelectric domains.- 7. Visual and quanti-
tative characterization of ferroelectric crystals
and related domain engineering processes by
interferometric techniques.- 8. New insights into
ferroelectric domain imaging with piezoresponse
force microscopy.- 9. Structural characterization of
periodically poled lithium niobate crystals by high
resolution X-ray diffraction.
Fields of interest
Magnetism, Magnetic Materials; Structural Mate-
rials; Physics and Applied Physics in Engineering
Target groups
Scientists, engineers and graduate students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 465 p. 150 illus., 5 in color. (Springer Series
in Materials Science, Volume 91) Hardcover
7 approx. € 139,95 | £107.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77963-6
9<HTOFPA=h jgdg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 63
Springer News 3/2008
Y. Fujikawa, K. Nakajima, T. Sakurai, Tohoku
University, Sendai, Japan (Eds.)
Frontiers in Materials
Research
This book covers recent progress in advanced
materials research as reviewed by forefront
researchers in contributions which would also be
suitable for researchers and postgraduates in a
related field. It starts with comprehensive reviews
of exotic materials for electronic devices, such as
wide gap semiconductors and organic materials.
They are followed by recent topics on eco- and
bio-friendly materials, which attract more and
more attention in the materials research commu-
nity. Atomic scale characterization and control of
nanostructured materials are discussed in later
chapters that review the general possibilities for
precise control of structures and properties in the
developments of advanced materials.
Features
7 Covers the major developments in materials
science 7 Integrates materials science, physics,
materials processing 7 Contains chapters on
materials analysis by nano- and microprobe
methods 7 Offers a comprehensive survey of the
trends in materials science 7 Researchers and
graduate students will benefit from this book
From the contents
1. Science, for the Benefit of Mankind.- 2. Trends
of Condensed Matter Science: A Personal View.-
3. Measurements and Mechanisms of Single-Mole-
cule Conductance Switching.- 4. Exploration of
Oxide Semiconductor Electronics through
Parallel Synthesis of Epitaxial Thin Films.-
5. Epitaxial Growth and Transport Properties of
High-Mobility ZnO-Based Heterostructures.-
6. A Scaling Behavior of Anomalous Hall Effect in
Cobalt Doped TiO2.- 7. Synthesis, Phase Diagram,
and Evolution of Electronic Properties in LixZ-
rNCl Superconductors.
Fields of interest
Materials Science; Optical and Electronic Mate-
rials; Nanotechnology
Target groups
Scientists, graduate students and academic
libraries
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 385 p. 198 illus., 67 in color. (Advances in
Materials Research, Volume 10) Hardcover
7 approx. € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77967-4
9<HTOFPA=h jghe>
Materials Science 63
A. Korkin, Nano and Giga, Gilbert, AZ, USA; F. Rosei,
University of Quebec, QC, Canada (Eds.)
Nanoelectronics and
Photonics
From Atoms to Materials, Devices, and
Architectures
Nanoelectronics and Photonics provides a
fundamental description of the core elements and
problems of advanced and future information
technology. The book collects a series of tuto-
rial chapters from leaders in the field covering
fundamental topics from materials to devices and
system architecture, and bridges the fundamental
laws of physics and chemistry of materials at the
atomic scale with device and circuit design and
performance requirements. A coherent picture
emerges of theoretical and experimental research
efforts and technology development in this highly
inter-disciplinary area. The book includes short
visionary articles by Nicolaas Bloembergen,
Nobel Prize in Physics in 1981, Konstantin
Likharev, distinguished professor at Stony Brook
University, author of CMOL conception, and
Stanley Williams, senior fellow and director of
the Quantum Science Research (QSR) group at
Hewlett-Packard.
Features
7 Provides an authoritative overview of the
current status and future trends of nanoelectronics
and photonics 7 Presents broad-ranging tutorials
on both theoretical and experimental aspects
of key topics in nanotechnology 7 Written by
recognized international experts in each area
7 Addresses the needs of both graduate students
and nanotechnology “gurus”
Fields of interest
Nanotechnology; Optical and Electronic Materials;
Laser Technology and Physics, Photonics
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in mate-
rials science, device physics, and electrical and
computer engineering
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 400 p. 232 illus., 32 in color. (Nanostruc-
ture Science and Technology) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76498-6
9<HTLDTH=hgejig>
02/02/2008 11:12:18
 64 Materials Science
B. León, Universidad de Vigo, Spain; J. A. Jansen,
University of Nijmegen, The Netherlands (Eds.)
Thin Calcium Phosphate
Coatings for Medical Implants Materials for Advanced
Packaging
Thin calcium phosphate coatings of about 10
µm or less can improve the bone response in
orthopedic and dental implants by overcoming
the drawbacks of commercially successful, thick
plasma-sprayed hydroxyapatite (HA) coatings.
These alternative coatings have shown better
adhesion to a variety of substrates and, because
of their uniformity in structure and composition,
greater stability in the biological environment.
Thin Calcium Phosphate Coatings for Medical
Implants presents a comprehensive, state-of-the-
art review of the preparation, physico-chemical
properties, and in vitro and in vivo performance
of these bioactive coatings, including compari-
sons with thick plasma-sprayed HA techniques.
Emphasis is also placed on the benefits of special
characterization techniques for this type of thin
coating. This book is an essential resource not only
for biomaterials researchers and their students, but
also for engineers in the design, development, and
manufacture of medical implants.
Features
7 First comprehensive review of the results
achieved with thin calcium phosphate coatings on
orthopedic and dental implants 7 Compares thin
calcium phosphate coatings with thick coatings
produced by current plasma-spraying techniques
7 Presents the state-of-the-art in the study of
bioactive calcium phosphate coatings
Fields of interest
Biomaterials; Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings;
Orthopedics
Target groups
Libraries in universities, research institutes,
industry and government, individuals involved
in medical industry and research in biomaterials
science, advanced undergraduate and graduate
students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 400 p. 217 illus., 17 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. € 114,75 | £88.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77718-4
9<HTLDTH=h hbie>
ROW_Book0803.indb 64
Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers
D. Lu, Intel Corporation, Chandler, AZ, USA; C. Wong, G. H. Michler, Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Germany
Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA
(Eds.) Electron Microscopy of
Polymers
There are many books on electron micros-
copy, however, the study of polymers using EM
Significant progress has been made in advanced necessitates special techniques, precautions and
packaging in recent years. Several new pack- preparation methods, including ultramicrotomy.
aging techniques have been developed and new This book discusses the general characteristics of
packaging materials have been introduced. This the various techniques of EM, including scanning
book provides a comprehensive overview of the force microscopy (AFM). The application of these
recent developments in this industry, particularly techniques to the study of morphology and prop-
in the areas of microelectronics, optoelectronics, erties, particularly micromechanical properties,
digital health, and bio-medical applications. This is described in detail. Examples from all classes of
book discusses established techniques, as well polymers are presented.
as emerging technologies, in order to provide
readers with the most up-to-date developments in Features
advanced packaging. 7 Hands-on manual on the subject 7 Applica-
tions to polymers is without competition
Features 7 Need-to-have for the practitioner
7 Provides a comprehensive summary of the
most recent advances in materials development Fields of interest
for advanced packaging 7 Covers emerging Polymer Sciences; Analytical Chemistry; Biotech-
technologies such as digital health, bio-medical, nology
and nano-materials / processing, in addition to
microelectronic and optoelectronic packaging Target groups
7 Discusses various types of materials including Libraries, practitioners, scientists and lecturers in
polymers, ceramics, metals, and solders 7 Each polymer science, materials science, macromolec-
chapter written by industry leaders ular chemistry, and in the chemical industry
Contents Type of publication
Materials for 3D Packages.- Materials for Manual
Advanced Bonding/ Joining Techniques.- Mate-
rials for Advanced Interconnections.- Lead-Free
Solders.- Materials for Wafer Processing (such
as thinning).- Materials for Advanced Substrates
(such as thin core or coreless substrates).- Mate-
rials for Advanced Underfill and Encapsu-
lant.- Adhesives(ECA, Nano-ECA, Die Attach
Adhesive).- Advanced Thermal Interface
Materials.- Materials for Embedded Passives.-
Nanomaterials/ Nanopackaging.- Wafer Level
Packaging.- MEMS Packaging.- Optical Pack-
aging.- Digital Health and Biomedical Packaging.
Fields of interest
Optical and Electronic Materials; Metallic Mate-
rials; Nanotechnology
Target groups
Professionals in semiconductor, digital health and
bio-medical areas, and graduate students studying
materials science
Type of publication
Professional book
Due August 2008 Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 600 p. Hardcover 2008. Approx. 420 p. (Springer Laboratory) Hardcover
7 approx. € 99,35 | £76.50 7 approx. € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-0-387-78218-8 ISBN 978-3-540-36350-7
9<HTLDTH=hicbi > 9<HTOFPA=dgdfah>
02/02/2008 11:12:18
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Materials Science 65

Q. Qin, University of Canberra, Australia; Q. Yang, W. N. Sharpe, Jr., The Johns Hopkins University,
Beijing University of Technology, China Baltimore, MD, USA (Ed.)

Macro-Micro Theory on Multi- Springer Handbook of

field Coupling Behavior of Experimental Solid Mechanics
Heterogeneous Materials
This book contains a comprehensive treatment of
heterogeneous materials under coupled thermal,
magnetic, electric, and mechanical loads. Its
easy-to-understand text clarifies some of the most
advanced techniques for analysing and solving
multifield problems of heterogeneous materials:
micromechanics approach and homogenization
method. The book is written for scientists in an
emerging area that continues to provide fasci-
nating and technologically important challenges.
Readers will benefit from the authors’ thorough
coverage of the fundamentals followed by detailed
mathematical derivation with worked examples.
Features
7 Comprehensive treatment of Multifield
heterogeneous materials 7 Efficient homogeniza-
tion and micromechanics approach 7 Coupled
thermo-chemo-electro-elastic analysis 7 Ther-
mopiezoelectric bone remodelling
Features
7 Presents a thorough, comprehensive reference
on a wide coverage of areas within experimental
mechanics 7 Provides a clear description of basic
theory and explanation of applications of experi-
mental methods 7 Covers latest technologies
within the field of experimental mechanics
Fields of interest
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate-
rials; Mechanics; Structural Materials
Target groups
Professional/technical readers, mechanical
engineers, aeronautical and aerospace engineers,
structural engineers, chemical engineers
Type of publication
Handbook

Contents
Introduction.- Homogenization theory of
heterogeneous media.- Thermo-electro-elastic
problems.- Thermo-magneto-electro-elastic prob-
lems.- Thermo-chemo-electro-elastic problems.-
Thermoelectroelastic bone remodelling.- Effective
coupling properties of heterogeneous media.-
Effective properties of thermopiezoelectricity.-
Effective properties of magneto-electro-elastic
solids. Due November 2008

Fields of interest 2008. Approx. 1400 p. 800 illus. in color. With DVD-ROM.
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate- Hardcover
rials; Physics and Applied Physics in Engineering; 7 approx. € 249,00 | £191.50
Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of ISBN 978-0-387-26883-5
Engineering Prepublication price, valid until January 31, 2009
7 approx. € 199,95 | £154,00
Target groups
Academic researchers

Type of publication
9<HTLDTH=cgi df>
Monograph 2008. eReference.
7 approx. € 249,00 | £191.50
ISBN 978-0-387-30877-7
Prepublication price, valid until January 31, 2009
7 approx. € 199,95 | £154.00
Due May 2008

Distribution rights for China: Higher Education Press,

Beijing, China
9<HTLDTH=daih h>
2008. Approx. 1400 p. 800 illus. in color. With DVD-ROM.
Jointly published with Higher Education Press Print + eReference.
7 approx. € 311,00 | £239.00
2008. Approx. 220 p. Hardcover ISBN 978-0-387-34362-4
7 approx. € 95,95 | £74.00 Prepublication price, valid until January 31, 2009
ISBN 978-3-540-78258-2 7 approx. € 250,00 | £192.50

9<HTOFPA=hicfic> 9<HTLDTH=dedgce>
ROW_Book0803.indb 65 02/02/2008 11:12:19
 66 Geosciences/Geography
M. Berdichevsky, V.I. Dmitriev, Moscow University,
Russia
Models and Methods of
Magnetotellurics
Magnetotelluric methods are finding increasing
applications for imaging electrically conduc-
tive structures below the Earth’s surface in both
industrial and academic research. In Models and
Methods of Magnetotellurics, the authors provide a
systematic approach to understanding the modern
theory of ill-posed problems which is essential to
making confident meaningful interpretation of
magnetotelluric and magnetovariational sound-
ings. The interpretation is conducted out in an
interactive way, including the hypotheses tests and
successive partial inversions with priority of the
tippers, magnetic tensors and impedance-phases,
which keeps out the destructive static effects of
near-surface inhomogeneities. The efficiency of the
interpretation is exemplified by new geoelectric
models of the Baikal rift zone and the Cascadian
subduction zone.
Features
7 Provides a systematic approach to under-
standing the modern theory of ill-posed problems
From the contents
Part I.- Magnetotelluric and Magnetovariational
Response Functions.- Part II.- Basic Models of
the Distortion Theory.- Part III.- Interpretation of
Magnetotelluric and Magnetovariational Data.-
Index.
Fields of interest
Geophysics/Geodesy; Math. Applications in
Geosciences; Structural Geology
Target groups
Researchers in the fields of geophysics/geodesy and
mathematical applications in geosciences
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. XXIX, 618 p. 214 illus. Hardcover
7 € 169,95 | £130.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77811-0
9<HTOFPA=h ib a>
ROW_Book0803.indb 66
Springer News 3/2008
H. A. Dijkstra, University of Utrecht, The Netherlands
Dynamical Oceanography
This textbook provides a mathematical introduc-
tion to the theory of large-scale ocean circulation
and is accessible for readers with an elementary
knowledge of mathematics and physics, including
continuum mechanics and solution methods for
ordinary differential equations. The book consists
of four parts. Part I is a very brief introduction to
ocean circulation and the mathematical formula-
tion of the governing equations of ocean flows.
In addition, concepts are introduced that are
necessary to describe and understand large-scale
ocean currents. In part II the theory of mid-lati-
tude wind-driven ocean circulation is presented.
The consideration of model development includes
a top-down approach and reduced equations
are derived using asymptotics and scaling. Part
III ( focuses on the understanding of equatorial
currents and El Nino. In the last part IV the theory
of planetary scale flows is presented, covering
topics such as the thermocline problem.
Contents
1. First Impression.- 2. Present Ocean Circulation.-
3. Mathematical Description.- 4. Vorticity.- 5.
Wind-Driven Circulation.- 6. Western Intensifica-
tion.- 7. Free Waves.- 8. Stratificaton.- 9. Adjust-
ment.- 10. Stability of Zonal Flows.- 11. Equatorial
Ocean Circulation, 12. Dynamics of ENSO.- 13.
Thermocline Problem.- 14. Antarctic Circumpolar
Current.- 15. Arctic Ocean Circulation.- 16. Ther-
mohaline Circulation.
Fields of interest
Oceanography; Math. Applications in Geosciences;
Climate Change
Target groups
Researches and professionals
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
2008. XVI, 408 p. 148 illus. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-76375-8
9<HTOFPA=hgdhfi>
springer.com/booksellers
Y. Dilek, Miami University, Oxford, OH, USA;
H. Furnes, University of Bergen, Norway;
K. Muehlenbachs, University of Alberta, Edmonton,
AB, Canada (Eds.)
Links Between Geological
Processes, Microbial Activities
& Evolution of Life
Microbes and Geology
Microbial activities influence water-rock interac-
tion processes and chemical transport between the
major geochemical reservoirs and the formation/
transformation of minerals and rocks, whereas
geological processes and geochemical controls
influence the microbial ecology in extreme
environments. How biological activity influences
geological processes and what role these processes
played in the geological evolution of the Earth
through time are fundamental questions. How do
we recognize the ancient microbial activities in
the rock record and what analytical methods do
we use to document them to better understand the
evolution of life? Can we detect the existence of
microbial life in deep time by studying Archaean
rocks? Microbial systems in extreme environments
and in the deep biosphere may be analogous to
potential life on other planetary bodies and hence
may be used to investigate the possibilities of
extraterrestrial life.
Features
7 Truly interdisciplinary science with societal
relevance (hence a great public interest in the
topic as well as strong interest of diverse scientific
communities) 7 Results presented in the book
having strong implications for the evolution of life
7 State-of-the art review of the current knowledge
and the data-rich chapters, promoting a long shelf-
life of the book
Fields of interest
Biogeosciences; Microbial Ecology; Geochemistry
Target groups
Geomicrobiologists, geochemists, geologists,
geophysicists, environmental scientists, ecologists,
applied and environmental microbiologists
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 350 p. 120 illus. (Modern Approaches in
Solid Earth Sciences, Volume 4) Hardcover
7 approx. € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8305-1
9<HTMELC=aidafb>
02/02/2008 11:12:20
 springer.com/booksellers
S. Gao, Institute of Atmospheric Physics, Beijing,
China; X. Li, NOAA/NESDIS Office of Research and
Applications, MD, USA
Cloud-Resolving Modeling of
Convective Processes
This book by Professor Shouting Gao of the Insti-
tute of Atmospheric Physics in Beijing and Xiaofan
Li of NOAA’s National Environmental Satellite
Data and Information Services (NESDIS) presents
an update and review of results of high-resolution,
mostly two-dimensional models of clouds and
precipitation and their interactions with larger
scales of motion and the Earth’s surface. It provides
a thorough description of cloud and precipitation
physics, including basic governing equations and
related physics, such as phase changes of water,
radiation and mixing. Model results are compared
with observations from the 1992-93 Tropical
Ocean Global Atmosphere Coupled Ocean Atmo-
sphere Response Experiment (TOGA COARE)
experiment.
Features
7 The first book to focus on cloud-resolving
modeling of convective processes, with almost a
hundred detailed illustrations 7 Comprehensive
information on many research aspects related to
convective development 7 Provides a thorough
description of cloud microphysics and precipita-
tion-radiation interaction
Contents
Preface.- Introduction.- 1. Model and Physics.-
2. Analysis Methodology.- 3. Comparison between
Simulations and Observations.- 4. Surface Rainfall
Processes.- 5. Tropical Cloud Clusters.- 6. Cloud
Radiative and Microphysical Processes.-
7. Convective, Moist and Dynamic Vorticity
Vectors.- 9. Diurnal Variations of Tropical Oceanic
Convection.- 9. Precipitation Efficiency.-
10. Air-Sea Coupling.- 11. Climate Equilibrium
States.- 12. Remote Sensing Applications.-
13. Future Perspective of Cloud-Resolving
Modeling.- Abbreviations and Acronyms.
Fields of interest
Meteorology/Climatology; Math. Applications in
Geosciences; Mechanics, Fluids, Thermodynamics
Target groups
Graduate students; scientists and researchers
whose interests are mesoscale, cloud, and precipi-
tation modeling
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. VI, 272 p. 95 illus. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8275-7
9<HTMELC=aichfh>
ROW_Book0803.indb 67
Springer News 3/2008
Q. Huang, Huazhong Agricultural University, Wuhan,
China; P. M. Huang, University of Saskatchewan,
Canada; A. Violante, Universita degli Studi di Napoli
Federico II, Italy (Eds.)
Soil Mineral-Microbe-Organic
Interactions
Theories and Applications
The book presents the latest research findings and
prospects on soil mineral-organic matter-micro-
organism interactions. It includes topics covering
mechanisms of transformations, dynamics and
bioavailability of heavy metals, radionuclides,
biomolecules and nutrients immobilized on soil
minerals, humic substances, mineral-humic
complexes and microorganisms and their
impact on plant, animal and human health. The
book contains six parts: 1) Transformation and
dynamics of pollutants in soil environments, 2)
Chemical, biological and biochemical processes
in the rhizosphere, 3) Bioavailability of metals
and xenobiotics immobilized on soil components,
4) Distribution and activity of biomolecules in
terrestrial systems, 5) Interactions between soil
microbial biomass and organic matter/nutrient
transformations, and 6) Impact of interactions
among soil mineral colloids, organic matter and
biota on risk assessment and restoration of terres-
trial ecosystems.
From the contents
Part I. Fundamental.- 1. Soil-physical-chemical-
biological interfacial interactions: An overview.-
2. Sorption and desorpton of arsenic by soil
minerals in the presence of nutrients and
organics.- 3. Role of bacteria and bacteria-soil
composites in metal biosorption and remediating
toxic metal-contaminated soil systems.- 4. Adsorp-
tion of biopolymers, with special emphasis on
globular proteins.- 5. Relationship of polarity and
structures of organic matter with sorption capacity
of hyrdophobic organic compounds.- 6. Organi-
cally modified clays for pollutant uptake and
environmental protection.
Fields of interest
Geochemistry; Soil Science & Conservation;
Physical Geography
Target groups
Libraries, scientists and researchers in the related
fields, but also of interest to lecturers and gradu-
ates
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 315 p. Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77685-7
9<HTOFPA=h gifh>
Geosciences/Geography 67
G. Maciocco, Facoltà Architettura, Sassari, Italy (Ed.)
The Territorial Future of the
City
The volume brings together contributions by
both leading scholars and young academics with
a particular experience in the urban potential of
the territory in situations not necessarily linked to
the dense metropolis, its compact form or to city
sprawl. What brings these scholars together is their
common reflection on this central theme, though
from varied disciplinary and experimental back-
grounds. Leading academics like A. Mela (Prof. of
Territory and Environment Sociology, University
of Turin), S. Tagliagambe (Prof. of Philosophy
and Science, University of Sassari), G. Maciocco
(Dean of the Faculty of Architecture and Planning,
Alghero, Italy) and P. Pittaluga have accumulated
long-time experience in developing environmental
approaches within Philosophy, Sciences, Envi-
ronmental Planning and Art. Researchers like I.
Doucet, N. Janssens and K. Boon in their turn
bring in approaches related to specific European
contexts.
Features
7 Provides critical exploration of particular
concepts 7 New forms of representing social
and spatial processes of the contemporary society
7 Counter-space and intermediate spaces of city
and territory 7 Theoretical reflections on the
urban potential of European city territory
7 Existing approaches dealing with new forms of
the city, the urban and urbanity, and the formative
contents of the environmental city
From the contents
1. The Territorial Future of the City.- 2. The
Dilation of the Concept of ‘Inhabit’ and the
City/Territory Relationship.- 3. Planning in Search
of Ground: Committed Muddling Through or a
Critical View from Above.
Fields of interest
Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning;
Urbanism; Cities, Countries, Regions
Target groups
Academic libraries, scientists, researchers, grad-
uate and undergraduate students, professionals,
involved in landscape and urban planning, archi-
tecture, geography and environmental sciences
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 205 p. 18 illus. (Urban and Landscape
Perspectives) Hardcover
7 approx. € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77513-3
9<HTOFPA=h fbd >
02/02/2008 11:12:20
 68 Geosciences/Geography
R.C. Murthy, National Water Institute Burlington,
ON, Canada; P. Sinha, Indian Institute of Technology,
New Delhi, India; Y. Rao, National Water Research
Institute, Burlington, ON, Canada (Eds.)
Modelling and Monitoring of
Coastal Marine Processes
Although numerous books have been written on
both monitoring and modelling of coastal oceans,
there is a practical need for an introductory multi-
disciplinary volume to non-specialists in this field.
The articles commisioned for this book, organized
into four major themes, are written by experts
in their disciplines while the text is intended for
scientists who do not have extensive training in
marine sciences and coastal zone management.
As such, the articles in this monograph can be a
valuable reference for practicing professionals.
The first section introduces the complex physical
processes with main emphasis on waste disposal
in the coastal ocean. Following this, examples of
instrumentation techniques that are commonly
used for measuring different properties of oceans
are discribed. Coastal and estuarine transport and
dispersion modelling is introduced in the next
section with examples from different parts of the
world.
From the contents
Coastal Marine Environment: Theory and
Measurements.- The Coastal Ocean.- Introduc-
tion to Transport Phenomena.- Coastal Marine
Diffusion Processes.- Measurement of Currents
in the Coastal Oceans.- Remote Sensing Applica-
tions to Coastal Oceanography.- Modelling of
Coastal Marine Pollution.- Coastal Transport and
Dispersion Modelling.- Modelling Circulation and
Salinity in Estuaries.- Modelling and Measure-
ments of Sediment Transport in Lakes.- Coastal
Marine Hazards.- Storm Surges: Worst Coastal
Marine Hazard.- Deterministic Methods for
Prediction of Tropical Cyclone Tracks.
Fields of interest
Hydrogeology; Physical Geography; Oceanography
Target groups
Scientists and researchers working on coastal
marine processes
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
Distribution rights for India: Capital Publishing Company
Jointly published with Capital Publishing Company
2008. Approx. 255 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8326-6
9<HTMELC=aidcg >
ROW_Book0803.indb 68
Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers
Q. Zhou, Hong Kong Baptist University, Hong Kong;
B. Lees, The University of New South Wales at ADFA,
ACT, Australia; G. Tang, Nanjing Normal University,
Nanjing, China (Eds.)
Advances in Digital Terrain
Analysis
Terrain analysis has been an active study field
for years and attracted research studies from
geographers, surveyors, engineers and computer
scientists. With the rapid growth of Geographical
Information System (GIS) technology, particu-
larly the establishment of high resolution Digital
Elevation Models (DEM) at national level, the
challenge is now focused on delivering justifiable
socio-economical and environmental benefits. The
contributions in this book represent the state of the
art of terrain analysis methods and techniques in
areas of digital representation, morphological and
hydrological models, uncertainty and applications
of terrain analysis.
Features
7 Presents the state of the art of terrain analysis
methods and techniques in areas of digital repre-
sentation, morphological and hydrological models,
uncertainty and applications of terrain analysis
From the contents
Digital Representation for Terrain Analysis.-
Morphological Terrain Analysis.- Hydro-
logical Terrain Analysis.- Uncertainty in Terrain
Analysis.- Applications of Terrain Analysis.-
Concluding Remarks.
Fields of interest
Geographical Information Systems/Cartography;
Computer Applications in Geosciences
Target groups
Postgraduate and senior undergraduate students
who take advanced courses in GIS and geograph-
ical analysis
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. XIV, 464 p. 170 illus. (Lecture Notes in Geoinforma-
tion and Cartography) Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77799-1
9<HTOFPA=h hj b>
02/02/2008 11:12:20
 springer.com/booksellers
H. Dolman, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam,
The Netherlands; R. Valentini, University of Tucsia,
Viterbo, Italy; A. Freibauer, Max Planck Institute,
Jena, Germany (Eds.)
The Continental-Scale
Greenhouse Gas Balance
of Europe
This book assesses the current greenhouse gas
(GHG) monitoring capabilities of Europe, identi-
fies and quantifies the uncertainties involved,
and outlines the direction to a continental scale
GHG monitoring network. The chapters provide
a synthesis, based on current research results, of
the European greenhouse gases budget, including
both human-induced and biospheric sources and
sinks. The authors also make recommendations
for a multi-disciplinary integration in order to
provide the scientific foundation for a full carbon,
and possibly full greenhouse, accounting system by
2010. Through the CarboEurope project, Europe is
taking the lead in much of this research, and it will
be of interest to other areas of the world as well.
Features
7 Provides thorough assessment of the current
greenhouse gas (GHG) monitoring capabilities
of Europe 7 Makes practical recommendations
for the development of a continental-scale GHG
monitoring network 7 A unique synthesis of
carbon cycle science
From the contents
Introduction: CarboEurope GHG and goals of
the book.- Methods and requirements for a global
carbon data assimilation schemes.- Optimizing
the observation network.- Improving model
parameters from sparse observations.- Effective
sampling of soil carbon at European scale.- Effec-
tive sampling of ecosystem fluxes: a bottom up
perspective.- Full GHG accounting of grasslands.-
Observation of CH4 emissions from wetlands.-
State of the art carbon inventories and ways to use
them for carbon cycle research.- Lateral C-fluxes.-
Top down constraints from atmospheric observa-
tions and models on the European carbon balance.
Fields of interest
Environment, general; Ecology; Atmospheric
Protection/Air Quality Control/Air Pollution
Target groups
Researchers, graduate students
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 305 p. 69 illus., 27 in color. With 16 page
color insert. (Ecological Studies, Volume 203) Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76568-6
9<HTLDTH=hgfgig>
ROW_Book0803.indb 69
Springer News 3/2008
A. Kokhanovsky, University of Bremen, Germany
Light Scattering Reviews 3
Light Scattering and Reflection
This will be the 3rd volume of a “Light Scattering
Reviews” series devoted to current knowledge of
light scattering problems and both experimental
and theoretical research techniques related to their
solution. This volume will cover applications in
remote sensing, inverse problems and geophysics,
with a particular focus on terrestrial clouds.
Clouds have an extremely complex structure and
their influence on climate is poorly understood.
Therefore, studies of clouds using ground-based,
airborne, shipborne and satellite optical instru-
mentation are of great importance. The theoretical
aspects of this problem constitute the main
emphasis of this work.
Features
7 Summarizes recent developments in the field of
light scattering media optics and radiative transfer
Fields of interest
Environmental Physics; Geoecology/Natural
Processes; Math. Appl. in Environmental Science
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 425 p. 250 illus. in color. (Springer Praxis
Books / Environmental Sciences) Hardcover
7 € 139,95 | £107.50
ISBN 978-3-540-48305-2
9<HTOFPA=eidafc>
Environmental Sciences 69
K. Soyez, University of Potsdam, Germany; H. Graßl,
Max Planck Institute for Meteorology, Hamburg,
Germany (Eds.)
Climate Change and
Technological Options
Basic facts, Evaluation and Practical Solutions
An up-to-date text on climate change focussing
on technical solutions for the most important and
climate relevant industrial activities is presented.
It is intended for key decision makers, and
administrators within industry, agricultural and
energy sectors, as well as master’s students and
post graduates. The first of three sections covers
the scientific basis of climate change and the
measures to prevent or reduce negative climate
effects. It includes a survey covering measures
currently practiced at different levels. The second
discusses evaluation methods for climate impacts
from industrial processes. Climate relevant
processes and measures to reduce their impact
such as sequestration are defined in the final
section, with the main focus being on renewable
resources. Details are given on climate impacts of
waste prevention, recycling and waste management
as well as proposals for every day solutions. Exer-
cises and solutions are included to aid the reader
check their comprehension of the material.
Features
7 First book of its kind to focus on the scientific,
industrial processes and the impact of technolog-
ical and economical impacts resulting from climate
changes 7 Contains hundreds of practical solu-
tions for key decision makers within agricultural
and industrial sectors to improve their processes
and reduce climate impacts
Fields of interest
Climate Change; Environmental Management;
Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-
trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution
Target groups
Key decision makers and administrators within
industry, agricultural and energy sectors; master’s
students and post graduates
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 260 p. 35 illus., 25 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-3-211-78202-6
9<HTOCMB=hicacg>
02/02/2008 11:12:21
 70 Environmental Sciences
K. von Gadow, University of Göttingen, Germany;
T. Pukkala, University of Joensuu, Finland (Eds.)
Designing Green Landscapes
Von Gadow and Pukkala’s unique Designing Green
Landscapes presents the latest thinking in adap-
tive management for forest ecosystems. Based on
the ‘multiple path’ principle, this approach links
species choice and silvicultural methods with
changing demands and changing environmental
conditions, to ensure continuous adaptation, often
several times within the lifetime of a tree.
The ‘multiple path’ principle at the core of this
approach represents a robust theoretical frame-
work for designing forested landscapes. It provides
a logical basis both for coordinating spatial objec-
tives and for integrating varied forms of expertise;
it limits planning horizons to realistic timeframes;
and it allows for forecasts based on current real
attributes of spatially explicit land parcels. This is
in stark contrast with traditional forestry practices
which simply assess the forest resource at regular
time intervals and prescribe standard management
schedules for specific forest types.
Features
7 Coordinated theme/technique 7 High profile
scientists 7 Level of current management activity
that the book addresses 7 Need for better land-
scape management/planning tools and techniques
From the contents
Section 1: Introduction. Section 2: Assessing
the Landscape. Section 3: Numerical Analysis of
Landscape Design. Section 4: Computer Graphics
and Visualization.
Fields of interest
Environment, general; Life Sciences, general; Envi-
ronmental Management
Target groups
Reference text for researchers and graduate
students in forest management, ecology, modelling
and landscape planning – particularly in Europe
and North America, perhaps eastern Asia as well;
land management agencies and environmental
consultants
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 300 p. (Managing Forest Ecosystems,
Volume 15) Hardcover
7 approx. € 115,00 | £80.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6758-7
9<HTMELC=aghfih>
ROW_Book0803.indb 70
Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers
J. Vymazal, Czech Academy of Sciences, Trebon,
Czech Republic (Ed.)
Wastewater Treatment, Plant
Dynamics and Management
in Constructed and Natural
Wetlands
Wetlands were historically neglected until it was
revealed that they could be economically valu-
able to man. They are one of the most dynamic
ecosystems in the world and have many functions
for society. For example, natural wetlands provide
food staples, building materials, irrigation of agri-
cultural lands, waterways, shelter for wildlife, and
a means of flood control. Constructed wetlands
provide a reliable treatment technology for various
types of polluted water, including industrial
and agricultural wastewater, stormwater runoff,
municipal sewage and landfill leachate.
Both natural and constructed wetlands require
careful management in order to optimally provide
these functions, and this volume presents the latest
results in the field of management and perfor-
mance optimization of these systems. The book
covers wetland science worldwide, with examples
from Europe, North and South America, Asia and
Africa.
Features
7 Provides international perspectives 7 Written
by leading researchers in the field 7 Covers both
natural and constructed wetlands 7 Of interest to
diverse groups
Fields of interest
Environment, general; Waste Water Technology /
Water Pollution Control / Water Management /
Aquatic Pollution; Applied Ecology
Target groups
Wetland scientists, researchers and students,
landscape planners and engineers, water and
wastewater authorities
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 420 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 149,00 | £114.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8234-4
9<HTMELC=aicde >
02/02/2008 11:12:21
 springer.com/booksellers
T. J. Aartsma, J. Matysik, Leiden University, The
Netherlands (Eds.)
Biophysical Techniques in
Photosynthesis
Volume II
Since the first volume on Biophysical Techniques
in Photosynthesis Research, published in 1996,
new experimental techniques and methods have
been devised at a rapid pace. The present book is
a sequel which complements the first volume by
providing a comprehensive overview of the most
important new techniques developed over the
past ten years, especially those that are relevant
for research on the mechanism and fundamental
aspects of photosynthesis.
The contributions are written by leading scientists
in their field. The book is divided into 5 sections
on Imaging, Structure, Optical and laser spectros-
copy, Magnetic resonance and on Theory, respec-
tively. Each chapter describes the basic concepts of
the technique, practical applications and some of
the scientific results. Possibilities and limitations
from a technical as well as a scientific point of
view are addressed, allowing the reader not only to
recognize the potential of a particular method for
his/her own quest.
Features
7 Focuses on methodology and the use of novel
techniques 7 Practical, close to applications
7 Relationship between different methods, by
their application in photosynthesis research
7 Multidisciplinary character
From the contents
From the Series Editor. Contents. Preface. Author
Index. Color Plates. Imaging. Structure. Optical
Spectroscopy. Magnetic Resonance. Theory.
Fields of interest
Plant Sciences; Plant Physiology
Target groups
Graduate students and researchers in photosyn-
thesis as well as in (bio)physics, (bio)chemistry
and biology in general
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. XXXII, 518 p. (Advances in Photosynthesis and
Respiration, Volume 26) Hardcover
7 € 219,00 | £168.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8249-8
9<HTMELC=aiceji>
ROW_Book0803.indb 71
Springer News 3/2008
J. F. Allen, E. Gantt, J. H. Golbeck, B. Osmond (Eds.)
Photosynthesis. Energy from
the Sun
14th International Congress on
Photosynthesis Research 2007
The Proceedings of the 14th International
Congress on Photosynthesis is a record of the most
recent advances and emerging themes in the disci-
pline. This volume contains over 350 contributions
from some 800 participants attending the meeting
in Glasgow, UK in July 2007. These range from
summary overview presentations from plenary
speakers to expanded content of posters presented
by students and their supervisors featuring the
most recent achievements in photosynthesis
research. In the words of Professor Eva-Mari Aro,
President of the international Society of Photo-
synthesis Research 2004-7, “Having been taken for
granted for centuries, research in photosynthesis
has now become a matter of utmost importance
for the future of planet Earth…Major initiatives
are underway that will use research into natural
and artificial photosynthesis for sustainable energy
production….”.
Features
7 A record of the state of the art in all aspects of
research in photosynthesis
From the contents
Bioenergy and Photosynthesis.- Reaction Centers.-
Structure and function of light harvesting
complexes.-Oxygen Evolution.-Electron transport
Operation, organisation and regulation.- Assembly
and repair of pigment – protein complexes.-
Membrane dynamics and organization.- C02 diffu-
sion, gas exchange and the role of stomata.- C02-
concentrating mechanisms.- CAM and C4.- The
C3 cycle Limitation and regulation.- Starch and
sucrose.- Interactions between electron transport
and stromal reactions.
Fields of interest
Plant Sciences; Plant Biochemistry; Climate
Change
Target groups
Researchers and students in photosynthesis
and related areas of biology, chemistry, physics,
microbiology, plant sciences, geology, molecular
biology, sructural biology, ecology, oceanography,
biochemistry, biophysics
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 1800 p. With CD-ROM. Hardcover
7 approx. € 600,00 | £461.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6707-5
9<HTMELC=aghahf>
Life Sciences 71
B. J. Alloway, University of Reading, UK (Ed.)
Micronutrient Deficiencies in
Global Crop Production
A deficiency of one or more of the eight plant
micronutrients (boron, chlorine, copper, iron,
manganese, molybdenum, nickel and zinc) will
adversely affect both the yield and quality of crops.
Micronutrient deficiencies in crops occur in many
parts of the world, at various scales (from one to
millions of hectares), but differences in soil condi-
tions, climate, crop genotypes and management,
result in marked variations in their occurrence.
The causes, effects and alleviation of micronutrient
deficiencies in crops in: Australia, India, China,
Turkey, the Near East, Africa, Europe, South
America and the United States of America, are
covered, and these are representative of most of the
different conditions under which crops are grown
anywhere in the world.
Features
7 Provides an up to date account of the incidence
of micronutrient deficiencies in countries, regions
and continents representative of most of the
different conditions under which crops are grown
anywhere in the world 7 Deals with the physi-
ological functions of boron, chlorine, copper, iron,
manganese, molybdenum and zinc in higher plants
and the effects that deficiencies have on these
functions
From the contents
1. Micronutrients and Crop Production: An Intro-
duction. 2. Micronutrient Deficiencies in Crops
and Their Global Significance. 3. Micronutrient
Deficiencies in Australian Field Crops. 4. Micro-
nutrient Deficiencies in Crops and Soils in India.
5. Micronutrient Deficiencies in Crop Production
in China. 6. Micronutrient constraints to Crop
Production in the Near East: Potential Significance
and Management Strategies. 7. Zinc Deficiency in
Wheat in Turkey.
Fields of interest
Agriculture; Plant Sciences; Plant Physiology
Target groups
Research soil scientists, plant nutritionists, agrono-
mists, agricultural extension workers, agricultural
consultants and advisors, fertiliser company sales
representatives and staff in government and inter-
national agencies
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. XXVI, 354 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 100,00 | £77.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6859-1
9<HTMELC=agifjb>
02/02/2008 11:12:22
 72 Life Sciences
A. A. Berryman, Washington State University,
Pullman, USA; P. Kindlmann, Institute of Systems
Biology and Ecology AS CR, Ceske Budejovice,
Czech Republic
Population Systems
A General Introduction
This book is concerned with the general principles
and theories of population ecology, based on the
idea that the rules governing the dynamics of
populations are relatively simple, and that the rich
behavior we observe in nature is a consequence
of the structure of the system rather than of the
complexity of the underlying rules. From this
perspective, the dynamic behavior of single-species
populations is examined and an elementary feed-
back model of the population system is developed.
This single-species model is refined and general-
ized by examining the mechanisms of population
regulation. Graphical procedures are developed for
evaluating the behavior of populations inhabiting
variable environments, which are then applied to
the analysis of interactions between two species.
Finally, spatial effects on population behavior
and communities composed of many interacting
species are examined.
Features
7 Presents a completely unique approach, based
on a simple set of general rules governing the
population interactions
From the contents
Preface to the first edition. Preface to the second
edition. Acknowledgements.- Part I. Population
Systems. 1. A Brief Look at General Systems. 2.
Population Dynamics and an Elementary Model.
3. Population Regulation and a General Model.-
Part II. Systems of Interacting Populations. 4.
Interactions between Two Species. 5. Interactions
in Space. 6. Interactions between many Species
(Ecological Communities).- Epilogue: The Human
Dilemma.- Answers to Exercises. Author Index.
Subject Index.
Fields of interest
Zoology; Community & Population Ecology;
Mathematical Biology in General
Target groups
Undergraduate and graduate students, practicing
ecologists
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due March 2008
Originally published by Springer US, 1981
2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 240 p. With CD-ROM. Hardcover
7 € 34,95 | £27.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6818-8
9<HTMELC=agibi >
ROW_Book0803.indb 72
Springer News 3/2008
R. B. Dellink, A. Ruijs (Eds.)
Economics of Poverty,
Environment and Natural-
Resource Use
Reduction of poverty is a tremendous and persis-
tent challenge for the global community. Given
that the livelihood of millions is at stake, there is
an urgent need to reconsider the causes of and the
remedies for poverty. Poverty and its reduction
are closely linked to the natural-resources base.
The quality and bounty of the local environment
certainly affect living conditions of the poor and
their poverty is often seen as a contributing factor
to the degraded condition of the local environ-
ment. Teasing apart the direction of causality in
this resource–poverty nexus is a serious empirical
challenge.
This book contributes to an improved under-
standing of the economic dimensions of envi-
ronmental and natural-resource management
and poverty alleviation. The ten chapters of the
book offer an overview of the current knowledge
concerning the relation between poverty, environ-
ment and natural-resource use.
Features
7 An excellent overview of the economic analysis
of poverty and natural-resource use links 7 A
wide variety of contributions by authors from the
North and from the South 7 Coverage of a topic
that is important and gaining importance in the
next decades 7 Papers that treat in an integrated
way problems related to poverty and resource
degradation
From the contents
Searching for explanations for the resource-
poverty nexus.- Payments for and values of
environmental and forestry resources.- Sustainable
land use.- List of contributors.
Fields of interest
Plant Sciences; Environmental Economics; Devel-
opment Economics
Target groups
Researchers, policy advisors and policy makers in
the field of environmental economics and/or devel-
opment economics
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due April 2008
2008. X, 212 p. (Wageningen UR Frontis Series, Volume
25) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8302-0
9<HTMELC=aidaca>
springer.com/booksellers
M. Fatmi, A. Collmer, N. S. Iacobellis,
J. W. Mansfield, J. Murillo, N. W. Schaad,
M. Ullrich (Eds.)
Pseudomonas syringae
Pathovars and Related
Pathogens - Identification,
Epidemiology and Genomics
This book reports on recent advances on: (1)
new methods and approaches for specific and
sensitive detection and identification of Pseudo-
monas syringae and Ralstonia solanacearum; (2)
ecology and epidemiology bases of Pseudomonas
syringae that enable the development of manage-
ment strategies; (3) pathogenesis and determinant
of pathogenicity, and in particular, mechanisms
involved in virulence and virulence gene expres-
sion; (4) evolution and diversity of the pseudomo-
nads through multilocus sequence typing (MLST)
analysis; (5) determination of pathogens associated
with new and emerging diseases; (6) effect of
global warming on increase and emergence of new
bacterial diseases.
From the contents
Preface. Sponsors and Donors. Section 1. Identi-
fication and Detection. Section 2. Epidemiology
and Disease Management. Section 3. Pathogenesis
and Determinants of Pathogenicity. Section 4.
Genomics and Molecular Characterization. Section
5. Taxonomy and Evolution. Section 6. New
Emerging Pathogens. Authors Index.
Fields of interest
Plant Pathology; Bacteriology; Plant Genetics &
Genomics
Target groups
Researchers in the field of plant pathology, plant
bacteriologists, plant-microbe molecular biolo-
gists, cell-microbe biologists, Master and PhD
students
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Available
2008. Approx. 650 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 249,00 | £191.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6900-0
9<HTMELC=agja a>
02/02/2008 11:12:22
 springer.com/booksellers
J. Gould, USDA-APHIS, MA, USA; K. Hoelmer,
USDA-ARS, Newark, DE, USA; J. Goolsby, USDA-ARS,
Waslaco, TX, USA (Eds.)
Classical Biological Control of
Bemisia tabaci in the United
States
A Review of Interagency Research and
Implementation
This book reviews the interagency research and
development effort on classical biological control
in the USA from 1992-2002. The successful explo-
ration, importation, screening, evaluation, rearing,
and establishment of at least five exotic Bemisia
tabaci natural enemies in rapid response to the
devastating infestations in the USA is a landmark
in interagency cooperation and coordination of
multiple disciplines. In this volume, the various
authors present detailed reviews of natural enemy
exploration, introduction, and evaluation efforts
that will serve as a guide to support and encourage
classical biological control inputs into other inte-
grated pest management systems.
Features
7 Covers all key aspects of the classical biocontrol
program 7 Includes 18 chapters contributed by
28 USDA, state department of agriculture, and
university scientists who participated in the project
7 Organization and conduct of the project serves
as a useful model for developing programs directed
at biological control and whiteflies in other coun-
tries, as well as biocontrol programs for other pests
Fields of interest
Entomology; Plant Pathology; Agriculture
Target groups
Agricultural research scientists, extension special-
ists, biological control and pest management
practitioners, Federal and State regulatory agencies
in the United States and abroad
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 300 p. (Progress in Biological Control,
Volume 4) Hardcover
7 approx. € 149,95 | £115.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6739-6
9<HTMELC=aghdjg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 73
Springer News 3/2008
A. Hastings, University of California at Davis, CA, USA
Population Biology
Concepts and Models
Population biology has been investigated quantita-
tively for many decades, resulting in a rich body of
scientific literature. However, ecologists have often
avoided this literature, deterred by its apparently
formidable mathematics.
Population Biology: Concepts and Models
provides an accessible introduction to the biology
and ecology of populations. The author assumes
acquaintance with only elementary calculus and
uses tutorial explanations where needed, along
with real life examples and data. Emphasizing the
roles of simple mathematical models in explaining
the growth and behavior of populations, Popula-
tion Biology is valuable to students in population
biology, population ecology, mathematical biology
and mathematical ecology courses.
Features
7 A comprehensive introduction for students
7 Accessible mathematics make modelling simple
7 New edition includes additional real life exam-
ples and data to enhance the learning experience
From the contents
1. Introduction. What is population biology. Role
of models in population biology. Some successful
models in population biology.- 2. Density inde-
pendent population growth. The simplest model
of population growth. Age structure: the simplest
case.- 3. Population genetics. Genetic questions.
Evolutionary and ecological questions. One-
locus model without selection. One-locus model
with selection. Selection and optimization. Drift.
Ecology and Evolution.- 4. Density dependent
population growth. Hypotheses for population
regulation. Logistic model. Lag time and density
dependence. Discrete time density -dependent
models. Metapopulations.- 5. Evolution of life
histories. Cole‘s result. Extensions of Cole‘s model.
Big bang versus iteroparous reproduction. Evolu-
tion of Dispersal.- 6. Interactions between species.
Two-species models. Definition of stability.
Community matrix approach.
Fields of interest
Community & Population Ecology; Ecology; Theo-
retical Ecology/Statistics
Target groups
Undergraduate students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 320 p. 110 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. € 50,05 | £38.50
ISBN 978-0-387-98852-8
9<HTLDTH=ji fci>
Life Sciences 73
D. Hill
Pests of Crops in Warmer
Climates and Their Control
A textbook providing basic data about the crop
pests and the damage they inflict throughout the
tropics and sub-tropics. Each major pest is illus-
trated by either a line drawing or a photograph,
and sometimes the damage can also be seen.
A world distribution map is provided for each
species. Control measures tend to be general rather
than very specific. Most of the pests are insects and
mites, but some nematodes, molluscs, birds and
mammals are included.
Features
7 Both a textbook on insect and other pests
of tropical crops aimed for under-graduate and
graduate student courses, and a handbook for
practicing entomologists in the tropics 7 The
extent of the tropics has been viewed widely to
include areas with a warm climate 7 All the
major crop pests are illustrated clearly so as to aid
identification 7 A course of reference for further
information
Fields of interest
Entomology; Plant Pathology; Agriculture
Target groups
Undergraduate, graduate students in entomology;
entomologists
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 750 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 165,00 | £127.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6737-2
9<HTMELC=aghdhc>
02/02/2008 11:12:22
 74 Life Sciences
J. Hoffmeyer, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
(Ed.)
A Legacy for Living Systems
Gregory Bateson as Precursor to Biosemiotics
Gregory Bateson’s contribution to 20th century
thinking has appealed to scholars from a wide
range of fields dealing in one way or another with
aspects of communication and epistemology. A
number of his insights were taken up and devel-
oped further in anthropology, psychology, evolu-
tionary biology and communication theory. But
the large, trans-disciplinary synthesis that, in his
own mind, was his major contribution to science
received little attention from the mainstream
scientific communities.
This book represents a major attempt to revise this
deficiency. Scholars from ecology, biochemistry,
evolutionary biology, cognitive science, anthro-
pology and philosophy discuss how Bateson‘s
thinking might lead to a fruitful reframing of
central problems in modern science. Most impor-
tant perhaps, Bateson‘s bioanthropology is shown
to play a key role in developing the set of ideas
explored in the new field of biosemiotics.
Features
7 No competing titles 7 Long overdue
7 Reframing of central problems in modern
science
From the contents
1. Angels fear revisited. Gregory Bateson’s cyber-
netic theory of mind applied to religion-science
debates; M.C. Bateson.- 2. From thing to relation.
On Bateson‘s bioanthropology; J. Hoffmeyer.-
3. What connects the map to the territory?
T. Cashman.- 4. The pattern which connects
pleroma to creatura; T. Deacon, J. Sherman.-
5. Bateson’s method: double description; J. Hui et
al.- 6. Gregory Bateson‘s relevance to current mole­
cular biology; L. Bruni.- 7. Process ecology: creatura
at large in an open universe; R.E. Ulanowicz.
Fields of interest
Evolutionary Biology; Philosophy of Biology;
Behavioural Sciences
Target groups
Individuals (researchers) and libraries, anthropolo-
gists, psychologists, cyberneticians, theoretical
biologists, communication scientists, biochemists,
those interested in bioinformatics and ethologists,
particularly in Europe but also in America
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. X, 290 p. (Biosemiotics, Volume 2) Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6705-1
9<HTMELC=aghafb>
ROW_Book0803.indb 74
Springer News 3/2008
R. K. Horst, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA (Ed.)
Westcott‘s Plant Disease
Handbook
The seventh edition uses the traditional conve-
nient format of previous editions providing easy
access to essential information quickly with special
dictionary-type entries on plant hosts and on
symptoms.
Features
7 Significant taxonomic changes in fungi,
bacteria, viruses and nematodes 7 Recently
discovered diseases and new hosts for previously
known plant-pathogens 7 Changes in chemi-
cals and pesticides and changes in regulations
governing their use 7 Integrated pest manage-
ment and biological control
Fields of interest
Plant Pathology; Plant Sciences; Plant Physiology
Target groups
Plant Pathologists, diagnostic laboratories, consul-
tants, cooperative extension agents and specialists,
gardeners, botanical gardens, landscape architects,
florists, nurserymen, seed and fungicide dealers,
pesticide applicators, arborists, plant pathology
classrooms
Type of publication
Handbook
Due March 2008
7th ed. 2008. Approx. 1030 p. 40 illus. Hardcover
7 € 299,00 | £230.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-4584-4
Prepublication price, valid until June 30, 2008
7 € 249,00 | £191.50
9<HTMELC=aefie > forestry and natural resource management, mostly
7th ed. 2008. eReference.
7 € 299,00 | £230.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-4585-1
Prepublication price, valid until July 31, 2008
7 € 249,00 | £191.50
9<HTMELC=aefifb> Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
7th ed. 2008. Approx. 1030 p. 40 illus. Print + eReference.
7 € 379,00 | £291.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-5193-7
Prepublication price, valid until July 31, 2008
7 € 299,00 | £230.00
9<HTMELC=afbjdh> 9<HTMELC=aghiga>
springer.com/booksellers
A. Kangas, University of Helsinki, Finland; J. Kangas,
Metsähallitus, Vantaa, Finland; M. Kurttila, University
of Joensuu, Finland
Decision Support for Forest
Management
The goal of Kangas, Kangas & Kurttila‘s Decision
Support for Forest Management is to provide
students and researchers with a toolbox of
methods for approaching the different planning
situations that may arise in practice. It draws
together a wide range of methods used in plan-
ning forest management regimes and presents a
systematic overview of current methodological
approaches.
While earlier books concerning forest planning
have tended to focus on linear programming,
economic aspects, or specific multi-criteria deci-
sion aid tools, this book provides a much broader
range of tools to meet a variety of planning situ-
ations. The methods themselves cover a range of
decision situations – from cases involving single
decision makers, through group decision making,
to participatory planning. They include traditional
decision support tools, from optimization to utility
functions, as well as methods that are just gaining
ground in forest planning – such as problem struc-
turing methods and social choice theory.
Features
7 No other book includes methodology for all
aspects of forest planning, ranging from opera-
tions research methodology to ethical aspects of
participation 7 Comprehensive list and assess-
ment of models and methods for forest manage-
ment planning. No other textbook covers so many
approaches and techniques 7 Integration of
multi-criteria topics
Fields of interest
Forestry Management; Operations Research/Deci-
sion Theory; Environmental Management
Target groups
Researchers and advanced students specialising
in management and planning issues relating to
in Europe, North America, Australia/New Zealand,
also in Latin America (e.g. Brazil and Chile),
in Finland specifically, both at the University of
Joensuu and at the University of Helsinki, courses
will be given that intend to use this book as a
textbook
Type of publication
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 240 p. (Managing Forest Ecosystems,
Volume 16) Hardcover
7 approx. € 85,00 | £59.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6786-0
02/02/2008 11:12:24
 springer.com/booksellers
D. H. Lynn, University of Guelph, ON, Canada
The Ciliated Protozoa
Characterization, Classification, and Guide to
the Literature
The third edition of The Ciliated Protozoa thor-
oughly documents the progress in our under-
standing of the evolutionary diversification of
these widely distributed eukaryotic microorgan-
isms. The Glossary is considerably revised and
expanded, serving as an illustrated ‘subject index’
of more than 700 terms. An introduction to the
phylum is followed by chapters on the 11 classes.
The book also contains a major chapter entitled
The Ciliate Taxa.
Features
7 Completely revised and updated 7 Major
chapter on The Ciliate Taxa 7 Glossary with
more than 700 terms 7 Contains hundreds
of illustrations 7 Contains both Subject and
Systematic indices
Fields of interest
Eukaryotic Microbiology; Animal Systematics/
Taxonomy/Biogeography; Ecology
Target groups
Academic libraries, specialist protozoologists,
classroom text in protistology or ciliate biology
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
Originally published by Pergamon Press, New York 1979
3rd ed. 2008. Approx. 510 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 160,00 | £123.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8238-2
9<HTMELC=aicdic>
ROW_Book0803.indb 75
Springer News 3/2008
P. Narayanasamy
Molecular Biology in Plant
Pathogenesis and Disease
Management: Microbial Plant
Pathogens, Volume 1
Studies on molecular biology of pathogens, infec-
tion process and disease resistance, have provided
information essentially required to understand
the vulnerable stages at which the pathogens can
be tackled effectively and to adopt novel strate-
gies to incorporate disease resistance genes from
diverse sources and /or to induce resistance of
cultivars with desirable agronomic attributes using
biotic or abiotic agents. The nature of interaction
between the gene products of the pathogen and
plant appears to determine the outcome of the
interaction resulting in either disease progression
or suppression. Transgenic plants with engineered
genes show promise for effective exploitation of
this approach for practical application. Research
efforts during the recent years to sequence the
whole genomes of the pathogens and plants may
lead to development of better ways of manipulating
disease resistance mechanisms.
Features
7 Studies on molecular biology of pathogens,
infection process and disease resistance, have
provided information essentially required to
understand the vulnerable stages at which the
pathogens can be tackled effectively and to adopt
novel strategies to incorporate disease resistance
genes from diverse sources and /or to induce
resistance of cultivars with desirable agronomic
attributes using biotic or abiotic agents
Fields of interest
Plant Pathology; Plant Genetics & Genomics;
Microbiology
Target groups
Researchers, teachers, graduate students of Depart-
ment of Plant Pathology, Molecular Biology and
Biotechnology, Microbiology and Plant Phyiology
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 375 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 145,00 | £111.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8242-9
9<HTMELC=aicecj>
Life Sciences 75
P. Narayanasamy
Molecular Biology in Plant
Pathogenesis and Disease
Management: Disease
Development, Volume 2
Studies on the phenomenon of plant pathogenesis
(disease development) have been useful to have
a deep insight into the interactions between host
plant and the pathogen. Depending on the levels
of susceptibility (compatibility) or resistance
(incompatibility) of the host plant and virulence of
the pathogen, disease development may progress,
either leading to symptom expression or result in
the suppression of pathogen proliferation. Molec-
ular techniques have been applied to elucidate the
nature of interactions between the gene products
of the plant and pathogen at cellular and molecular
levels. Successful evasion of host’s surveillance
system and subsequent activities of metabolites
of the pathogen (enzymes and toxins) encoded by
pathogen genes counteracting the effects of various
defense-related antimicrobial compounds present
already or produced by the host plants, after initia-
tion of infection have been critically studied by
applying various molecular techniques.
Features
7 Focuses on the possibibility of applying the
knowledge on pathogenesis and molecular epide-
miology to determine the vulnerable stages in the
life cycles of the pathogens that can be disrupted to
achieve more effective disease control
Fields of interest
Plant Pathology; Plant Genetics & Genomics;
Microbiology
Target groups
Researchers, teachers and graduate students in
departments of plant pathology, molecular biology
and biotechnology, microbiology and plant physi-
ology
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 375 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 145,00 | £111.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8244-3
9<HTMELC=aice d>
02/02/2008 11:12:24
 76 Life Sciences
P. Narayanasamy
Molecular Biology in Plant
Pathogenesis and Disease
Management: Disease
Management, Volume 3
Investigations on various aspects of plant-
pathogen interactions have the ultimate aim of
providing information that may be useful for the
development of effective crop disease management
systems. Molecular techniques have accelerated the
formulation of short- and long-term strategies of
disease management. Exclusion and eradication of
plant pathogens by rapid and precise detection and
identification of microbial pathogens in symp-
tomatic and asymptomatic plants and planting
materials by employing molecular methods has
been practiced extensively by quarantines and
certification programs with a decisive advantage.
Identification of sources of resistance genes,
cloning and characterization of desired resistance
genes and incorporation of resistance gene(s)
into cultivars and transformation of plants with
selected gene(s) have been successfully performed
by applying appropriate molecular techniques.
Induction of resistance in susceptible cultivars by
using biotic and abiotic inducers of resistance.
Features
7 Investigations on various aspects of plant-
pathology interactions have the ultimate aim of
providing information that may be useful for the
development of effective crop disease management
systems 7 Molecular techniques have accelerated
the formulation of short-management long-term
strategies of disease management, and have been
practiced extensively by quarantines and certifica-
tion programs with a decisive advantage
Fields of interest
Plant Pathology; Plant Genetics & Genomics;
Microbiology
Target groups
Researchers, teachers and graduate students in
departments of plant pathology, molecular biology
and biotechnology, microbiology and plant physi-
ology
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 520 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 185,00 | £142.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8246-7
9<HTMELC=aicegh>
ROW_Book0803.indb 76
Springer News 3/2008
P. Nick, University of Karlsruhe, Germany (Ed.)
Plant Microtubules
Development and Flexibility
Plant microtubules are key elements of cell growth,
division and morphogenesis. In addition to their
role in plant development and architecture, they
have emerged as regulatory elements of signalling
and important targets of evolution.
Since the publication of the first edition of Plant
Microtubules in 2000, our understanding of
microtubules and their manifold functions have
advanced substantially. Consisting of the following
three parts, this book highlights the morphoge-
netic potential of plant microtubules from three
general viewpoints: Microtubules and Morphogen-
esis: control of cell axis during division and expan-
sion, cross-talk with actin filaments, mechanical
properties of the cell wall. Microtubules and
Environment: the role of microtubules during the
sensing or response of environmental factors such
as pathogens or abiotic stresses. Microtubules and
Evolution: complexity and specialization of plant
microtubules in the context of plant evolution.
Features
7 Completely updated and revised second edition
7 For those working in academia and applied
science, the book gives the state of the art of a
fascinating field of cell biology 7 For gradu-
ates and advanced students, the book positions
the most recent advances into a clear conceptual
context
Contents
Control of Cell Axis (Peter Nick).- Microtubules
and Actin Microfilaments (David Collings).- Wood
Formation (Ryo Funada).- Microtubules and
Pathogen Defence (Issei Kobayashi).- Microtu-
bules and Viral Movement (Manfred Heinlein).-
Microtubules as Sensors for Abiotic Stimuli (Peter
Nick).- Regulation of Tubulin Genes (Diego
Breviario).- Microtubules and the Evolution of
Mitosis (Anne-Catherine Schmit and Peter Nick).
Fields of interest
Plant Sciences; Cell Biology; Agriculture
Target groups
Researchers and advanced students
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due April 2008
2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 270 p. 39 illus., 1 in color. (Plant
Cell Monographs, Volume 11) Hardcover
7 € 119,95 | £92.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77175-3
9<HTOFPA=h bhfd>
springer.com/booksellers
H. E. Roy, Biological Records Centre, Huntingdon, UK;
E. Wajnberg, INRA, Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France
(Eds.)
From Biological Control
to Invasion: the Ladybird
Harmonia axyridis as a Model
Species
Harmonia axyridis has been described as the “most
invasive ladybird on Earth”. It has a long history
of use as a classical biological control agent in the
USA and more recently in Europe. This beetle
has been effective at controlling pest insects in a
variety of crop systems but it poses unacceptable
risks by impacting on non-target species as both an
intraguild predator and competitor.
Written by renowned scientists, this book is a
synthesis of recent research on H. axyridis and
provides informative insights into current perspec-
tives and future directions. Biological control is
an essential component of sustainable agriculture
but the distinction between a successful biological
control agent and an invasive species can be
narrow. We hope that lessons can be learnt from
H. axyridis.
Features
7 Brings together the latest research on Harmonia
axyridis distribution studies to detailed research
on intra-guild interactions, possibilities for
control and phenotypic plasticity 7 Set within
the broader context of invasive biology – which is
currently a subject of global concern
Fields of interest
Entomology
Target groups
Entomologists, plant pathologists
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
Reprinted from BIOCONTROL, 53:1 (2008)
2008. VI, 290 p. 6 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6938-3
9<HTMELC=agjdid>
02/02/2008 11:12:24
 springer.com/booksellers
A. Vancura, St. John‘s University, Queens, NY, USA
(Ed.)
Membrane Trafficking
As membrane trafficking research has expanded
over the past thirty years, a remarkable conver-
gence of information has been gained by using
genetic approaches in yeast cells with biochemical
approaches in mammalian cells. Membrane Traf-
ficking reflects these advances by devoting one
section of the book to yeast cells and the other
to mammalian cells, with each section providing
both classic and cutting-edge techniques to study
macromolecular transport across the membranes.
These protocols, contributed by top experts in the
field, have been tested in laboratories all around
world. As a volume of the highly successful
Methods in Molecular Biology™ series, the chapters
include step-by-step laboratory protocols, a list of
necessary materials and reagents, and the greatly
beneficial Notes section, which aids in trouble-
shooting and avoiding known pitfalls.
Features
7 Wide-ranging selection of methods for
mammalian and yeast cells 7 Methods for in vivo
and in vitro assays 7 High-throughput genome-
wide approaches using yeast cells 7 Microscopic
and biochemical methods 7 Contains protocols
for the study of protein translocation across or
into membranes of the endoplasmic reticulum,
mitochondria, and nucleus
Fields of interest
Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Microbial
Genetics and Genomics
Target groups
Cellular and membrane biologists, experienced
researchers and graduate students
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 450 p. 76 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 457) Hardcover
7 € 76,95 | £59.00
ISBN 978-1-58829-925-3
9<HTMFTI=cj cfd>
ROW_Book0803.indb 77
Springer News 3/2008
F. Van Dyke, Wheaton College, IL, USA
Conservation Biology
Foundations, Concepts, Applications
Fred Van Dyke’s new textbook, Conservation
Biology: Foundations, Concepts, Applications, 2nd
Edition represents a major new text for anyone
interested in conservation. Drawing on his experi-
ence as a conservation biologist, college teacher,
and successful textbook author, Van Dyke’s organi-
zational clarity and readable style make this book
an invaluable resource for students in conservation
around the globe.
Presenting key information and well-selected
examples, this student-friendly volume carefully
integrates the science of conservation biology
with its implications for ethics, law, policy and
economics. In addition to rigorous examination
of the scientific theory supporting conservation
biology and its applications, this unique book
includes a number of features which set it apart
from others.
Features
7 A skillfully written, readable style that permits
students to re-create the intellectual process of
connecting empirical studies with conceptual
theories and models to reaching conclusions and
insights needed for conservation application and
management 7 Presentation of and original
insight on the latest developments in conservation
theory and application
From the contents
1. The History and Distinctions of Conservation
Biology.- 2. Values and Ethics in Conservation.-
3. The Legal Foundations of Conservation
Biology.- 4. Biodiversity: Concept, measurement,
and Challenge.- 5. Biodiversity Conservation and
Climate Change.- 6. Genetic Diversity – Under-
standing Conservation at Genetic Levels.-
7. Genetic Management - Managing Genetic
Diversity for Conservation Goals.
Fields of interest
Biodiversity; Applied Ecology; Environmental
Management
Target groups
College and university professors, teaching an
advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate
course in conservation biology and their students
Type of publication
Graduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due March 2008
Originally published by McGraw Hill, New York, 2002
2nd ed. 2008. XXX, 478 p. 241 illus. Hardcover
7 € 54,95 | £42.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6890-4
9<HTMELC=agijae>
Life Sciences 77
I. S. Wehrtmann, J. Cortés, CIMAR and Escuela de
Biología, Universidad de Costa Rica, Costa Rica (Eds.)
Marine Biodiversity of Costa
Rica, Central America
This book, compiling and updating the marine
biodiversity information of Costa Rica, consists
of species lists, and comments on the state-of-
knowledge of most taxonomical groups. It contains
information about collections and experts for each
taxonomic group as well as information gaps, thus
serving as a starting point and basic reference for
future research. Although focusing on Costa Rica,
the book provides an overview of marine species
diversity of Central America.
This book should stimulate marine research in
the region, and will be an asset for students,
researchers, and decision making concerning
conservation and sustainable use of marine and
coastal areas.
Features
7 Provides an overview of species diversity
in coastal and marine habitats of the Central
American region 7 Features of species lists,
comments on the state of knowledge of almost all
taxonomical groups prepared by both national
and international specialists 7 Serves as starting
point and basic reference for future research due to
information about collections and experts for each
taxonomic group
From the contents
I. The Marine Realm of Costa Rica – Diversity of
Marine Habitats. II. A history of marine biodiver-
sity scientific research in Costa Rica. III. Marine
Fossils. IV. Taxonomic groups. V. Marine Biodiver-
sity of Costa Rica: Perspectives and Conclusions.
Fields of interest
Biodiversity; Ecology; Zoology
Target groups
Marine researchers and biologists, taxonomists,
conservationists and students with an interest in
the marine biodiversity, and species of Central
America and in the conservation and sustainable
use of marine coastal areas
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 550 p. 118 illus. (Monographiae Biolog-
icae, Volume 86) Hardcover
7 approx. € 149,95 | £115.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8277-1
9<HTMELC=aich b>
02/02/2008 11:12:25
 78 Life Sciences
K. Yang, Children‘s Health Research Institute,
London, ON, Canada (Ed.)
Adipose Tissue Protocols
Since the publication of the first edition, the
techniques and experimental approaches employed
in the study of adipose tissue have undergone
radical expansion and revision. In Adipose Tissue
Protocols: Second Edition, several updated
chapters are combined with many new contribu-
tions from internationally recognized experts
covering both conventional and state-of-the-art
methodologies as well as whole animal, cellular
and molecular approaches which have emerged
in or been extended to adipose tissue research
over the past few years. As a volume in the highly
sucessful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series,
each chapter includes an introduction to its subject
matter, a list of necessary materials, step-by-step,
readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and a
Notes section, which provides invaluable tips and
tricks to safeguard against potential mishaps and
pitfalls.
Features
7 An indispensable, all-in-one manual for those
interested in conducting any aspect of adipose
tissue research 7 Collects all essential techniques
with readily reproducible, step-by-step protocols
to ensure success 7 Provides the most up-to-date
methods in clear detail
From the contents
Overview of Adipose Tissue and Its Role in
Obesity and Metabolic Disorders.- Choosing an
Adipose Tissue Depot for Sampling: Factors in
Selection and Depot Specificity.- Application of
Imaging and Other Non-invasive Techniques in
Determining Adipose Tissue Mass.- Generation
of Adipose Tissue-Specific Transgenic Mouse
Models.- Angiogenesis in Adipose Tissue.-
Adipose Organ Nerves Revealed by Immunohisto-
chemistry.
Fields of interest
Cell Biology; Human Physiology; Endocrinology
Target groups
Cell and tissue biologists, pathophysiologists
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2nd ed. 2008. Approx. 400 p. 61 illus., 9 in color.
(Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 456) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-916-1
9<HTMFTI=cj bgb>
ROW_Book0803.indb 78
Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers
R. Zeng, A. U. Mallik, S. M. Luo (Eds.)
Allelopathy in Sustainable
Agriculture and Forestry
Simply put, allelopathy refers to an ecological
phenomenon of plant-plant interference through
release of organic chemicals (allelochemicals) in
the environment. These chemicals can be directly
and continuously released by the donor plants
in their immediate environment as volatiles in
the air or root exudates in soil or they can be the
microbial degradation products of plant residues.
The chemicals may interfere with survival and
growth of neighboring or succeeding plants. Black
walnut, eucalyptus, sunflower, sorghum, sesame
and alfalfa are common examples of plants with
allelopathic property as well as some staple crops
such as rice, wheat, barley and sorghum. Plants can
emit chemicals that also discourage insects and
pathogens. To maintain sustained productivity,
knowledge of this form of plant interference on
other plants and on disease causing organisms has
been used in agriculture since prehistoric time by
manipulating cropping pattern and sequence such
as mixed cropping and crop rotation.
Features
7 Only comprehensive and up-to-date reference
on the science, mechanism, methodology, and
application allelopathy 7 Publication idea sprung
from an international conference on allelopathy
and the theme expanded to be broad-based and
inclusive of global perspective and participation
From the contents
Allelopathy Research and Application in Sustain-
able Agriculture and Forestry.- Allelopathy:
Advances, Challenges and Opportunities.- Allelop-
athy in Chinese Modern and Ancient Agriculture.-
Allelochemicals in Plants.- Allelopathy: Full Circle
from Phytotoxicity to Mechanisms of Resistance.-
Mechanisms and Experimental Methodology.-
Indirect Effects of Phenolics on Plant Performance
by Altering Nitrogen Cycling: Another Example of
Plant-Plant Negative Interactions.
Fields of interest
Plant Sciences; Forestry; Terrestial Ecology
Target groups
Graduate students, scientists, and researchers in
plant science, forestry, and terrestrial ecology
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 380 p. 80 illus., 4 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. € 153,25 | £118.00
ISBN 978-0-387-77336-0
9<HTLDTH=h d ga>
02/02/2008 11:12:26
 springer.com/booksellers
V. K. Aggarwal, University of California, Berkeley,
CA, USA; M. G. Koo, Yonsei University, Seoul, South
Korea (Eds.)
Asia‘s New Institutional
Architecture
Evolving Structures for Managing Trade,
Financial, and Security Relations
This book investigates the origins and evolution
of Asia’s new institutional architecture in trade,
finance, and security from both a theoretical and
empirical perspective. The traditional institutional
equilibrium in Asia has come under heavy strain
in the “post triple shocks period” - the post-Cold
War, the post-financial crisis of 1997-98, and the
post-9-11 attacks. The new dynamics of rivalry and
cooperation among states at both the intraregional
and transregional levels is now shaping a new
institutional architecture. Political and business
leaders from Northeast and Southeast Asia interact
with each other more frequently. South Asia’s
participation in the rest of Asia in recent years is
truly impressive. As we show, the future institu-
tional trajectory of Asia is still open, but we believe
that the book provides a timely examination of
key shifts in the region. In doing so, our hope is to
provide policymakers and analysts with an institu-
tional road map for the future.
Features
7 Offers a fresh and analytically rigorous perspec-
tive on the changing role of Asia‘s regional institu-
tions 7 Demonstrates the increasing theoretical
sophistication and empirical richness of the study
of Asian regionalism
From the contents
V.K. Aggarwal, M.G. Koo: Asia‘s New Institutional
Architecture: Evolving Structures for Managing
Trade, Financial, and Security Relations.-
J. Ravenhill: Asia‘s New Economic Institutions.-
K. Tsunekawa: Building Asian Security Institutions
Under the Triple Shocks: Competitive, Comple-
mentary or Juxtaposed?
Fields of interest
International Economics; Regional Science; Devel-
opment Economics
Target groups
Scholars, policy makers, business people, and
students of the Asian Pacific
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. XVI, 321 p. 2 illus. (The Political Economy of the
Asia Pacific) Softcover
7 € 32,95 | £25.50
ISBN 978-3-540-74887-8
9<HTOFPA=hei hi>
ROW_Book0803.indb 79
Springer News 3/2008
S. Bell, Frankfurt, Germany
International Brand
Management of Chinese
Companies
Case Studies on the Chinese Household
Appliances and Consumer Electronics
Industry Entering US and Western European
Markets
This book is a must read for all those interested
in building successful global brands and for all
those interested in China and Chinese companies
- A strange combination? No. Based on extensive
research and interviews with Lenovo, Haier, TCL,
Hisense and key decision makers worldwide,
Sandra Bell gives reasons and identifies a Chinese
way of international brand management. She
reveals: - Who are Chinese branded companies?
Where are they coming from, where are they
heading for? What are their strengths and weak-
nesses regarding branding, marketing and going
global? - How does an appropriate brand strategy
look like, when Chinese branded companies enter
developed markets in the US and Western Europe?
What can they learn from successful brands from
Japan and Korea? - How have Lenovo, Haier, TCL
and Hisense entered the US and Western European
markets so far? To what extent have they followed
the recommended brand approach. What did they
decide differently and why?
Read the book and discover yourself.
Contents
Introduction.- Theory of international brand
management.- The who is who of Chinese branded
companies.- Hypotheses - How to enter developed
markets.- Empirical study.- The Chinese way of
international brand management.- Summary and
future reseach.
Fields of interest
Marketing; Entrepreneurship
Target groups
Researchers, scholars, and marketing managers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 350 p. (Contributions to Economics)
Hardcover
7 approx. € 89,95 | £69.00
ISBN 978-3-7908-2029-4
9<HTOHUA=icacje>
Business/Economics 79
M. Braham, University of Groningen, The Nether-
lands; F. Steffen, University of Liverpool, UK (Eds.)
Power, Freedom, and Voting
Power, Freedom, and Voting is an interdisciplinary
book that presents a comprehensive insight into
current research by economists, mathematicians,
philosophers and political scientists on three
intimately related concepts that are at the heart
of theories of democracy and social welfare. The
editors have brought together some of the leading
scholars in the different fields to create a distinctive
volume. Chapters include contributions on foun-
dational and methodological issues in the defini-
tion and measurement of power and freedom and
empirical studies of power and coalition forma-
tion in voting bodies. The volume also contains
contributions that make an effort to bridge the
gaps between different disciplinary approaches,
including one on the importance of Machiavelli’s
writing as a reference point for modern political
theory, and others on the related concepts of fair-
ness and responsibility. A majority of the chapters
make use of game theory.
From the contents
Introduction.- M. Braham: Social Power and
Social Causation: Towards a Formal Synthesis.-
F. Turnover et al.: Power Indices Methodology:
Decisiveness, Pivots, and Swings.- D.S. Felsenthal,
M. Machover: Further Reflections on the Expedi-
ency and Stability of Alliances.- R. van den Brink,
F. Steffen: Positional Power in Hierarchies.- C.
Bertini et al.: A Public Help Index.- S. Napel, M.
Widgrén: Shapley-Shubik Versus Strategic Power
- Live from the UN Security Council.- G. Owen et
al.: Modiefied Power Indices for Indirect Voting.-
J. Godfrey, B. Grofman: Pivotal Voting Theory:
The 1993 Clinton Health Care Reform Proposal
in the U.S. Congress.- V.C.H. chua, D.S. Felsen-
thal: Coalition Formation Theories Revisited: An
Empirical Investigation of Aumann‘s Hypoth-
esis.- F. Bolle, Y. Breitmoser: Coalition Formation,
Agenda Selection, and Power.- W. Güth et al.:
Democratic Defences and (De-)Stabilisations.
Fields of interest
Economics general; Game Theory/Mathematical
Methods; Economic Theory/Mathematical
Methods
Target groups
Scientists
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. XIV, 425 p. Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50
ISBN 978-3-540-73381-2
9<HTOFPA=hd ibc>
02/02/2008 11:12:26
 80 Business/Economics
R. Branzei, D. Dimitrov, S. Tijs
Models in Cooperative Game
Theory
This book investigates models in cooperative game
theory in which the players have the possibility
to cooperate partially. In a crisp game the agents
are either fully involved or not involved at all in
cooperation with some other agents, while in a
fuzzy game players are allowed to cooperate with
infinite many different participation levels, varying
from non-cooperation to full cooperation. A
multi-choice game describes the intermediate case
in which each player may have a fixed number of
activity levels. Different set and one-point solu-
tion concepts for these games are presented. The
properties of these solution concepts and their
interrelations on several classes of crisp, fuzzy, and
multi-choice games are studied. Applications of the
investigated models to many economic situations
are indicated as well. The second edition is highly
enlarged and contains new results and additional
sections in the different chapters as well as one
new chapter.
Contents
Cooperative Games with Crisp Coalitions.- Coop-
erative Games with Fuzzy Coalitions.- Multichoice
Games.
Fields of interest
Game Theory/Mathematical Methods; Game
Theory, Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences;
Operations Research/Decision Theory
Target groups
Scientists
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
Originally published as volume 566: Lecture Notes in
Economics
2nd ed. 2008. XII, 203 p. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77953-7
9<HTOFPA=h jfdh>
ROW_Book0803.indb 80
Springer News 3/2008
R. Brosch, Berlin, Germany
Portfolios of Real Options
“Valuing portfolios of options embedded in
investment decisions is one of the most important
and challenging problems in real options and
corporate finance in general. It is important for any
corporation facing strategic resource allocation
decisions, be it in pharma managing the pipeline
of drugs, in telecom selecting a set of techno-
logical alternatives, or in venture capital or private
equity investing in a portfolio of ventures. This
work tackles real options decision making from
a portfolio perspective head on within an overall
budget constraint context in which interdepen-
dencies among optional decisions at each point
in time and dynamically over time are explicitly
considered. The proposed framework makes an
important theoretical contribution in addressing
this problem, while at the same time it can be
of significant value to practicing managers in
facing this admittedly complex and difficult task
of evaluating, managing and optimally exercising
interdependent corporate real options.” Lenos
Trigeorgis, Bank of Cyprus Chair Professor of
Finance at the University of Cyprus and President
of the Research and Consulting Firm Real Options
Group in Nicosia, Cyprus.
Contents
Introduction.- Portfolio Approach to Real
Options.- Literature Review.- Valuation Model for
Portfolios of Real Options.- Numerical Analysis.-
Conclusion.
Fields of interest
Finance /Banking; Quantitative Finance; Opera-
tions Research/Decision Theory
Target groups
Scientists and portfolio managers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 170 p. (Lecture Notes in Economics and
Mathematical Systems, Volume 611) Softcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78298-8
9<HTOFPA=hicji >
springer.com/booksellers
R. B. Dellink, Free University of Amsterdam,
The Netherlands; A. Ruijs, Wageningen University,
The Netherlands (Eds.)
Economics of Poverty,
Environment and Natural-
Resource Use
Reduction of poverty is a tremendous and persis-
tent challenge for the global community. Given
that the livelihood of millions is at stake, there is
an urgent need to reconsider the causes of and the
remedies for poverty. Poverty and its reduction
are closely linked to the natural-resources base.
The quality and bounty of the local environment
certainly affect living conditions of the poor and
their poverty is often seen as a contributing factor
to the degraded condition of the local environ-
ment. Teasing apart the direction of causality in
this resource–poverty nexus is a serious empirical
challenge.
This book contributes to an improved under-
standing of the economic dimensions of envi-
ronmental and natural-resource management
and poverty alleviation. The ten chapters of the
book offer an overview of the current knowledge
concerning the relation between poverty, environ-
ment and natural-resource use. Three sides of the
debate receive particular attention.
Features
7 Excellent overview of the economic analysis of
poverty and natural-resource use links 7 Wide
variety of contributions by authors from the North
and from the South 7 Coverage of a topic that
is important and gaining importance in the next
decades 7 Papers that treat in an integrated way
problems related to poverty and resource degrada-
tion
From the contents
Searching for explanations for the resource-
poverty nexus.- Payments for and values of
environmental and forestry resources.- Sustainable
land use.- List of contributors.
Fields of interest
Environmental Economics; Development
Economics; Nature Conservation
Target groups
Researchers, policy advisors and policy makers in
the field of environmental economics and/or devel-
opment economics
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due April 2008
2008. X, 212 p. (Wageningen UR Frontis Series, Volume
25) Softcover
7 € 49,95 | £38.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8303-7
9<HTMELC=aidadh>
02/02/2008 11:12:27
 springer.com/booksellers
Y. Fang, K. K. Lai, S. Y. Wang
Fuzzy Portfolio Optimization
Theory and Methods
This is the first monograph on fuzzy portfolio opti-
mization. By using fuzzy mathematical approaches,
quantitative analysis, qualitative analysis, the
experts‘ knowledge and the investors‘ subjective
opinions can be better integrated into portfolio
selection models. The contents of this book mainly
comprise of the authors‘ research results for fuzzy
portfolio selection problems in recent years. In
addition, in the book, the authors introduce some
other other important progress in the field of
fuzzy portfolio optimization. Some fundamental
issues and problems of portfolio selection have
been studied systematically and extensively by the
authors to apply fuzzy systems theory and optimi-
zation methods. A new framework for investment
analysis is presented in this book. A series of
portfolio selection models are given and some of
them are more efficient for practical applications.
Some application examples are given to illustrate
those models.
From the contents
Literature Review: Survey for Portfolio Selection
Under Fuzzy Uncertain Circumstances.- Port-
folio Selection Models Based on Fuzzy Decision
Making.- Fuzzy Decision Making and Maximiza-
tion Decision Making.- Portfolio Selection Model
with Fuzzy Liquidity Constraints.- Ramaswamy‘s
Model.- Léon-Liern-Vercher‘s Model.- Fuzzy
Semi-absolute Deviation Portfolio Rebalancing
Model.- Fuzzy Mixed Projects and Securities
Portfolio Selection Model.- Portfolio Selection
Models with Interval Coefficients: Linear Program-
ming Model with Interval Coefficients.- Quadratic
Programming Model with Interval Coefficients.-
Portfolio Selection Models with Possibility
Distribution: Tanaka and Guo‘s Model with Expo-
nential Possibility Distributions.- Carlsson-Fullér-
Majlender‘s Trapezoidal Possibility Model.
Fields of interest
Finance /Banking; Operations Research/Decision
Theory; Optimization
Target groups
Scientists and practitioners in investment banking
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. IX, 173 p. (Lecture Notes in Economics and Math-
ematical Systems, Volume 609) Softcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77925-4
9<HTOFPA=h jcfe>
ROW_Book0803.indb 81
Springer News 3/2008
B. Hansjürgens, Helmholtz Center for Environmental
Research, Leipzig, Germany; R. Antes, University of
Halle-Wittenberg, Halle, Germany (Eds.)
Economics and Management
of Climate Change
Risks, Mitigation and Adaptation
Climate change is one of the biggest challenges for
mankind. Although there is increasing evidence
that climate change is already occurring, there
is neither sufficient knowledge as to what extent
climate change poses risks to societies and compa-
nies, nor about adequate strategies to cope with
these risks.
Bringing together an international group of
scholars from environmental economics, political
science and business, this book describes, analyses
and evaluates climate change risks and responses
of societies and companies. The book contrib-
utes to the question of how climate change can
be mitigated by discussing efficient and effective
design of mitigation measures, in particular emis-
sions trading and clean development mechanism
(CDM). Placing special emphasis on the impact of
climate change risks on business, the book investi-
gates in which way selected sectors of the economy
are affected and what measures they can undertake
to adapt to climate change risks.
Features
7 Investigates the effects of climate change on
companies in different sectors 7 Contributors
from different countries and various disciplines
ensure broad perspective 7 Integrates the
perspectives of economics and business adminis-
tration
Contents
Introduction.- Part A: Climate Change, Risk
Assessment and Adaption.- Part B: Corporate
Response to Climate Change and Risk.- Part C:
Climate Change, Emissions Trading and CDM.
Fields of interest
Environmental Economics; Management
Target groups
Scientists
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 325 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 91,65 | £70.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77352-0
9<HTLDTH=h dfca>
Business/Economics 81
M. Hillebrand, University of Bielefeld, Germany
Pension Systems,
Demographic Change, and the
Stock Market
Due to the accelerating demographic change of
the population the reform of the existing pension
systems constitutes one of the greatest political
challenges in most European countries.
A theoretical discussion of different pension
reforms must incorporate not only the demo-
graphic aspect but also the role of financial market
risk and the impact on production and employ-
ment.
These notes develop a dynamic macroeconomic
model which incorporates these aspects within
a flexible theoretical framework. The proposed
approach provides a large scale population model
and features a sound description of the production
side as well as of the financial side of the economy
and their interactions with the pension system.
Within this framework various adjustment poli-
cies of the pension system are studied under
different population scenarios. The consequences
for the economy and the welfare of consumers are
analyzed and compared.
Contents
Introduction.- The Model: The General Model.-
The Parameterized Model.- The Simulation Study:
Pension Systems in the Presence of a Stationary
Population.- Pension Systems in the Presence of
Demographic Change.- Conclusions and Outlook.
Fields of interest
Population Economics; Financial Economics;
Macroeconomics
Target groups
Scientists
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. X, 176 p. 34 illus. (Lecture Notes in Economics and
Mathematical Systems, Volume 610) Softcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77971-1
9<HTOFPA=h jhb >
02/02/2008 11:12:27
 82 Business/Economics
S. W. Hong, Oriental Institute of Technology, Taipei,
Taiwan
Competitiveness in the
Tourism Sector
A Comprehensive Approach from Economic
and Management Points
International tourism is expected to be a major
vehicle of economic development in industrial-
izing countries in the 21st century, especially for
Asia. To generate long-term growth, countries with
tourism-based economies must develop strate-
gies for employing their comparative advantages
to achieve competitive advantages. However,
competitiveness in the tourist industry is multi-
dimensional and complex. This study evaluates the
competitiveness of the Taiwanese tourism sector
by a multi-dimensional framework. The theoretical
model proposes that the competitiveness of tourist
destinations should be composed of Ricardian
comparative advantages (like the conditions of
natural endowments and the degree of techno-
logical change); Porterian competitive advantages;
tourism management, i.e., providing high quality
education and job training, public goods, support
services and reduced transaction costs to enhance
comparative and competitive advantages; and
environmental conditions.
Contents
Introduction.- Literature Reviews.- Research
Methods.- Weight of Indicators and Decision
Analyses.- Conclusions and Future Works.-
Appendix.
Fields of interest
Development Economics; Regional Science
Target groups
Academic and corporate libraries; scientists,
researchers; NGOs
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 185 p. 15 illus. (Contributions to
Economics) Hardcover
7 approx. € 74,95 | £57.50
ISBN 978-3-7908-2041-6
9<HTOHUA=icaebg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 82
Springer News 3/2008
M. Kannegiesser, Berlin, Germany
Value Chain Management in
the Chemical Industry
Global Value Chain Planning of Commodities
Supply chain management helped companies to
manage volumes, fulfil customer demand and
manage costs in production and distribution.
Specifically, the chemical industry with high
complexity in production and distribution used
supply chain management to steer their operations.
Confronted with globalization and increasing raw
material and sales price volatility, steering supply
chain costs is not sufficient to ensure the overall
profitability of the business. Value chain manage-
ment takes supply chain management to the next
level by integrating all volume and value decisions
from sales to procurement. The book presents the
value chain management concept and demon-
strates how it is a applied in a global value chain
planning model for commodities in the chemical
industry. A comprehensive industry case study
illustrates the effects of decision making integra-
tion e.g. the influence of raw material prices or
exchange rates on optimal production and distri-
bution plans and the company profitability.
Contents
Introduction.- Value Chain Management.- Chem-
ical Industry and Value Chain Characteristics.-
Value Chain Planning Requirements and State-of-
the-Art Analysis.- Global Value Chain Planning
Model.- Model Implementation and Case Study
Evaluation.- Summary, Conclusions and Outlook.
Fields of interest
Organization/Planning; Production/Logistics;
Technology Management
Target groups
Researchers and scholars
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 300 p. (Contributions to Management
Science) Hardcover
7 approx. € 84,95 | £65.50
ISBN 978-3-7908-2031-7
9<HTOHUA=icadbh>
springer.com/booksellers
I. Matthäus-Maier, KfW, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany; J. D. Pischke, Reston, VA, USA (Eds.)
New Partnerships for
Innovation in Microfinance
Microfinance has experienced dynamic develop-
ment. Today, microfinance providers reach close to
100 million clients worldwide and are growing fast.
New partnerships expand the impact of microfi-
nance even further. Three types of partnerships
are examined in this book, each consisting of a
thematic pillar. Pillar I focuses on equity invest-
ments in microfinance, especially the possibilities
for engaging private investors through structured
microfinance investment funds. Rating agencies
are involved in providing more transparency in
this emerging fund industry. Pillar II focuses on
collaboration among microfinance providers,
governments, private investors and technology
companies which help microfinance institutions
to integrate new technologies into their business
models, reducing cost and increasing outreach to
clients. Pillar III covers micropensions, microin-
surance and the role of securitisation for the future
of microfinance.
Features
7 Insight in the most innovative instruments
and products currently used in the microfinance
industry 7 With articles written by leading prac-
titioners, e.g. from microfinance service providers,
investment funds, leading international financial
institutions, communication technology compa-
nies, pension funds, microinsurance providers,
who share their practical experience
From the contents
The Importance of New Partnerships.- New
Partnerships for Innovation in Microfinance.- New
Partnerships for Sustainability and Outreach. Part-
nerships to Leverage Private Investment: Raising
MFI Equity Through Microfinance Investment
Funds.
Fields of interest
Finance /Banking; Development Economics;
Financial Economics
Target groups
Economists and managers in banking, especially
in international organisations such as the World
Bank, development banks and bilateral develop-
ment agencies, as well as private foundations
engaged in financial development projects
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 390 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-3-540-76640-7
9<HTOFPA=hg eah>
02/02/2008 11:12:27
 springer.com/booksellers
C. Ménard, University of Paris, France; M. M. Shirley,
The Ronald Coase Institute, Chevy Chase, MD, USA
(Eds.)
Handbook of New
Institutional Economics
New Institutional Economics (NIE) has skyrock-
eted in scope and influence over the last three
decades. This first Handbook of NIE provides a
unique and timely overview of recent develop-
ments and broad orientations. Contributions
analyse the domain and perspectives of NIE;
sections on legal institutions, political institu-
tions, transaction cost economics, governance,
contracting, institutional change, and more capture
NIE‘s interdisciplinary nature. This Handbook will
be of interest to economists, political scientists,
legal scholars, management specialists, sociolo-
gists, and others wishing to learn more about this
important subject and gain insight into progress
made by institutionalists from other disciplines.
This compendium of analyses by some of the
foremost NIE specialists, including Ronald Coase,
Douglass North, Elinor Ostrom, and Oliver
Williamson, gives students and new researchers
an introduction to the topic and offers established
scholars a reference book for their research.
From the contents
Institutions and the Performance of Economies
over Time.- The Institutional Structure of Produc-
tion.- Transaction Cost Economics.- Electoral
Institutions and Political Competition.- Presiden-
tial versus Parliamentary Government.- Legisla-
tive Process and the Mirroring Principle.- The
Performance and Stability of Federalism.
Fields of interest
Law and Economics; Public Finance & Economics;
Microeconomics
Target groups
General university libraries, law school libraries,
business school libraries, development agency
libraries, research institute and think tank libraries;
researchers, specialists and professors in the
fields of economics, business, law, management,
public policy, political science, sociology, history,
economic development; experts in development
agencies such as the World Bank, the UN, the IMF,
the Swedish Development Agency (SIDA), etc.
Type of publication
Handbook
Due March 2008
Hardcover edition published by Springer New York, 2005,
ISBN 978-1-4020-2687-4
2008. XIII, 884 p. Softcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77660-4
9<HTOFPA=h g ae>
ROW_Book0803.indb 83
Springer News 3/2008
S. Nickel, J. Kalcsics, Universität des Saarlandes,
Germany (Eds.)
Operations Research
Proceedings 2007
Selected Papers of the Annual International
Conference of the German Operations
Research Society (GOR)
This book contains selected papers from the
symposium Operations Research 2007 which
was held from September 5-7, 2007 at Saarland
University in Saarbrücken, Germany. This interna-
tional conference, which also serves as the annual
meeting of the German Operations Research
Society (GOR), attracted over 450 participants
from more than thirty countries.
In Germany as in other countries, the transition
from a production orientation to a service society,
combined with a continuous demographic change,
has generated a need for intensified Operations
Research activities in this area. Consequently, this
conference was devoted to the role of Operations
Research in the service industry.
From the contents
Part I: Dissertation Award Winners.- Part II:
Diploma Award Winners.- Part III: Applied Prob-
ability and Stochastic Programming.- Part IV:
Artificial Intelligence, Business Intelligence and
Decision Support.- Part V: Continuous Optimiza-
tion.- Part VI: Discrete and Combinatorial Opti-
mization.- Part VII: Econometrics, Game Theory
and Mathematical Economics.- Part VIII: Energy,
Environment and Life Sciences.- Part IX: Entre-
preneurship and Innovation.- Part X: Finance,
Banking and Insurance.- Part XI: Forecasting and
Marketing.- Part XII: Health Care Management.-
Part XIII Managerial Accounting and Auditing.
Fields of interest
Operations Research/Decision Theory; Optimiza-
tion
Target groups
Scientists and practitioners
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 520 p. Softcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77902-5
9<HTOFPA=h jacf>
Business/Economics 83
A. Quadrio Curzio, Università Cattolica, Milan, Italy;
M. Fortis, Edison S.p.A., Milan, Italy (Eds.)
The EU and the Economies
of the Eastern European
Enlargement
The enlargement of the European Union towards
the East from May 2004 has generated an increase
of about 100 million inhabitants in the EU popula-
tion, and has especially brought along major
challenges and important opportunities both for
the “new” countries and for the “old” member
states. That is the main focus of this volume, which
is divided into three sections. The first analyses
the effects of the enlargement on the functioning
of Community institutions, on the relations with
the other Eastern European countries, and finally
on regional and global economic dynamics; the
second section analyses in detail the role of the
monetary politics of the European Central Bank
and the activities of the European Bank for Recon-
struction and Development; and the third deals
with the importance of the entrepreneurial class
in ensuring the success of the transition process of
the Eastern European economies.
Features
7 Eastern European enlargement analysed from
different points of view 7 Written by academics
and representatives from institutions in an acces-
sible way, thus offering insights into the European
economic and political evolution
From the contents
The EU 27 Integration and the Economic Relation-
ships with the East. An Introductory Analysis.-
The Economic Goals of the Enlargement and
the Challenges to the 27 EU Countries.- “Great
Europe”: a Pan-European Perspective on the
Future of Europe.- Trade and Foreign Direct
Investment: Italy, Germany and the New Europe.-
Integrating the Balkans with the European Union.
Fields of interest
European Integration; Macroeconomics; Regional
Science
Target groups
Economists, policy makers, representatives of
European institutions
Type of publication
Monograph
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 230 p. Softcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-3-7908-2033-1
9<HTOHUA=icad b>
02/02/2008 11:12:28
 84 Business/Economics
R. A. Simons, G. Small, R. M. Malmgren (Eds.)
Indigenous Peoples and Real
Estate Valuation
Sponsored by the American Real Estate Society
(ARES), Indigenous Peoples and Real Estate
Valuation addresses a wide variety of timely
issues relating to property ownership, rights, and
use, including: ancestral burial, historical record
of occupancy, treaty implementation problems,
eminent domain, the effects of large govern-
mental change, financing projects under formal
and informal title or deed document systems,
exclusive ownership vs. non-exclusive use rights,
public land ownership, tribal or family land claims,
insurgency and war, legal systems of owner-
ship, prior government expropriation of lands,
moral obligation to indigenous peoples, colonial
occupation, and common land leases. These issues
can also be broadly grouped into topics, such as
conflict between indigenous and western property
rights, communal land ownership, land transfer
by force, legacy issues related to past colonization
and apartheid, and metaphysical/indigenous land
value.
From the contents
Indigenous landholding institutions as an impedi-
ment to economic use of land: case studies of
tamale and bolgatanga in Ghana.- Real estate prac-
tices amoung indigenous peoples in South Africa:
a clash of property systems on the urban fringe.-
Brief history of native American land ownership.-
Indigenous land claims in Canada: a retrospective
analysis.- The metaphysics of indigenous owner-
ship: why indigenous ownership is incomparable
to western conceptions of property value.
Fields of interest
Development Economics; Economic Growth;
Public Finance & Economics
Target groups
Academics and researchers of international real
estate and property; and urban planning, real
estate scholars, property anthropologists, govern-
ment officials
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 360 p. 5 illus. (Research Issues in Real
Estate, Volume 10) Hardcover
7 approx. € 99,35 | £76.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77937-9
9<HTLDTH=h jdhj>
ROW_Book0803.indb 84
Springer News 3/2008
W. Ver Eecke, Georgetown University, Washington,
DC, USA
Ethical Dimensions of the
Economy
Making Use of Hegel and the Concepts of
Public and Merit Goods
This book reflects philosophically about the socio-
political dimension of economics.
Part I provides normative reflections on the
economy: Section I reflects on the interconnec-
tions between the multiple discourses on the
economy, section II presents Hegel‘s claim that
the economic order is an ethical institution and
defends his ontological view of the economy
against the one of Adam Smith. Section III
dialogues with economists about their concepts
of public and merit goods. This section defends
a Hegelian ontology of the economy through an
analysis of technical concepts used by economists.
Part II provides applications derived from the
normative analysis: Section I presents the views of
authors in different academic disciplines pointing
to failures in late capitalism, in particular failures
of American capitalism and section II asks the
question: “ What must one pay attention to in a
transition from a command economy to a free
market?”
Features
7 Not purely philosophical but enters into a
dialogue with economists 7 Interdisciplinary
approach
From the contents
Part I Normative Reflections on the Economy.-
Section I Multiple Discourses on the Economy.-
The Interconnection of Moral and Economic
Theory.- Economics and Politics in the Archi-
tectonic of Hegel‘s Thought.- Section II Hegel
and Political Economy.- The Ethical Function of
the Economy.- The Economic Order: A Human,
No a Natural Institution.- Section III Tightening
the Argument.- A Philosophical Dialogue with
Economists.- The Concept of “Merit Good” and
the History of Economic Thought.
Fields of interest
Economics general; Philosophy; Ethics
Target groups
Scientists, postgraduate students
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. XIII, 301 p. (Studies in Economic Ethics and
Philosophy) Hardcover
7 € 89,95 | £69.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77110-4
9<HTOFPA=h b ae>
springer.com/booksellers
W. Zhang, Ritsumeikan Asia Pacific University,
Beppu-Shi, Japan
International Trade Theory
Capital, Knowledge, Economic Structure,
Money, and Prices over Time
The development of international trade theory
has created a wide array of different theories,
concepts and results. Economic students are
trained to understand international interactions
by severally incompatible theories one by one in
the same course. In order to overcome incoher-
ence among multiple theories, we need a general
theoretical framework which enables us to account
for the phenomena explained by the current
theories in a unified manner to draw together all
of the disparate branches of trade theory into a
single organized system of knowledge. This book
provides a powerful – but easy to operate - engine
of analysis that sheds light not only on trade theory
per se, but on many other dimensions that interact
with trade, including inequality, saving propensi-
ties, education, research policy, and knowledge.
The book starts with the traditional static trade
theories. Then, it develops dynamic models with
capital and knowledge under perfect competition
and/or monopolistic competition.
Features
7 New approach introducing a novel economic
mechanism to determine consumers‘ decision on
consumption and savings 7 International trade
theory integrating economic growth, monetary,
and value theories 7 Using novel utility functions
7 Numerous examples and figures 7 Overview
on the contemporary literature in international
trade and theory
Field of interest
Economics/Management Science, general
Target groups
Scientists
Type of publication
Monograph
Due April 2008
2008. Approx. 515 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78264-3
9<HTOFPA=hicged>
02/02/2008 11:12:28
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Business/Economics 85

K. J. Zink, University of Kaiserslautern, Germany (Ed.)

Corporate Sustainability as a
Challenge for Comprehensive
Management

Sustainability has become a topic of global

relevance: Corporations and other economically
acting organizations increasingly need to realize
economic, environmental and social objectives
in order to survive. Supplementary to “classical”
environmental management, realizing corporate
sustainability requires comprehensive approaches
which allow the integration of social and economic
aspects. Such concepts can be found e.g. in
international excellence models mainly based on
a TQM thinking but also in the field of human
factors in organizational design and management.
Understood as systems approaches, they include
the interests of all relevant stakeholders with a
mid- or long-term time perspective and are thus
highly linked with the principles of sustainable
development. In this book internationally leading
scientists discuss the issue of sustainability from
their perspective, resulting in an innovative view
on different management approaches under the
umbrella of corporate sustainability.

Contents
Part 1: Corporate Sustainability as a Challenge for
Comprehensive Management.- Part 2: Comprehen-
sive Management Concepts and Sustainable Excel-
lence.- Part 3: Human Factors in Organizational
Design and Management - Creating Sustainability.-
Part 4: Sustainability as Challenge for Human
Factors and Integrated Management Systems.

Fields of interest
Organization/Planning; Public Finance &
Economics; Ethics

Target groups
Scholars and researchers

Type of publication
Contributed volume

Due April 2008

2008. Approx. 220 p. (Contributions to Management

Science) Hardcover
7 approx. € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-7908-2045-4

9<HTOHUA=icaefe>
ROW_Book0803.indb 85 02/02/2008 11:12:28
 86 Management
B. Bogdan, R. Villiger, Avance Basel GmbH, Basel,
Switzerland
Valuation in Life Sciences
A Practical Guide
This book is the first complete guide to valuation
in life sciences for industry professionals, investors,
and academics. Boris Bogdan and Ralph Villiger
introduce the characteristics of drug and medical
device development, explain how to translate these
into the valuation, and provide valuable industry
data. After guiding the reader through the theory
of valuation, including DCF, Decision Trees and
real options, the authors demonstrate how to value
projects, patents, licences, firms and stocks on
real-life examples, even treating complex licence
and company structures. Special emphasis is put
on the practicability of the proposed methods
by including many hands-on examples, without
compromising on realistic results.
Features
7 First complete guide to valuation in life
sciences (pharma, biotech, medtech) 7 Step-by-
step explanation of how to practice valuation of
projects and contracts 7 With relevant data and
many real-life examples and exercises
Contents
Introduction.- Fundamentals in Life Sciences.-
Basics of Valuation.- Project Valuation.- License
Contract Valuation.- Technology Valuation.- IP
Valuation.- Firm Valuation.- Advanced Topics.-
Valuation and Gut Feeling.- Excercises.
Fields of interest
Finance /Banking; Computer Appl. in Life
Sciences; Health Informatics
Target groups
Professionals in the life sciences business,
including executives, investors, managers in busi-
ness development and licencing; analysts
Type of publication
Professional book
Due March 2008
2nd, rev. and extended ed. 2008. Approx. 340 p.
Hardcover
7 approx. € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78247-6
9<HTOFPA=hicehg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 86
Springer News 3/2008
Y. Manolopoulos, J. Filipe, P. Constantopoulos,
J. Cordeiro (Eds.)
Enterprise Information
Systems
8th International Conference, ICEIS 2006,
Paphos, Cyprus, May 23-27, 2006,
Revised Selected Papers
This book contains the carefully selected best
papers of the 8th International Conference on
Enterprise Information Sysetms, ICEIS 2006, held
in Paphos, Cyprus, in May 2006.
The 4 invited papers and 27 revised and selected
papers presented in this volume cover different
aspects related to enterprise computing. They were
selected from 63 accepted papers (out of more than
400 submissions). The contributions are grouped
in sections on databases and information systems
integration; artificial intelligence and decision
support systems; information systems analysis
and specification; software agents and internet
computing; and human-computer interaction.
Fields of interest
Information Systems; Computer Appl. in Admin-
istrative Data Processing; Information Systems
Applications (incl.Internet)
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. XV, 466 p. (Lecture Notes in Business Information
Processing, Volume 3) Softcover
7 € 60,00 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77580-5
9<HTOFPA=h fiaf>
springer.com/booksellers
A. Saaksvuori, A. Immonen, Helsinki, Finland
Product Lifecycle
Management
The first book on Product Lifecycle Management
in English!
In today‘s manufacturing and service industries
PLM - Product Lifecycle Management is an
essential mean to cope with the challenges of
more demanding global competition. New, more
complex and more configurable products must
be introduced to markets faster than ever before.
In order to cope with this companies form large
collaborative networks. In these collaborative
networks product information must be transferred
between companies in electronic form, smoothly
with high level of information security.
This book is designed to introduce the reader the
basic terms and fundamentals of PLM and give a
solid foundation for starting developing Product
Lifecycle Management. It gives ideas and examples
how PLM can be utilized in various branches of
industry. It is also about looking into future, how
PLM can assist in creating new business opportu-
nities and making real eBusiness possible.
Contents
Introduction.- Fundamentals.- Product Lifecycle
Management Systems.- Product Structures.- Inte-
gration of the PLM System with Other Applica-
tions.- Deployment of the PLM System.- Business
Benefits of a PLM System.- Challenges of Product
Management in Manufacturing Industry.- The Role
of Product Information Management in Collabora-
tive Business Development.- Understanding the
Product Lifecycle.- Product and Product Manage-
ment Strategy as a Part of Business Strategy.- E-
Business - Electronic Business and PLM.- Digest.-
Epilogue.
Fields of interest
Production/Logistics; Management; Engineering
Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing
Target groups
Project managers and IT managers, especially in
manufacturing industries, PLM consultants
Type of publication
Professional book
Due April 2008
Original Finnish edition published by Talentum, 2002
3rd ed. 2008. Approx. 290 p. Hardcover
7 approx. € 54,95 | £42.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78173-8
9<HTOFPA=hibhdi>
02/02/2008 11:12:28
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Management 87

B. Wierenga, Erasmus University, Rotterdam, The

Netherlands (Ed.)

Handbook of Marketing
Decision Models

Marketing models is a core component of the

marketing discipline. The recent developments
in marketing models have been incredibly fast
with information technology (e.g., the Internet),
online marketing (e-commerce) and customer
relationship management (CRM) creating radical
changes in the way companies interact with their
customers. This has created completely new breeds
of marketing models, but major progress has also
taken place in existing types of marketing models.
Handbook of Marketing Decision Models presents
the state of the art in marketing decision models.
The book deals with new modeling areas, such
as customer relationship management, customer
value and online marketing, as well as recent
developments in other advertising, sales promo-
tions, sales management, and competition are
dealt with. New developments are in consumer
decision models, models for return on marketing,
marketing management support systems, and in
special techniques such as time series and neural
nets.

Features
7 Offers systematic, in-depth treatment of
marketing modeling approaches in new areas, such
as (i) customer value, (i) customer relationship
management and (iii) electronic commerce. These
are the first systematic accounts on marketing
modeling work in these emerging fields 7 The
text will be very useful for courses in marketing
models, at the PhD level, as well as the Master level

Fields of interest
Marketing; Operations Research/Decision Theory;
Electronic Commerce/e-business

Target groups
Students, researchers, E-commerce practitioners
and general marketing practitioners

Type of publication
Contributed volume

Due May 2008

2008. Approx. 545 p. 49 illus. (International Series in

Operations Research & Management Science, Volume
121) Hardcover
7 approx. € 115,45 | £89.00
ISBN 978-0-387-78212-6

9<HTLDTH=hicbcg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 87 02/02/2008 11:12:29
 88 Law
H. Koziol, European Centre of Tort and Insurance
Law, Vienna, Austria; R. Schulze, Centre for European
Private Law, Muenster, Germany (Eds.)
Tort Law of the European
Community
This publication deals with the European dimen-
sion of tort law. It provides a critical analysis of
the acquis communautaire, asking if and to what
extent the provisions and case law in the field of
tort law are based on a conclusive system and are
in accord with the national legal systems. It thus
evaluates whether the acquis communautaire form
the beginning of a comprehensive and coherent EC
tort law or if the single directives and regulations
are contradictory and lack a general concept that is
yet to be found.
To gain an overview of ‘EC Tort Law’ certain
provisions and decisions were analysed by a group
of authors under thirteen elements that form the
basis of tort law e.g. fault/strict liability, causation,
damage, damages and limitation of actions. An
analysis of these aspects was then undertaken by
another group of authors each focusing on their
respective legal families within the European
Union. The publication also contains a section on
terminological issues in EC tort law.
Fields of interest
Civil Law; International & Foreign Law/Compara-
tive Law
Target groups
Universities across Europe; Civil law/European
law/Comparative law departments; researchers in
the field of tort law
Type of publication
Reference work
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 500 p. (Tort and Insurance Law,
Volume 23) Hardcover
7 approx. € 148,00 | £114.00
ISBN 978-3-211-77585-1
9<HTOCMB=h fifb>
ROW_Book0803.indb 88
Springer News 3/2008
es
New Seri
Ius Gentium: Comparative
Perspectives on Law and
Justice
Series editor: M. Sellers
Ius Gentium is a new Springer series which
discusses the central questions of law and justice
from a comparative perspective. The books in
this series collect the contrasting and overlapping
perspectives of lawyers, judges, philosophers and
scholars of law from the world‘s many different
jurisdictions for the purposes of comparison,
harmonisation, and the progressive development
of law and legal institutions. Each volume makes a
new comparative study of an important area of law.
This book series continues the work of the well-
known journal of the same name and provides the
basis for a better understanding of all areas of legal
science.
The Ius Gentium series provides a valuable
resource for lawyers, judges, legislators, scholars,
and both graduate students and researchers in
globalisation, comparative law, legal theory and
legal practice. The series has a special focus on the
development of international legal standards and
transnational legal cooperation.
springer.com/booksellers
M. Sellers, University of Baltimore, MD, USA (Ed.)
Autonomy in the Law
Autonomy in the Law considers one of the most
important benefits of the rule of law. Juxtaposing
European and American conceptions of autonomy
in the law of families, capital punishment and,
criminal trials reveals the common values that
justify all legal systems. Law protects the autonomy
of individuals and associations by defending the
boundaries of their own self-rule. This book illu-
minates the fundamental purpose of law by exam-
ining how European and American lawyers, judges
and citizens do and should apply legal autonomy to
the practical circumstances of litigation, legislation
and the law.
Features
7 Compares European and American viewpoints
7 Considers the practical applications of the
value of autonomy 7 Clarifies the conception of
autonomy in the law
Contents
Preface. Notes on Contributors. An Introduc-
tion to the Value of Autonomy in Law: M.N.S.
Sellers. Autonomy to Choose What Constitutes
Family: Oxymoron or Basic Right?: June Carbone.
Approaches to Autonomy in Capital Punishment
and Assisted Suicide: Kandis Scott. Courts in
Search of Legitimacy: the Case of Wrongful Life:
Marc A. Loth. Autonomy of Defense and Defense
Counsel: Philip Traest and Tessa Gombeer. Checks
and Balances in the Law of International Organiza-
tions: Jan Klabbers.
Fields of interest
International & Foreign Law/Comparative Law;
Law Theory/Law Philosophy; Philosophy of Law
Target groups
Lawyers, law professors and law students
Type of publication
Yearbook
Available
2008. CLXXX, 11 p. (Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspec-
tives on Law and Justice, Volume 1) Hardcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8284-9
9<HTMELC=aiciej>
02/02/2008 11:12:29
 springer.com/booksellers
es
New Seri
Mentoring in Academia and
Industry
Series editor: J. E. Bell
Biology is evolving rapidly, with more and more
discoveries arising from interaction with other
disciplines such as chemistry, mathematics, and
computer science. Undergraduate and Graduate
biology education is having a hard time keeping
up. To address this challenge, this bold and innova-
tive series will assist science education programs
at research universities across the country and by
enriching science teaching and mentoring of both
students and faculty in academia and for industry
representatives. The series aims to promote the
progress of scientific research and education by
providing guidelines for improving academic
and career building skills for a broad audience of
students, teachers, mentors, researchers, industry,
and more.
ROW_Book0803.indb 89
Springer News 3/2008 General Science 89
E. Dolan, Franlin Biotechnology Center, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, Blackburg, VA, USA
Education Outreach and
Public Engagement
The purpose of this series is to provide resources
related to teaching and career development for
faculty at all stages of their careers and to scientists
considering careers in industry. Young faculty [or
graduate students and post docs thinking about
going into academia] will find valuable informa-
tion about how to design a course, how to find the
right job, including academia and industry, and
how to incorporate undergraduate research into
their programs. Future volumes will be focused on
a wide variety of topics including grant writing,
how to incorporate service learning and outreach
into the curriculum, mentoring and how to work
towards increasing diversity in both the classroom
and the college or university.
Features
7 Coincides with various professional confer-
ences, in particular the Cell Biology Meeting held
in December, the FASEB Meeting held in mid
spring each year, and the Protein Society Meeting
held in late July/early August each year
7 Provides resources related to teaching and
career development for faculty at all stages of their
careers and to scientists considering careers in
industry
Contents
Why? Identifying the Impetus for K-12 Outreach
and Engagement.- Who and What? Defining the
Scope of K-12 Outreach and Engagement.- How?
Developing the Plan and Making it Happen.- How
Well? Evaluating K-12 Outreach and Engagement.-
Sharing the News.
Fields of interest
Science, general; Life Sciences, general; Instruction
and Learning
Target groups
Students, instructors, researchers, and industry
representatives in life and biomedical sciences,
including public health, clinical medicine, and
humanities
Type of publication
Monograph
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 95 p. 4 illus. (Mentoring in Academia and
Industry, Volume 1) Softcover
7 € 26,95 | £20.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77791-7
9<HTLDTH=h hjbh>
02/02/2008 11:12:29
 90 Education
T. Leonard, Saint Xavier University, Chicago, IL, USA;
P. Willis, University of South Australia, Mawson Lakes,
SA, Australia (Eds.)
Pedagogies of the
Imagination
Mythopoetic Curriculum in Educational
Practice
This book is about the practice of Imaginal
Knowing in education. Imaginal knowing is not
fantasy, but is linked to the way humans imagine
the real world. Imaginal knowing moves the heart,
holds the imagination, finds the fit between self-
stories, public myths, and the content of cultural
knowledge. It is deeply personal, yet open to the
universe. The curriculum, as conceptualized here,
is the medium through which imaginal knowing is
evoked in both teachers and students.
Educators from United States, Australia, the
United Kingdom and Canada offer a vision of
educational practice seasoned in years of reflec-
tive pedagogic engagement. They speak here of a
genuine and practical alternative to overly bureau-
cratic educational processes that can crush learners
through a closed system of arbitrary standards and
mindless testing. There is hope that education at
all levels from elementary to professional, graduate
and post compulsory education has the capacity to
break out of these artificial constraints.
Features
7 Provides strong theoretical basis for an alterna-
tive vision of curriculum 7 Restores the power
of imagination to educational practice 7 Gives
strong international support to the revival of imag-
ination in education 7 Synthesizes traditional
and progressive education through using imagina-
tion 7 Restores storytelling to its integral place
in education 7 Challenges the closed system of
arbitrary standards and mind-numbing testing
Fields of interest
Curriculum Studies; Educational Philosophy;
Instruction and Learning
Target groups
Academics in education, graduate education
students, teachers and educators and trainers of
adults
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due June 2008
2008. Approx. 280 p. Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8281-8
9<HTMELC=aicibi>
ROW_Book0803.indb 90
Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers
J. Visser, M. Visser-Valfrey, Learning Development
Institute, Eyragues, France (Eds.)
Learners in a Changing
Learning Landscape
Reflections from a Dialogue on New Roles
and Expectations
This book is about questions. Today‘s learners face
constant change. Adaptive learner expertise is key
to their survival on a learning journey that lasts a
lifetime. This requires new thinking of all actors
in the learning environment. The fundamental
process through which this book was created is an
extended in-depth dialogue among researchers,
lifelong learners, educators, and thinkers.
“Working on this book was a very special kind of
experience,” says John Bransford (University of
Washington), a contributing author to the book
and renowned researcher on how people learn.
While participating in the dialogue “we were all
helped to ‘walk our talk’ and use technology to
improve everything we did… I‘m convinced that
the conversations will not end with this book.”
Features
7 Provides innovative insights into the nature of
human learning from multiple perspectives and in
diverse contexts 7 Is as much a book to inform
innovative research and practice as a textbook
for advanced courses 7 Includes exercises and
recommended resources for further exploration
Fields of interest
Instruction and Learning; Educational Technology;
Sociology of Education
Target groups
Researchers and practitioners in the learning
sciences, educational policymakers, students in
instructional design, learning systems, learning-
oriented communication, alternate views of
teaching and learning, interaction between tech-
nology, learning and teaching, distance education
/ online learning and teaching (e-learning), adult
learning, alternatives to school-based learning /
non-formal and informal education, facilitator,
teacher, trainer, and student behaviour in the
(online) learning environment, educational policy,
particularly if not limited to the school context,
educational research
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due May 2008
2008. Approx. 350 p. (Lifelong Learning Book Series,
Volume 13) Hardcover
7 approx. € 114,00 | £87.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8298-6
9<HTMELC=aicjig>
02/02/2008 11:12:30
 springer.com/booksellers
S.H. Murdock, Rice University, Houston, TX, USA;
D. Swanson, University of California, Riverside, CA,
USA (Eds.)
Applied Demography in the
21st Century
Applied Demography is clearly evolving as its
practitioners become involved in the emerging
trends of the Twenty-First Century. Data bases,
substantive issues and methodological approaches
seldom considered just a few years ago have
become mainstream concerns in the area of
applied demography.
This book derived from the 1st post-2000 national
conference on Applied Demography, to be held
in San Antonio, Texas January 7-9, 2007 under
the sponsorship of the Institute for Demographic
and Socioeconomic Research at The University of
Texas at San Antonio, provides a unique oppor-
tunity to obtain an overview of the current state
of applied demography. The work will provide a
cross-sectional view of Applied Demography and
an evaluation of its likely future.
Features
7 It is the only current work with examples of
applied demography in the 21st century
7 Provides one of the only works which exam-
ines both the substance and methods of applied
demography 7 Contains works by many of the
most prominent scholars in the area of applied
demography as well as practitioners who describe
applied demography in use
From the contents
Section I: Data Use and Measurement Issues.-
Section II: Population Estimates and Projec-
tions.- Section III: Applied Demography and
Health.- Section IV: The Breadth of Applied
Demography.- Section V: Educating the Applied
Demographer.- Conclusions.
Fields of interest
Demography; Human Geography; Migration
Target groups
Academics, graduate students and practitioners in
applied demography; demographers and sociolo-
gists
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due July 2008
2008. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
7 € 134,95 | £104.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8328-0
9<HTMELC=aidcia>
ROW_Book0803.indb 91
Springer News 3/2008 Social Sciences 91
J.C. Tremmel, Oberursel, Germany (Ed.)
Demographic Change and
Intergenerational Justice
The Implementation of Long-Term Thinking
in the Political Decision Making Process
Intergenerational justice has been achieved if the
opportunities of the members of the next genera-
tion to fulfill their needs are better than those of
the members of the preceding generation. For this,
each generation ought to leave for the next genera-
tion an amount of resources is at least equal to its
own amount.
The book deals with the complex relationship
between intergenerational justice and demographic
change and is characterized by its interdisciplinary
approach. The authors come from a multitude
of professional backgrounds and from several
countries. This illustrates the implications of the
demographic shift from many different perspec-
tives. The books deals not only with the aspects
of economic policy but also with environmental,
societal and philosophical issues.
Features
7 Interdisciplinary approach 7 Describes the
challenges of demographic change within a larger
view of intergenerational justice 7 Practical and
focused on policy-making
Fields of interest
Demography; Public Law; Population Economics
Target groups
Policy makers, scientists and practitioners (in
public administration), demographers, sociolo-
gists, NGOs in the field of demographics and
population, academic libraries, gerontologists
Type of publication
Proceedings
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 235 p. 37 illus. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77083-1
9<HTOFPA=h aidb>
02/02/2008 11:12:30
 92 Philosophy
F. Allhoff, Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo,
MI, USA (Ed.)
Physicians at War
The Dual-Loyalties Challenge
Recently, there has been a tremendous interest in
the ethical issues that confront physicians in times
of war, as well as some of the uses of physicians
during wars. This book presents a theoretical
apparatus which undergirds those debates, namely
by casting physicians as being confronted with
dual-loyalties during times of war. While this theo-
retical apparatus has already been developed in
other contexts, it has not been specifically brought
to bear on the ethical conflicts that attain in wars.
Arguably, wars thrust physicians into ethical
conflicts insofar as these wars create a tension
between a physician’s obligation to heal and an
obligation to serve some other good (e.g., military
chain of command, national security, the greater
good, etc.). Alternatively, we can debate whether
this conception is appropriate.
Features
7 A topic that has thus far not been treated at
book length and nowhere nearly as comprehen-
sively 7 Extremely timely and highly current
7 Unique and broad basis for dealing with
issues that not only impact on medical ethics, but
cut across various spheres of justice in a setting
defined by the multiple perspectives of medical,
military and legal practice
From the contents
Preface.- Introduction: Physicians at War: The
Dual-Loyalties Challenge.- Section 1: Physicians
and Dual-Loyalties.- Section 2: Physicians and
Torture.- Section 3: Physicians and Weapons
Development.- Section 4: Physicians on the Battle-
field.- Appendices: WMA Regulations in Time
of Armed Conflict. WMA Statement on Torture,
Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment.- CEJA
Physician Participation in Interrogation.
Fields of interest
Ethics; Philosophy
Target groups
Philosophers, (military) ethicists, (military) physi-
cians, (military) lawyers, human rights lawyers,
medical practitioners, political scientists
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 225 p. (International Library of Ethics, Law,
and the New Medicine, Volume 41) Hardcover
7 € 104,95 | £80.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6911-6
9<HTMELC=agjb g>
ROW_Book0803.indb 92
Springer News 3/2008
N. Bar-Am, Sapir College of the Negev, Israel
Extensionalism
The Revolution in Logic
This vivid and thought-provoking book by the
Israeli logician Nimrod Bar-Am impels one to
rethink the place of logic in Western thought. It
shows that the history of logic from Aristotle to
Tarski is the history of the gradual undoing of the
classic conflation of logic and empirical science.
It sets tomorrow’s agenda for philosophers and
historians of logic and scientific method by taking
as its starting point the mere fact that, curiously,
ancient logic is not as formal as current literature
presents it. Rather, as Bar-Am explains, modern
formal logic became possible only after a series
of bold criticisms of the magnificent Aristotelian
system. These criticisms begin with David Hume’s
declaration that logic does not sanction induction,
follow on with Kant’s view of logic as an extremely
limited system, and culminating with Booles’
introduction of logic as an extensional system, and
Russell’s solution to his own paradox.
Features
7 Provides a broad, concise, accurate and up-to-
date overview of the history of logic (up to and
including the early modern period) 7 The first
history of logic that explains logical theories as
philosophical solutions to fundamental epistemo-
logical problems: it is the first extended treatment
of the history of logic from the point of view of
critical rationalism 7 Challenges previous and
prevalent histories of logic
Contents
Acknowledgments. Abstract. Introduction. In
praise of shallowness: a methodological credo.
Part 1: Preliminary notes. Part 2: Setting the
scene: some notes on the pre-history of logic.
Part 3: Aristotle’s logic: the rise of essentialism.
Part 4: Essentialism besieged. Part 5: The fall of
essentialism. Notes. Bibliography. Index of Names.
Index of Subjects.
Fields of interest
Philosophy; Logic; History of Philosophy
Target groups
Students and scholars, at all levels, interested in the
history of logic broadly conceived to include the
history of science and epistemology
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 205 p. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8167-5
9<HTMELC=aibghf>
springer.com/booksellers
D.K. Chan, University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point, WI,
USA (Ed.)
Moral Psychology Today:
Essays on Values, Rational
Choice, and the Will
This volume is an edited collection of original
papers on the theme of “Values, Rational Choice,
and the Will”. The editor is a Stanford-trained
moral philosopher, and the organizer of a confer-
ence held on April 1-3, 2004. The conference
succeeded in bringing together a wide range of
essays that dealt with most of the central questions
of moral philosophy today, in both normative
ethics and meta-ethics, theoretical and applied
ethics, and especially in moral psychology, a broad
area at the intersection of moral philosophy and
philosophy of mind and action.
Features
7 Provides the most current and extensive update
on research in moral psychology 7 In contrast
with most recent books in moral psychology, the
original papers in this volume explore a wide
range of topics in moral psychology, and is not just
narrowly focused on a single issue
From the contents
Part I: Meta-ethics of Values. 1. Moral Realism,
Meta-Ethical Pyrrhonism and Naturalism.
2. Buck-Passing Personal Values.- Part II: Reason
and Choice. 3. Volitions, Comparative Value Judg-
ments, and Choice. 4. The Insignificance
of Choice.- Part III: Desire and Intention. 5. The
Indeterminacy of Desire and Practical Reason.
6. The Myth of Objectively Alien Desires. 7. On the
Intelligibility of Bad Acts. 8. After Anscombe.- Part
IV: Practical Reason. 9. The Limits of Teleology.
10. Motivation to the Means. 11. Thresholds,
Vagueness and the Psychology of Small Improve-
ments.
Fields of interest
Ethics; Philosophy of Mind; Psychology, general
Target groups
Professional philosophers and graduate students. It
can be used as a text in graduate courses in moral
philosophy or philosophy of action, as a research
tool by academics and graduate students, and
as a significant contribution in ethics and moral
psychology that sets the stage for future debates
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 260 p. (Philosophical Studies Series,
Volume 110) Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6871-3
9<HTMELC=agihbd>
02/02/2008 11:12:30
 springer.com/booksellers
M. Futch, University of Tulsa, USA
Leibniz’s Metaphysics of Time
and Space
Leibniz’s metaphysics of space and time stands
at the centre of his philosophy and is one of the
high-water marks in the history of the philosophy
of science. In this work, Futch provides the first
systematic and comprehensive examination of
Leibniz’s thought on this subject. In addition to
elucidating the nature of Leibniz’s relationalism,
the book fills a lacunae in existing scholarship by
examining his views on the topological struc-
ture of space and time, including the unity and
unboundedness of space and time. It is shown
that, like many of his more recent counterparts,
Leibniz adopts a causal theory of time where
temporal facts are grounded on causal facts, and
that his approach to time represents a precursor
to non-tensed theories of time. Futch then goes
on to situate Leibniz’s philosophy of space and
time within the broader context of his idealistic
metaphysics and natural theology.
Features
7 Far-reaching examination of one of the central
topics in early modern philosophy of science and
natural philosophy 7 Places Leibniz’s views
within the context of the history of the philosophy
of space and time 7 Shows how Leibniz’s
philosophy of space and time continues to exert
an important influence on ongoing debates in the
philosophy of science
Contents
1: A Brief History of the Philosophy of Space and
Time. 2: Leibniz’s Reductionism. 3: The Unity of
Space and Time. 4: The Bounds of Space and Time.
5: Causal and Temporal Asymmetry. 6: The Unre-
ality of Temporal Becoming. 7: Space, Time and
Harmony. 8: Space, Time and God. Bibliography.
Fields of interest
Philosophy of Science; History of Philosophy;
Modern Philosophy
Target groups
Academicians: professors and advanced students
working in the history of philosophy, early modern
philosophy, history of science, philosophy of
science, metaphysics, philosophy of space and time
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. Approx. 385 p. (Boston Studies in the Philosophy
of Science, Volume 258) Hardcover
7 € 149,95 | £115.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8236-8
9<HTMELC=aicdgi>
ROW_Book0803.indb 93
Springer News 3/2008
M.G. Hansson, Uppsala University, Sweden
The Private Sphere
An Emotional Territory and Its Agent
The non-interference perspective is common when
theorizing about the protection of the private
life of individuals and their families. However,
this accepted way of looking at things, leads our
thoughts astray. It fails to do justice to the interests
both in being left in peace but at the same time
participating in a community together with other
people. New methods of communications intercep-
tion, video and even satellite surveillance allow
insight and an entry into personal matters, but
they can also be used to satisfy people’s need for
protection, safety and security in public places. A
theory about the respect for the individual’s right
to a private sphere and its protection ought there-
fore to incorporate both these interests.
Features
7 An explanation of a concept often used but
seldom understood in political discussions
7 An integrated approach from evolutionary
biology, psychology and philosophy to show how
humans and social animals navigate between the
private and the social 7 A well researched and
clear account about the meaning and importance
of enjoying a private sphere
Contents
Foreword. Introduction. 1. The private sphere from
a historical and cultural perspective. 2. Integrity
as an emotional territory – a psychological and
evolutionary perspective. 3. Integrity as something
which is morally worth protecting. 4. Respect for
the individual as a person with moral and political
authority- integrity from a philosophical perspec-
tive. 5. Balancing seclusion and participation-
integrity from the perspective of moral philosophy.
6. Legal protection – privacy and integrity from
the perspective of jurisprudence and the law. 7.
Integrity as a quality worthy of esteem and respect.
8. Conclusions and applications. References.
Fields of interest
Ethics; Philosophy of Law; Philosophy of Biology
Target groups
Philosophers, lawyers, social scientists, policy
makers
Type of publication
Monograph
Available
2008. X, 182 p. (Philosophical Studies in Contemporary
Culture, Volume 15) Hardcover
7 € 94,95 | £73.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6651-1
9<HTMELC=ag fb >
Philosophy 93
E. Husserl,
R. Sowa, Husserl-Archief, Leuven, Belgium (Eds.)
Die Lebenswelt
Auslegungen der vorgegebenen Welt und
ihrer Konstitution.
Texte aus dem Nachlass (1916-1937)
Features
7 Deals with and develops in detail the core
concepts of Husserl’s late philosophy (“lifeworld”)
7 Deals with and develops in detail a concept that
had a huge influence in many humanities
7 Shows the main dimensions of the lifeworld
and leads to a full and concrete understanding of
Husserl’s concept of lifeworld 7 Adds important
details to Husserl’s more programmatic utterances
about the lifeworld in the “Krisis”-book through
its concrete analyses 7 Offers structural insights
into the world humans live in, which are useful in
all humanities
Contents
1: Die Vorgegebenheit der Welt und vorgegebener
Weltbestände. 2: Die Horizontstruktur der Welter-
fahrung und der Erfahrung von Realem in der
Welt. 3: Orientierungsstrukturen der Lebenswelt
und die Grundstrukturen lebensweltlicher Situativ-
ität. 4: Die Apodiktizität der Welt und die apodik-
tischen Weltbestände “Mein Leib” und “Ich dieser
Mensch”. 5: Die Realitätenstruktur der Lebenswelt
– Natur als abstrakte Kernschicht der Welt.
6: Die Lebenswelt als personale Welt der Praxis
und Welt der endlichen Erkenntnisinteressen.
7: Die Welt als Erwerb. Struktur und Genesis der
Weltapperzeption und der Apperzeptionen von
weltlich Seiendem. 8: Historizität, Traditionalität,
Generativität. 9: Allgemeine Aspekte der zeitlichen
Konstitution der Lebenswelt und der Aspekt ihrer
Konstitution in Periodizitäten. 10: Welterfahrung
durch Leiberfahrung. 11: Normalität in ihrer welt-
konstitutiven Funktion. 12: Viele Umwelten und
die eine wahre Welt. Die Relativität lebensweltli-
cher Wahrheit und das An-Sich-Sein der Welt.
Fields of interest
Philosophy, Phenomenology, Ontology
Target groups
Philosophers, sociologists, psychologists,
researchers in cognitive science, anthropologists,
historians
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. LXXXI, 957 p. (Husserliana: Edmund Husserl
– Gesammelte Werke, Volume 39)
7 € 399,00 | £310.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6476-0
9<HTMELC=agehga>
02/02/2008 11:12:30
 94 Philosophy
V. Launis, J. Räikkä, Turku, Finland (Eds.)
Genetic Democracy
Philosophical Perspectives
“Genetic Democracy” involves an in-depth
analysis of the ethical, social and philosophical
issues related to modern genetic research and gene
technology. The aim of the book is to introduce
systematic research on the social and ethical
impacts of the use and development of genetically
modified organisms (GMOs) as well as the acquisi-
tion, use and storage of human genetic informa-
tion (HGI). The book contributes to enhancing
public discussion and reaching fair and democratic
decision-making practices in GMO and HGI use
and development both on local and global level.
There are currently few European texts which
address the issues involved in a theoretical and
systematical manner. “Genetic Democracy” has
been written from the viewpoint of social and
political philosophy rather than that of traditional
bioethics. There is a clear need for a throughout
and authoritative philosophical and ethical analysis
of the issues involved in genetic research and gene
technology.
Features
7 Social philosophy approach to gene-ethics
7 Introduces systematic research on the social
and ethical impacts of the use and development of
genetically modified organisms (GMOs) as well as
the acquisition, use and storage of human genetic
information (HGI)
Contents
“Genetic Democracy” Notes on Contributors.
Foreword. Introduction: The Scope and Impor-
tance of Genetic Democracy. 1. Prerequisites of
Genetic Democracy. 2. On Democracy, Expertise
and Publicity. 3. Towards Global Bioethics: The
New UNESCO Declaration. 4. Autonomy and
Genetic Privacy. 5. Values, Rights, and GMO–
against Radicalism. 6. The Precautionary Principle
and the Risks of Modern Agri-Biotechnology.
Fields of interest
Ethics; Political Philosophy; Philosophy of Tech-
nology
Target groups
Students, ethical experts, policy makers,
researchers
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Available
2008. X, 150 p. (International Library of Ethics, Law, and
the New Medicine, Volume 37) Hardcover
7 € 96,95 | £74.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6205-6
9<HTMELC=agcafg>
ROW_Book0803.indb 94
Springer News 3/2008
S. P. Odintsov, Sobolev Institute of Mathematics,
Novosibirsk, Russia
Constructive Negations and
Paraconsistency
This book presents the author’s recent investi-
gations of the two main concepts of negation
developed in the constructive logic: the negation
as reduction to absurdity (L.E.J. Brouwer) and
the strong negation (D. Nelson) are studied in the
setting of paraconsistent logic.
The paraconsistent logics are those, which admit
inconsistent but non-trivial theories, i.e., the logics
which allow making inferences in non-trivial
fashion from an inconsistent set of hypotheses.
Logics in which all inconsistent theories are trivial
are called explosive. In the intuitionistic logic Li,
the negation is defined as reduction to absurdity.
The concept of strong negation is realized in the
Nelson logic N3. Both logics are explosive and
have paraconsistent analogs: Johansson’s logic
Lj and paraconsistent Nelson’s logic N4. It will
be shown that refusing the explosion axiom
“contradiction implies everything” does not lead to
decrease of the expressive power of a logic.
Features
7 The first book in the field of paraconsistent
logic devoted to the study of lattices of logics.
Studying not particular systems but classes of
logics is one of the most important features of
modern non-classical logic 7 Studies two main
concepts of constructive negation in the setting of
paraconsistent logic
Contents
1. Introduction.- Part I. Reductio ad Absurdum.-
2. Minimal Logic. Preliminary Remarks.- 3. Logic
of Classical Refutability.- 4. The Class of Exten-
sions of Minimal Logic.- 5. Adequate Algebraic
Semantics for Extensions of Minimal Logic.- 6.
Negatively Equivalent Logics.- 7. Absurdity as
Unary Operator.- Part II. Strong Negation.- 8.
Semantical Study of Paraconsistent Nelson‘s Logic.-
9. N4-Lattices.- 10. The Class of N4-Extensions.-
References.- Subject Index.
Fields of interest
Logic; Mathematical Logic and Foundations
Target groups
Researchers
Type of publication
Monograph
Due March 2008
2008. Approx. 250 p. (Trends in Logic, Volume 26)
Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6866-9
9<HTMELC=agig j>
springer.com/booksellers
C. Tollefsen, University of South Carolina, Columbia,
SC, USA (Ed.)
Artificial Nutrition and
Hydration
The New Catholic Debate
Pope John Paul II surprised much of the medical
world in 2004 with his strongly worded statement
insisting that patients in a persistent vegetative
state should be provided with nutrition and hydra-
tion. While many Catholic bioethicists defended
the Pope’s claim that the life of all human beings,
even those in a persistent vegetative state or a
coma, was worth protecting, others argued that the
Pope’s position marked a shift from the traditional
Catholic teaching on the withdrawal of medical
treatment at the end of life. The debate among
Catholic bioethicists over the Pope’s statement
only grew more intense during the controversy
surrounding Terry Schiavo’s death in 2005, as
bioethicists on both sides of the debate argued
about the legitimacy of removing her feeding
tubes.
Features
7 Includes voices from all sides of the
Catholic discussion in dialogue with one another
7 Includes many of the top Catholic bioethicists
in the English speaking world 7 Situates the
debate in the larger perspective of the Catholic
tradition of end of life care and the dignity of
human life
Contents
Preface: Christopher Tollefsen. Part One: The
Issue. Part Two: Philosophers Address the Issue.
Part Three: Symposium on the Views of Fr. Kevin
O’Rourke, O.P. Part Four: Concluding Reflections.
Fields of interest
Ethics; Theory of Medicine/Bioethics; Philosophy
of Religion
Target groups
Professional bioethicists, especially, but not only
Catholic bioethicists, moral philosophers and
theologians, healthcare professionals, the Catholic
laity and clergy
Type of publication
Contributed volume
Available
2008. XII, 236 p. (Philosophy and Medicine / Catholic
Studies in Bioethics, Volume 93) Hardcover
7 € 103,00 | £79.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6206-3
9<HTMELC=agcagd>
02/02/2008 11:12:31
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Philosophy 95

A-T. Tymieniecka, The World Institute for Advanced

Phemomenological Research and Learning, Hanover,
NH, USA (Ed.)

Education in Human Creative

Existential Planning

Education is the transmission of knowledge and

skill from one generation to another, and is vitally
significant for the growth and unfolding of the
living individual. It manifests the quintessential
ability of the logos to differentiate life in self-
individualization from within, and in its spread
through inter-generative networks. Without
reaching the evolutive phase of the human creative
condition, the human being establishes a unique
creative platform on which to conduct its co-exis-
tence. On this platform the progress of life is being
transformed from a natural ontopoietic accom-
plishment into an autonomous achievement of the
creative planning of the human mind. Specifically,
human education focuses upon creative plan-
ning moving like a pendulum between nature and
freedom.
The present collection of papers focuses on the
underpinnings of the creative workings of the
human strategies of reason.

Features
7 Brings to the fore the specific ability of the
human achievement to be constantly prepared and
adjusted through education 7 The dynamically
interactive human platform of exsistence calls for
direction, proportion and balance from education
7 The nature-transcending élan of the human
person prompts the cultivation of spiritual aspira-
tions (moral, aeshetic, intellective)

From the contents

A Word Of Appreciation. Thematic Study. Educa-
tion For Creative Planning.- Part I. Human Being
As A Creative Differentiator Of The Logos Of
Life.- Part II. Beyond Knowledge: Questioning The
Episteme Through Art‘s Alterity.- Part III. Ethical
View Upon The Human Situation Within The
“Unity-Of-Everything-There-Is-Alive”.

Fields of interest
Phenomenology; Philosophy of Man; Philosophy
of the Social Sciences

Target groups
Educators, educating philosophers, social scien-
tists, phenomenologists

Type of publication
Collected works

Available

2008. XII, 452 p. 2 illus. (Analecta Husserliana, Volume

95) Dustjacket
7 € 114,95 | £88.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6301-5

9<HTMELC=agdabf>
ROW_Book0803.indb 95 02/02/2008 11:12:31
 96 Linguistics Springer News 3/2008 springer.com/booksellers

J. Randall, Northeastern University, Boston, MA, USA

Linking
The Geometry of Argument Structure

Linking - i.e. how semantic arguments are mapped

to the syntax - is one of the challenges for theories
of the syntax-semantics interface. In this new
approach, the author explores the hypothesis
that the positions of syntactic arguments are
strictly determined by lexical argument geometry.
Through careful argumentation and original anal-
ysis, her study provides a framework for explaining
the linking patterns of a range of verb classes, and
allows her to reason ‘backwards’ from how a given
verb’s arguments link to what its lexical represen-
tation must be. Central to the investigation are
various kinds of ‘mismatches’, where the numbers
of semantic and syntactic arguments are at odds.
Among these are resultatives, both transitive (the
gardener watered the tulips flat) and intransitive
(the joggers ran their Nikes threadbare). Solving
the linking problem for these classes leads to a
number of insights about lexical structure and a
radical rethinking of the lexical representations of
many verb classes.

Features
7 A novel theory of argument linking, a
redefinition of “argument” and a simplified view
of argument structure 7 A revised and highly
constrained Theta Criterion 7 A range of tests for
arguments vs. adjuncts converging on new lexical
7 Structures for many verb classes 7 A principle
for building complex lexical entries from simple
ones

From the contents

A phenomenon and a principle: the Isomorphic
Linking Hypothesis. Our representations. The
competition. Advantages of this proposal. Going
forward.- Part I A Theory of Linking – 1 Concep-
tual Structure. 2 Eliminating the indirect/direct
internal argument distinction.

Fields of interest
Linguistics (General); Syntax; Semantics

Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in linguistics,
cognitive psychology, psycholinguistics, compu-
tational linguists, anyone interested in lexical
structure

Type of publication
Monograph

Due July 2008

2008. Approx. 370 p. (Studies in Natural Language and

Linguistic Theory, Volume 74) Hardcover
7 approx. € 150,00 | £115.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8307-5

9<HTMELC=aidahf>
ROW_Book0803.indb 96 02/02/2008 11:12:31
 ABCD springer.com

Booksellers’ page
All that booksellers need to know
from Springer!

Stay up to date about � new publications

� pre-publication prices � sales and special offers
� trade fairs and exhibitions

Would you like to stay on top of the latest market

developments? Sign up for the monthly e-mail Alert
for booksellers!

Free and easy downloads � catalogues

� key stock lists � promotion materials

Would you like to deliver up-to-date, customized

lists to your customers? Create, save and download your
uniquely specified list of books with the Bookseller Search !

Seeing is believing! Come to our website to register

free of charge ! springer.com/booksellers

012029x

ROW_Book0803.indb 97 02/02/2008 11:12:31

012029x_210x276ma_1c.indd 1 08.11.2005 11:48:17 Uhr
 ABCD springer.com

Sign up free today !

Booksellers’ Alert
Each monthly e-mail Alert includes special news
and features such as:
� Direct link to Springer News in various formats
(PDF’s, csv, txt), weeks before it’s printed and mailed
� Important sales news and special offers
� Bestselling titles by subject category
� News about Springer website functionality being
developed just for booksellers
� New & forthcoming highlights
� Forthcoming titles with pre-publication prices
� Bookfair special offers and information

Sign up at springer.com/booksellers

SIGN UP
TODAY

012028x

ROW_Book0803.indb 98 02/02/2008 11:12:32

012028x_210x276ma_1c.indd 1 08.11.2005 11:12:40 Uhr
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Orderform 99

Please order through: Customer-No:.

Springer Distribution Center (SDC)
Name
Customer Service
Haberstr. 4 Firm
D - 69126 Heidelberg Street

City/Zip Code

Date

Signature

All prices are net-prices subject to local VAT

Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229

FIRM / RR FIRM / RR FIRM / RR

Medicine ISBN 978-3-540-39407-5 ISBN 978-2-287-36007-7

Buzug, Computed Tomography. Guetz (Eds), Les thérapies ciblées
ISBN 978-2-287-77135-4 Hardcover (Oncologie pratique). Broché
Arock et al., Autoformation et aide 7 € 69,95 | £54.00 7 ca. € 47,39 | £36.50
au diagnostic en hématologie
<with CD-ROM>. Broché ISBN 978-3-540-73492-5 ISBN 978-2-287-71049-0
7 ca. € 94,79 | £73.00 Conneely (Eds), Progestins and the Guillot (Ed), Dépistage et cancers
Mammary Gland (Schering Found. cutanés (Dépistage et cancer). Broché
ISBN 978-0-387-74601-2 2007/1). Hardcover 7 € 26,54 | £20.50
Assadi, Clinical Decisions in Pediatric 7 € 62,95 | £48.50 (SC)
Nephrology. Hardcover ISBN 978-1-58829-985-7
7 € 62,95 | £48.50 ISBN 978-1-58829-815-7 Herrera (Eds), Essential Sports
Davies (Ed), A Case-Based Guide to Medicine (Musculoskeletal Medicine).
ISBN 978-2-287-72091-8 Clinical Endocrinology (Contemporary Softcover
Bessis (Eds), Maladies du système Endocrinology). Hardcover 7 € 62,95 | £48.50
hématopoïétique et oncologie 7 € 104,95 | £80.50
dermatologique. Broché ISBN 978-1-4020-5613-0
7 ca. € 80,57 | £62.00 ISBN 978-0-387-77376-6 Kirch (Ed), Encyclopedia of Public
Fonseca-Becker/Boore, Community Health. Hardcover
ISBN 978-3-540-40511-5 Health Care‘s O-Process for Evaluation. 7 ca. € 799,00 | £614.50 (SC)
Boos (Eds), Spinal Disorders. Softcover Prepublication price, valid
Hardcover 7 € 26,95 | £20.50 until August 31, 2008
7 € 299,00 | £230.00 7 ca. € 599,00 | £461.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-32919-0
ISBN 978-2-287-72097-0 Forsting (Eds), Intracranial Vascular ISBN 978-1-4020-5614-7
Bouet (Eds), Abord clinique des Malformations and Aneurysms Kirch (Ed), Encyclopedia of Public
urgences au domicile du patient (Med. Radiol.) 2nd ed. Hardcover Health <eRef>.
(Abord clinique). Broché 7 ca. € 139,95 | £107.50 7 ca. € 799,00 | £614.50 (EB)
7 ca. € 18,96 | £14.50 Prepublication price, valid
ISBN 978-1-84800-216-6 until September 30, 2008
ISBN 978-1-58829-826-3 Gill (Eds), Contemporary Interven- 7 ca. € 599,00 | £461.00 (EB)
Brandes (Ed), Urethral Reconstructive tional Ultrasonography in Urology.
Surgery (Current Clinical Urology). Hardcover ISBN 978-1-4020-5615-4
Hardcover 7 ca. € 119,95 | £85.00 Kirch (Ed), Encyclopedia of Public
7 € 114,95 | £88.50 Health <print+eRef>.
ISBN 978-0-387-77483-1 7 ca. € 999,00 | £768.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-2-287-75725-9 Guerrero (Eds), Problem-based Prepublication price, valid
Bretelle (Eds), Abord clinique en Behavioral Science and Psychiatry. until September 30, 2008
obstétrique (Abord clinique). Broché Hardcover 7 ca. € 799,00 | £614.50 (SC)
7 ca. € 18,96 | £14.50 7 ca. € 61,60 | £47.50

ROW_Book0803.indb 99 02/02/2008 11:12:34

ROW_Book0803.indb 100 02/02/2008 11:12:34
 springer.com/booksellers
Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-88-470-0800-7
Lynch (Ed), PET-TC nella pratica
clinica. 2nd ed. Brossura
7 € 33,61 | £26.00
ISBN 978-2-287-74544-7
Mazars (Ed), Le bouddhisme et les
médecines traditionnelles de l’Inde
(Médecines d‘Asie: Savoirs et
Pratique). Broché
7 ca. € 47,39 | £36.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77767-0
Moritz et al., Factors Influencing
Mammalian Kidney Development
(Advances in Anatomy 243).
Softcover
7 € 86,95 | £67.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-32983-1
Oudkerk (Eds), Coronary Radiology
(Med. Radiol.) 2nd ed. Hardcover
7 ca. € 139,95 | £107.50
ISBN 978-2-287-77985-5
Papazian (Ed), Le syndrome de
détresse respiratoire aiguë
(Le point sur .). Broché
7 ca. € 61,61 | £47.50
ISBN 978-1-57340-287-3
Pappas (Eds), Atlas of Laparoscopic
Surgery. 3rd ed. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-84800-150-3
Ramalingam (Eds), Operative Atlas
of Laparoscopic Reconstructive
Urology <with DVD-ROM>.
Hardcover
7 ca. € 222,00 | £150.00
ISBN 978-88-470-0740-6
Ribes/Ros, Inglese per radiologi.
Brossura
7 € 33,61 | £26.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6763-1
Romanucci-Ross/Tancredi, When
Law and Medicine Meet (Int. Libr.
Ethics Law New Med. 24). Softcover
7 € 29,95 | £23.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-84800-095-7
Sala et al., Radiology for Surgeons
in Clinical Practice. Softcover
7 ca. € 39,95 | £25.00
ROW_Book0803.indb 101
Springer News 3/2008
Customer-No.
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-0-387-78128-0
Streltzer (Eds), Handbook of
Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry.
Softcover
7 ca. € 38,50 | £29.50
ISBN 978-4-431-26267-1
Takubo, Pathology of the
Esophagus. 2nd ed. Hardcover
7 € 169,95 | £130.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-72113-2
Tomashefski (Eds), Dail and
Hammar‘s Pulmonary Pathology.
3rd ed. Hardcover
7 € 179,95 | £138.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-957-4
Tombran-Tink (Eds), The Visual
Transduction Cascade
(Ophthalmology Research)
<with CD-ROM>. Hardcover
7 € 144,95 | £111.50
ISBN 978-3-540-34964-8
Tröger (Eds), Paediatric Imaging
Manual. Softcover
7 € 4,95 | £4.00
ISBN 978-3-540-34032-4
Zachariou (Ed), Pediatric Surgery
Digest. Softcover
7 ca. € 89,95 | £69.00
Biomedicine
ISBN 978-0-387-78224-9
Aksoy (Ed), Transgenesis and the
Management of Vector-Borne
Disease (Advs. Exp. Medicine,
Biology 627). Hardcover
7 € 114,95 | £88.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-78266-9
Burleigh (Eds), Molecular
Mechanisms of Parasite Invasion
(Subcellular Biochemistry 47).
Hardcover
7 ca. € 130,15 | £100.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-75646-0
Current Topics in Microbiology and
Immunology 324. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77348-1
Current Topics in Microbiology and
Immunology 325. Hardcover
7 € 160,00 | £123.00 (SC)
Orderform 101
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-3-540-76775-6
Current Topics in Microbiology and
Immunology 326. Hardcover
7 € 119,95 | £92.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-76722-2
Gustafson (Ed), Genomics of
Disease. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-58829-897-3
Hill (Ed), Prion Protein Protocols
(Methods in Molecular Biology).
Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-4-431-73883-1
Kitamura (Ed), How the Immune
System Recognizes Self and
Nonself. Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50
ISBN 978-1-58829-718-1
Livingstone (Ed), Artificial Neural
Networks (Methods in Molecular
Biology 458). Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-6936-9
Markovic/Markovic, What Every
Woman Should Know about
Cervical Cancer. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-76677-5
Rapaka (Eds), Drug Addiction.
Hardcover
7 € 134,95 | £104.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77726-7
Schmidt et al., The Role of Wnt
Signalling in the Development
of Somites and Neural Crest
(Adv. Anatomy 195). Softcover
7 € 84,95 | £65.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-30351-2
Vizi (Ed), Handbook of Neurochem-
istry and Molecular Neurobiology.
3rd ed. Hardcover
7 € 199,95 | £154.00 (SC)
Psychology
ISBN 978-0-387-72652-6
Brawer (Ed), Pain in Primary Care
Settings (Perspectives on Pain in
Psychology). Hardcover
7 ca. € 34,65 | £26.50
02/02/2008 11:12:37
ROW_Book0803.indb 102 02/02/2008 11:12:37
 springer.com/booksellers
Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-0-387-70921-5
Hartman, Neuropsychological
Toxicology. 3rd ed. Hardcover
7 ca. € 92,95 | £71.50
ISBN 978-0-387-77440-4
Perlis et al., Cognitive Behavioral
Treatment of Insomnia. Softcover
7 ca. € 76,25 | £58.50 (SC)
Mathematics
ISBN 978-0-387-78240-9
Aarts, Geometry (Universitext).
Softcover
7 ca. € 38,50 | £29.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77644-4
Agrachev et al, Control Theory
(LN Math 1932). Softcover
7 ca. € 49,95 | £38.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-77765-8
Andrews/Berndt, Ramanujan‘s Lost
Notebook. Hardcover
7 ca. € 68,55 | £52.50
ISBN 978-3-540-78278-0
Auroux et al., Symplectic
4-Manifolds and Algebraic Surfaces
(LN Math. 1938). Softcover
7 € 49,95 | £38.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-76895-3
Bain/Crisan, Fundamentals of
Stochastic Filtering (Stochastic
Modelling and Applied
Probability 60). Hardcover
7 ca. € 46,95 | £36.00
ISBN 978-0-8176-4712-4
Bellomo (Eds), Selected Topics
in Cancer Modeling (MSSET).
Hardcover
7 ca. € 72,00 | £56.50
ISBN 978-0-387-78130-3
Bottema, Selected Topics in
Elementary Geometry. 2nd ed.
Softcover
7 ca. € 30,80 | £23.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77912-4
Donati-Martin (Eds), Séminaire de
Probabilités XLI (LN Math 1934).
Softcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00 (SC)
ROW_Book0803.indb 103
Springer News 3/2008
Customer-No.
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-0-8176-4770-4
Gelfand et al., Discriminants,
Resultants, and Multidimensional
Determinants (Modern Birkhäuser
Classics). Softcover
7 € 34,90 | £27.00
ISBN 978-3-540-56670-0
Hairer et al., ODEs I
(Spr. Ser. Computat. Math. 8)
Corr. print. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-88-470-0579-2
Harel/Feldman, Algoritmi (Unitext).
Brossura
7 € 40,38 | £31.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77202-6
Jäger (Eds), Mathematics – Key
Technology for the Future.
Hardcover
7 € 89,95 | £69.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-8176-4682-0
Jorgensen (Eds), Representations,
Wavelets and Frames (ANHA).
Hardcover
7 ca. € 64,90 | £50.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77532-4
Kohlenbach, Applied Proof Theory:
Proof Interpretations and their Use
in Mathematics (SMM). Hardcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-78272-8
Magal (Eds), Structured Population
Models in Biology and Epidemi-
ology (LN Math. 1936). Softcover
7 € 49,95 | £38.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-73791-9
Morvan, Generalized Curvatures
(Geometry and Computing 2).
Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-7643-8774-7
Nazaikinskii et al., Elliptic Theory
and Noncommutative Geometry
(Operator Theory 183). Hardcover
7 € 79,90 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-76405-2
Peters/Reif, Subdivision Surfaces
(Geometry and Computing 3).
Hardcover
7 ca. € 59,95 | £46.00
Orderform 103
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-3-540-77850-9
Petkovic, Point Estimation of Root
Finding Methods (LN Math. 1933).
Softcover
7 € 29,95 | £23.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-78214-0
Stillwell, Naive Lie Theory (UTM).
Hardcover
7 ca. € 38,50 | £29.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77910-0
Unterberger, Alternative Pseudo-
differential Analysis
(LN Math. 1935). Softcover
7 € 29,95 | £23.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-76681-2
Zopounidis (Eds), Handbook
of Financial Engineering (Springer
Optimization and Its Applications
18). Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50 (SC)
Professional Computing
ISBN 978-1-84628-378-9
Adams et al., The Fortran 2003
Handbook. Hardcover
7 € 62,95 | £45.00
ISBN 978-3-540-67119-0
Homann, Digital Color Manage-
ment (X.media.publishing).
Hardcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-0-387-77392-6
Long, ITIL Version 3 at a Glance.
Spiral binding
7 ca. € 68,55 | £52.50
Computer Science
ISBN 978-1-84628-769-5
Ben-Ari, Principles of the Spin
Model Checker. Softcover
7 € 46,95 | £30.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77933-9
Bennedsen (Eds), Reflections on
the Teaching of Programming
(LNCS 4821). Softcover
7 € 39,50 | £30.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-78152-3
Brinkschulte (Eds), Architecture of
Computing Systems - ARCS 2008
(LNCS 4934). Softcover
7 € 45,00 | £34.50 (SC)
02/02/2008 11:12:40
ROW_Book0803.indb 104 02/02/2008 11:12:41
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Orderform 105

Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229 Customer-No.

FIRM / RR FIRM / RR FIRM / RR

ISBN 978-3-540-78194-3 ISBN 978-0-387-77252-3 ISBN 978-3-540-78256-8

Cebulla (Ed), Object-Oriented Li (Ed), Computer and Tao, Finite Automata and
Technology. ECOOP 2007 Workshop Computing Technologies Application to Cryptography.
Reader (LNCS 4906). Softcover in Agriculture, Volume 2 Hardcover
7 € 42,00 | £32.50 (SC) (IFIP Inform. Process. 259). 7 ca. € 159,00 | £122.50 (SC)
Hardcover
ISBN 978-3-540-77973-5 7 € 198,00 | £152.50 (SC) ISBN 978-3-540-78237-7
Berg et al., Computational ter Hofstede (Eds), Business
Geometry. 3rd ed. Hardcover ISBN 978-0-387-77671-2 Process Management Workshops
7 € 34,95 | £27.00 Liu (Eds), Social Computing, (LNCS 4928). Softcover
Behavioral Modeling, and 7 € 64,00 | £49.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-74724-8 Prediction. Hardcover
Furht (Ed), Encyclopedia of 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) ISBN 978-1-84800-178-7
Multimedia. 2nd ed. Hardcover Thomas, Integrated Graphic and
7 ca. € 399,00 | £307.00 (SC) ISBN 978-3-540-78136-3 Computer Modelling. Hardcover
Prepublication price, valid Medina (Eds), Formal Concept 7 € 62,95 | £39.95
until December 31, 2008: Analysis (LNCS 4933). Softcover
7 ca. € 349,00 | £268.50 (SC) 7 € 48,00 | £37.00 (SC) ISBN 978-3-540-78158-5
Tokunaga (Eds), Large-Scale
ISBN 978-0-387-78414-4 ISBN 978-3-540-78154-7 (LNCS 4938). Softcover
Furht (Ed), Encyclopedia of Popescu-Belis (Eds), Machine 7 € 52,00 | £40.00 (SC)
Multimedia. <eRef> 2nd ed. Learning for Multimodal
7 ca. € 399,00 | £307.00 (EB) Interaction (LNCS 4892). Softcover ISBN 978-3-540-77947-6
Prepublication price, valid 7 € 48,00 | £37.00 (SC) Tuyls (Eds), Adaptive Agents
until January 31, 2009: and Multi-Agent Systems III
7 ca. € 349,00 | £268.50 (EB) ISBN 978-3-540-78239-1 (LNCS 4865). Softcover
Preisach (Eds), Data Analysis, 7 € 45,00 | £34.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-78415-1 Machine Learning and Applications
Furht (Ed), Encyclopedia of (Stud. Classification). Softcover ISBN 978-3-540-77689-5
Multimedia. <print+eRef> 2nd ed. 7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC) Verdone (Ed), Wireless Sensor
7 ca. € 499,00 | £384.00 (R) Networks (LNCS 4913). Softcover
Prepublication price, valid ISBN 978-0-387-77402-2 7 € 56,00 | £43.00 (SC)
until January 31, 2009: Ratchev (Eds), Micro-Assembly
7 ca. € 399,00 | £307.00 (R) Technologies and Applications (IFIP ISBN 978-3-540-77964-3
Inform. Process. 260). Hardcover Yorav (Ed), Hardware and
ISBN 978-3-540-78134-9 7 € 128,00 | £98.50 (SC) Software: Verification and Testing
Gelbukh (Ed), Computational (LNCS 4899). Softcover
Linguistics and Intelligent Text ISBN 978-3-540-77914-8 7 € 45,00 | £34.50 (SC)
Processing (LNCS 4919). Softcover Rome (Eds), Towards Affordance-
7 € 76,00 | £58.50 (SC) Based Robot Control (LNCS 4760).
Softcover Chemistry
ISBN 978-3-540-77917-9 7 € 42,00 | £32.50 (SC)
Kaklamanis (Eds), Approximation ISBN 978-1-4020-8269-6
and Online Algorithms ISBN 978-3-540-78196-7 Canuto (Ed), Solvation Effects on
(LNCS 4927). Softcover Satoh (Eds), New Frontiers in Molecules and Biomolecules
7 € 45,00 | £34.50 (SC) Artificial Intelligence (LNCS 4914). (Challenges and Advances in
Softcover Computational Chemistry and
ISBN 978-0-387-77248-6 7 € 56,00 | £43.00 (SC) Physics 6). Hardcover
Koch (Ed), Lean Business Systems 7 € 379,00 | £291.50 (SC)
and Beyond (IFIP Inform. Process.). ISBN 978-3-540-77540-9
Hardcover Sharp, Principles of Protocol ISBN 978-3-540-77900-1
7 € 174,00 | £134.00 (SC) Design. Hardcover Dutta, Fundamentals of Biochem-
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC) ical Engineering. Hardcover
ISBN 978-0-387-77250-9 7 € 59,95 | £46.00
Li (Ed), Computer and ISBN 978-3-540-78156-1
Computing Technologies Sommer (Eds), Robot Vision ISBN 978-0-387-76920-2
in Agriculture, Volume 1 (LNCS 4931). Softcover Matijevic (Ed), Medical Applications
(IFIP Inform. Process. 258). 7 € 60,00 | £46.00 (SC) of Colloids. Hardcover
Hardcover 7 ca. € 83,95 | £64.50
7 € 198,00 | £152.50 (SC)

ROW_Book0803.indb 105 02/02/2008 11:12:43

ROW_Book0803.indb 106 02/02/2008 11:12:43
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Orderform 107

Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229 Customer-No.

FIRM / RR FIRM / RR FIRM / RR

ISBN 978-0-387-49580-4 ISBN 978-1-4020-8288-7 ISBN 978-3-540-77818-9

Modern Aspects of Electrochem- Bischoff (Ed), Risks in Modern Gülhan (Ed), RESPACE – Key
istry, Volume 43. Hardcover Society (Topics in Safety 13). Technologies for Reusable Space
7 ca. € 107,05 | £82.50 (SC) Hardcover Systems (NNFM 98). Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC) 7 € 163,00 | £125.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-73965-4
Molecular Sieves – Science and ISBN 978-3-540-78294-0 ISBN 978-3-540-76861-6
Technology 7. Hardcover Blum (Eds), Hybrid Metaheuristics Haasis (Eds), Dynamics in Logistics.
7 ca. € 177,52 | £136.50 (SC) (SCINTEL 114). Hardcover Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-211-78206-4
Progress in the Chemistry of ISBN 978-0-8176-4752-0 ISBN 978-1-4020-8165-1
Organic Natural Products 90. Boiko, Discontinuous Control Helmy/Ismail, Substrate Noise
Hardcover Systems. Hardcover Coupling in RFICs (Analog Circuits
7 ca. € 149,95 | £115.50 (SC) 7 ca. € 69,30 | £53.50 and Signal Processing). Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77302-3 ISBN 978-3-540-78315-2
Ramachandran et al., Computa- Bruyninckx (Eds), European ISBN 978-3-540-78342-8
tional Chemistry and Molecular Robotics Symposium 2008 Hempel, Usability of Speech Dialog
Modeling. Hardcover (STAR 44). Hardcover Systems (Signals Technol.).
7 € 69,95 | £54.00 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77836-3 ISBN 978-3-540-77886-8
Structure and Bonding 127. Buyya (Eds), Content Delivery ISBN 978-3-540-77011-4
Hardcover Networks (Lecture Notes Electrical Jovane et al., The ManuFuture
7 € 139,95 | £107.50 (SC) Engineering 9). Hardcover Road. Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77866-0
Structure and Bonding 128. ISBN 978-1-4020-8262-7 ISBN 978-1-4020-8293-1
Hardcover Casier (Eds), Analog Circuit Design Kakaç (Eds), Mini-Micro Fuel Cells
7 € 179,95 | £138.50 (SC) 2007. Hardcover (NATO Security C) <hard>
7 € 119,95 | £92.50 (SC) 7 € 159,95 | £123.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-8188-0
Tchougréeff, Hybrid Methods ISBN 978-1-84800-188-6 ISBN 978-1-4020-8294-8
of Molecular Modeling (Progress Dixit/Dixit, Modeling of Metal Kakaç (Eds), Mini-Micro Fuel Cells
in Theoretical Chemistry and Forming and Machining Processes (NATO Security C) <soft>.
Physics 17). Hardcover (EMP). Hardcover 7 € 69,95 | £54.00 (SC)
7 € 319,00 | £245.50 (SC) 7 € 99,95 | £70.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-6998-7
ISBN 978-3-540-77868-4 ISBN 978-3-540-77810-3 Lai/Fujishima, Design and
Topics in Current Chemistry 284. Elmakias (Ed), New Computational Modeling of Millimeter-wave CMOS
Hardcover Methods in Power System Circuits for Wireless Transceivers.
7 € 159,95 | £123.00 (SC) Reliability (SCINTEL 111). Hardcover
Hardcover 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
Engineering ISBN 978-3-540-78286-5
ISBN 978-3-540-78292-6 Lamon, 3D-Position Tracking and
ISBN 978-3-540-77675-8 Fulcher (Eds), Computational Control for all-terrain Robots
Awrejcewicz/Krysko, Chaos in Intelligence: A Compendium (STAR 43). Hardcover
Structural Mechanics (Complex (SCINTEL 115). Hardcover 7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
Systems). Hardcover 7 € 169,95 | £130.50 (SC)
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC) ISBN 978-0-387-77746-7
ISBN 978-1-84800-182-4 Lang (Ed), Multi-Wafer Rotating
ISBN 978-3-540-78290-2 Grabot (Eds), ERP Systems and MEMS Machines (MEMS Reference
Bel-Enguix (Eds), New Develop- Organisational Change (Springer Shelf ). Hardcover
ments in Formal Languages and Series in Advanced Manufac- 7 ca. € 114,75 | £88.50 (SC)
Applications (SCINTEL 113). turing). Hardcover
Hardcover 7 € 99,95 | £65.00 (SC) ISBN 978-3-540-78296-4
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) Liu (Eds), Advances of Computa-
tional Intelligence in Industrial
Systems (SCINTEL 116). Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)

ROW_Book0803.indb 107 02/02/2008 11:12:46

ROW_Book0803.indb 108 02/02/2008 11:12:46
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Orderform 109

Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229 Customer-No.

FIRM / RR FIRM / RR FIRM / RR

ISBN 978-0-387-76494-8 ISBN 978-3-540-77301-6

ISBN 978-3-540-77806-6
Madhavan (Eds), Career Develop- Savelsberg, Innovation in
Zhou/Wen, Adaptive Backstepping
ment in Bioengineering and European Freight Transportation
Control of Uncertain Systems
Biotechnology (Series in (RWTHedition). Hardcover
(LNCIS 372). Softcover
Biomedical Engineering). 7 € 69,95 | £54.00 (SC)
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
Softcover
7 € 32,95 | £25.50 ISBN 978-0-387-76529-7
Spear, SystemVerilog for
ISBN 978-3-540-76832-6 Verification. 2nd ed. Hardcover
Physics/Astronomy
Mechel, Formulas of Acoustics. 7 € 99,95 | £77.00
ISBN 978-0-7354-0481-6
2nd ed. Hardcover
Abe (Eds), Complexity, Metasta-
7 € 249,00 | £191.50 (SC) ISBN 978-1-84800-174-9
bility, And Nonextensivity
Stapelberg, Handbook of
(AIP Conf. Proc. 965). Hardcover
ISBN 978-3-540-76833-3 Reliability, Availability, Maintain-
7 € 114,75 | £88.50 (SC)
Mechel, Formulas of Acoustics. ability and Safety in Engineering
<eRef> 2nd ed. Design. Hardcover
ISBN 978-3-540-78216-2
7 € 249,00 | £191.50 7 € 194,95 | £130.00 (SC)
Akhmediev (Eds), Dissipative
Solitons: From Optics to Biology
ISBN 978-3-540-76834-0 ISBN 978-0-387-74746-0
and Medicine (LN Physics 751).
Mechel, Formulas of Acoustics Tehranipoor (Ed), Emerging
Hardcover
<print+eRef> 2nd ed. Nanotechnologies (Frontiers
7 € 89,95 | £69.00 (SC)
7 € 319,00 | £245.50 Electr. Testing 37). Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0483-0
ISBN 978-3-540-77813-4
Bianco (Eds), Relativistic
Peng (Eds), Advances in Hybrid ISBN 978-3-540-78344-2
Astrophysics (AIP Conf. Proc. 966).
RANS-LES Modelling (NNFM 97). Tzovaras (Ed), Multimodal User
Hardcover
Hardcover Interfaces (Signals Technol.).
7 € 103,95 | £80.00 (SC)
7 € 163,00 | £125.50 (SC) Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77816-5
ISBN 978-0-387-76535-8
Blaum (Eds), Trapped Charged
Phadke/Thorp, Synchronized ISBN 978-1-84800-176-3
Particles and Fundamental
Phasor Measurements and Their Veeke et al., The Delft Systems
Interactions (LN Physics 749).
Applications (PEPS). Hardcover Approach. Hardcover
Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) 7 € 79,95 | £60.00 (SC)
7 € 49,95 | £38.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-72809-4 ISBN 978-1-4020-8296-2
ISBN 978-3-540-78227-8
Rajeshwar (Eds), Solar Hydrogen Villar (Ed), Embedded Systems
Damaske, Acoustics and Hearing.
Generation. Hardcover Specification and Design
Softcover
7 ca. € 84,70 | £65.00 Languages (Lecture Notes
7 ca. € 49,95 | £38.50 (SC)
Electrical Engineering 10).
ISBN 978-3-540-78306-0 Hardcover
ISBN 978-3-540-74232-6
Ruan (Eds), Intelligent Decision and 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
Gasperini (Eds), String Theory
Policy Making Support Systems
and Fundamental Interactions
(SCINTEL 117). Hardcover ISBN 978-3-540-78254-4
(LN Physics 737). Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC) Xia/Sun, Control and Scheduling
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
Codesign (Advanced Topics in
ISBN 978-0-387-76538-9 Science and Technology in China).
ISBN 978-3-540-77896-7
Safari (Eds), Piezoelectric and Hardcover
Großmann, Theoretical Femto-
Acoustic Materials for Transducer 7 ca. € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
second Physics (Spr. Ser. Atom.
Applications. Hardcover
Phys. 48). Hardcover
7 ca. € 11473,00 | £8825.50 ISBN 978-3-540-77808-0
7 ca. € 119,95 | £92.50 (SC)
(SC) Yokoo (Eds), Electronic Commerce
(SCINTEL 110). Hardcover
ISBN 978-0-387-75723-0
ISBN 978-3-540-78288-9 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
Iizuka, Engineering Optics
Sanchez et al., Discrete-Time High
(Spr. Ser. Opt. Sc. 35) 3rd ed.
Order neural Control (SCINTEL 112). ISBN 978-0-387-76477-1
Hardcover
Hardcover Yuan, CMOS Active Inductors and
7 € 69,95 | £54.00
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) Transformers. Hardcover
7 ca. € 99,35 | £76.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-75277-6
Landolt-Börnstein, Gr. I, Vol. 19,
Subvol. C. Hardcover
7 € 6490,00 | £4992.50

ROW_Book0803.indb 109 02/02/2008 11:12:49

ROW_Book0803.indb 110 02/02/2008 11:12:49
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Orderform 111

Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229 Customer-No.

FIRM / RR FIRM / RR FIRM / RR

ISBN 978-3-540-69759-6 Materials Science ISBN 978-0-387-26883-5

Landolt-Börnstein, Gr. IV, Vol. 11, Sharpe, Jr. (Ed), Springer Handbook
Subvol. D, Pt. 1. Hardcover ISBN 978-3-540-77607-9 of Experimental Solid Mechanics
7 € 6190,00 | £4761.50 Bhushan (Ed), Nanotribology and <with DVD-ROM>. Hardcover
Nanomechanics. 2nd ed. Hardcover 7 € 249,00 | £191.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-74629-4 7 € 109,95 | £84.50 Prepublication price,
Lohmann, Angle and Spin Resolved valid until January 31, 2009:
Auger Emission (Spr. Ser. Atom. ISBN 978-0-387-76425-2 7 € 199,95 | £154.00 (SC)
Phys. 46). Hardcover Buehler, Atomistic Modeling of
7 ca. € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC) Materials Failure. Hardcover ISBN 978-0-387-30877-7
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) Sharpe, Jr. (Ed), Springer Handbook
ISBN 978-3-540-78346-6 of Experimental Solid Mechanics
Lourtioz et al., Photonic Crystals. ISBN 978-3-540-74568-6 <eRef>.
Hardcover Davison, Fundamentals of Shock 7 € 249,00 | £191.50 (EB)
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) Wave Propagation in Solids (Shock Prepublication price, valid
Wave and High Pressure until January 31, 2009:
ISBN 978-0-7354-0477-9 Phenomena). Hardcover 7 € 199,95 | £154.00; (EB)
Maroulis (Eds), Computational 7 € 79,95 | £61.50
Methods in Science and Engi- ISBN 978-0-387-34362-4
neering (AIP Conf. Proc. 963/1). ISBN 978-3-540-77963-6 Sharpe, Jr. (Ed), Springer Handbook
Hardcover Ferraro (Eds), Micro-/Nanoengi- of Experimental Solid Mechanics
7 € 137,85 | £106.00 (SC) neering and Characterization of <print+eRef>.
Ferroelectric Crystals for Photonic 7 € 311,00 | £239.00 (R)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0476-2 Applications (Spr. Ser. Materials Prepublication price, valid
Maroulis (Eds), ICCMSE 2007 (AIP Sc. 91). Hardcover until January 31, 2009:
Cong. Proc. 963) <set>. Hardcover 7 ca. € 149,95 | £115.50 (SC) 7€ 250,00 | £192.50 (R)
7 € 442,75 | £340.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77967-4
ISBN 978-3-540-77894-3 Fujikawa (Eds), Frontiers in Geosciences/Geography
Ohtsu (Ed), Progress in Nano- Materials Research (Adv. Mat.
Electro-Optics VI (Spr. Ser. Opt. Sc. Res. 10). Hardcover ISBN 978-3-540-77811-0
139). Hardcover 7 ca. € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC) Berdichevsky/Dmitriev, Models
7 ca. € 119,95 | £92.50 (SC) and Methods of Magnetotellurics.
ISBN 978-0-387-76498-6 Hardcover
ISBN 978-1-4020-4359-8 Korkin (Eds), Nanoelectronics and 7 € 169,95 | £130.50 (SC)
Sidharth (Ed), Great Ideas of Photonics (Nanostructure Science
Physics (Fundam. Theor. Physics and Technology). Hardcover ISBN 978-3-540-76375-8
149). Hardcover 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) Dijkstra, Dynamical Oceanography.
7 € 99,00 | £76.00 (SC) Hardcover
ISBN 978-0-387-77718-4 7 € 79,95 | £61.50
ISBN 978-0-7354-0478-6 Leon (Eds), Thin Calcium Phosphate
Simos (Eds), Computation in Coatings for Medical Implants. ISBN 978-1-4020-8305-1
Modern Science and Engineering Hardcover Dilek (Eds), Links Between
(AIP Cong. Proc. 963/2). Hardcover 7 ca. € 114,75 | £88.50 (SC) Geological Processes, Microbial
7 € 304,95 | £234.50 (SC) Activities & Evolution of Life
ISBN 978-0-387-78218-8 (Modern Approaches in Solid Earth
ISBN 978-3-540-73615-8 Lu (Eds), Materials for Advanced Sciences 4). Hardcover
Strauch, Classical Mechanics. Packaging. Hardcover 7 ca. € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
Hardcover 7 ca. € 99,35 | £76.50
7 ca. € 59,95 | £46.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-8275-7
ISBN 978-3-540-36350-7 Gao/Li, Cloud-Resolving Modeling
ISBN 978-3-540-77656-7 Michler, Electron Microscopy of of Convective Processes. Hardcover
Würtz (Ed), Organic Computing Polymers (Spr. Laboratory). 7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC)
(Complex Systems). Hardcover Hardcover
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) 7 ca. € 79,95 | £61.50 ISBN 978-3-540-77685-7
Huang (Eds), Soil Mineral-Organic
ISBN 978-0-7354-0484-7 ISBN 978-3-540-78258-2 Matter Microorganism Interactions.
Zeller (Eds), Neutrino-Nucleus Qin/Yang, Macro-Micro Theory on Hardcover
Interactions in the Few-Gev Multi-field Coupling Behavior of 7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
Region: NuInt07 (AIP Conf. Heterogeneous Materials.
Proc. 967). Hardcover Hardcover
7 € 103,95 | £80.00 (SC) 7 ca. € 95,95 | £74.00 (SC)

ROW_Book0803.indb 111 02/02/2008 11:12:51

ROW_Book0803.indb 112 02/02/2008 11:12:51
 springer.com/booksellers Springer News 3/2008 Orderform 113

Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229 Customer-No.

FIRM / RR FIRM / RR FIRM / RR

ISBN 978-3-540-77513-3 ISBN 978-1-4020-6707-5 ISBN 978-1-4020-4585-1

Maciocco (Ed), The Territorial Allen (Eds), Photosynthesis. Energy Horst (Ed), Westcott‘s Plant Disease
Future of the City (Urban and from the Sun <with CD-ROM>. Handbook. 7th ed. <eRef>.
Landscape Perspectives). Hardcover 7 € 299,00 | £230.00 (EB)
Hardcover 7 ca. € 600,00 | £461.50 (SC) Prepublication price,
7 ca. € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) valid until July 31, 2008:
ISBN 978-1-4020-6859-1 7 € 249,00 | £191.50 (EB)
ISBN 978-1-4020-8326-6 Alloway (Ed), Micronutrient
Murthy (Eds), Modelling and Deficiencies in Global Crop ISBN 978-1-4020-5193-7
Monitoring of Coastal Marine Production. Hardcover Horst (Ed), Westcott‘s Plant Disease
Processes. Hardcover 7 ca. € 100,00 | £77.00 (SC) Handbook. 7th ed. <print+eRef>.
7 ca. € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) 7 € 379,00 | £291.50 (R)
ISBN 978-1-4020-6818-8 Prepublication price,
ISBN 978-3-540-77799-1 Berryman/Kindlmann, Population valid until July 31, 2008:
Zhou (Eds), Advances in Digital Systems. 2nd ed. <with CD-ROM>. € 299,00 | £230.00 (R)
Terrain Analysis (Lecture Notes in Hardcover
Geoinformation and Cartography). 7 € 34,95 | £27.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-6786-0
Hardcover Kangas et al., Decision Support
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC) ISBN 978-1-4020-8302-0 for Forest Management
Dellink (Eds), Economics of Poverty, (Man. Forest Ecosyst. 16).
Environment and Natural-Resource Hardcover
Environmental Sciences Use (Wageningen UR Frontis 25) 7 ca. € 85,00 | £59.00
<hard>. Hardcover
ISBN 978-0-387-76568-6 7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC) ISBN 978-1-4020-8238-2
Dolman (Eds), The Continental- Lynn, The Ciliated Protozoa. 3rd ed.
Scale Greenhouse Gas Balance of ISBN 978-1-4020-6900-0 Hardcover
Europe (Ecol. Stud. 203). Hardcover Fatmi (Eds), Pseudomonas syringae 7 ca. € 160,00 | £123.00 (SC)
7 € 99,95 | £77.00 Pathovars and Related Pathogens -
Identification, Epidemiology and ISBN 978-1-4020-8242-9
ISBN 978-3-540-48305-2 Genomics. Hardcover Narayanasamy, Molecular Biology
Kokhanovsky, Light Scattering 7 ca. € 249,00 | £191.50 (SC) in Plant Pathogenesis and Disease
Reviews 3 (Springer Praxis Books). Management 1. Hardcover
Hardcover ISBN 978-1-4020-6739-6 7 ca. € 145,00 | £111.50 (SC)
7 € 139,95 | £107.50 (SC) Gould (Eds), Classical Biological
Control of Bemisia tabaci in the ISBN 978-1-4020-8244-3
ISBN 978-3-211-78202-6 United States (Progress Biol. Narayanasamy, Molecular Biology
Soyez (Eds), Climate Change and Control 4). Hardcover in Plant Pathogenesis and Disease
Technological Options. Hardcover 7 ca. € 149,95 | £115.50 (SC) Management 2. Hardcover
7 ca. € 99,95 | £77.00 (SC) 7 ca. € 145,00 | £111.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-98852-8
ISBN 978-1-4020-6758-7 Hastings, Population Biology. ISBN 978-1-4020-8246-7
von Gadow (Eds), Designing 2nd ed. <hard>. Hardcover Narayanasamy, Molecular Biology
Green Landscapes (Man. Forest 7 ca. € 50,05 | £38.50 (SC) in Plant Pathogenesis and Disease
Ecosyst. 15). Hardcover Management 3. Hardcover
7 ca. € 115,00 | £80.00 (SC) ISBN 978-1-4020-6737-2 7 ca. € 185,00 | £142.50 (SC)
Hill, Pests of Crops in Warmer
ISBN 978-1-4020-8234-4 Climates and Their Control. ISBN 978-3-540-77175-3
Vymazal (Ed), Wastewater Hardcover Nick (Ed), Plant Microtubules
Treatment, Plant Dynamics and 7 ca. € 165,00 | £127.00 (SC) (Plant Cell Monographs 11)
Management in Constructed and 2nd ed. Hardcover
Natural Wetlands. Hardcover ISBN 978-1-4020-6705-1 7 € 119,95 | £92.50 (SC)
7 ca. € 149,00 | £114.50 (SC) Hoffmeyer (Ed), A Legacy for Living
Systems (Biosemiotics 2). ISBN 978-1-4020-6938-3
Hardcover Roy (Eds), From Biological Control
Life Sciences 7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC) to Invasion: the Ladybird Harmonia
axyridis as a Model Species.
ISBN 978-1-4020-8249-8 ISBN 978-1-4020-4584-4 Hardcover
Aartsma (Eds), Biophysical Horst (Ed), Westcott‘s Plant Disease 7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
Techniques in Photosynthesis (Adv. Handbook. 7th ed. Hardcover
Photosyn. Respir. 26). Hardcover 7 € 299,00 | £230.00 (SC)
7 € 219,00 | £168.50 (SC) Prepublication price,
valid until June 30, 2008:
7 € 249,00 | £191.50 (SC)

ROW_Book0803.indb 113 02/02/2008 11:12:55

ROW_Book0803.indb 114 02/02/2008 11:12:55
 springer.com/booksellers
Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-1-58829-925-3
Vancura (Ed), Membrane Trafficking
(Methods in Molecular Biology).
Hardcover
7 € 76,95 | £59.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-6890-4
Van Dyke, Conservation Biology.
2nd ed. Hardcover
7 € 54,95 | £42.50
ISBN 978-1-4020-8277-1
Wehrtmann (Eds), Marine
Biodiversity of Costa Rica,
Central America (Monographiae
Biologicae 86). Hardcover
7 ca. € 149,95 | £115.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-58829-916-1
Yang (Ed), Adipose Tissue Protocols
(Methods in Molecular Biology
456) 2nd ed. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-77336-0
Zeng (Eds), Allelopathy in
Sustainable Agriculture and
Forestry. Hardcover
7 ca. € 153,25 | £118.00 (SC)
Business / Economics
ISBN 978-3-540-74887-8
Aggarwal (Eds), Asia‘s New
Institutional Architecture
(The Political Economy of the
Asia Pacific). Softcover
7 € 32,95 | £25.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-7908-2029-4
Bell, International Brand
Management of Chinese
Companies (Contrib. Econ.).
Hardcover
7 ca. € 89,95 | £69.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-73381-2
Braham (Eds), Power, Freedom,
and Voting. Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77953-7
Branzei et al., Models in Coopera-
tive Game Theory
2nd ed. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
ROW_Book0803.indb 115
Springer News 3/2008
Customer-No.
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-3-540-78298-8
Brosch, Portfolios of Real Options
(LNEMS 611). Softcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-8303-7
Dellink (Eds), Economics of Poverty,
Environment and Natural-Resource
Use (Wageningen UR Frontis 25).
Softcover
7 € 49,95 | £38.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77925-4
Fang et al., Fuzzy Portfolio
Optimization (LNEMS 609).
Softcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-77352-0
Hansjürgens (Eds), Economics and
Management of Climate Change.
Hardcover
7 ca. € 91,65 | £70.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77971-1
Hillebrand, Pension Systems,
Demographic Change, and the
Stock Market (LNEMS 610).
Softcover
7 € 59,95 | £46.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-7908-2041-6
Hong, Competitiveness in the
Tourism Sector (Contrib. Econ.).
Hardcover
7 € 74,95 | £57.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-7908-2031-7
Kannegiesser, Value Chain
Management in the Chemical
Industry (Management Sc.).
Hardcover
7 ca. € 84,95 | £65.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-76640-7
Matthäus-Maier (Eds), New
Partnerships for Innovation in
Microfinance. Hardcover
7 ca. € 69,95 | £54.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77660-4
Ménard (Eds), Handbook of New
Institutional Economics. Softcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77902-5
Nickel (Eds), Operations Research
Proceedings 2007 (Operations
Research Proceedings 2007).
Softcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
Orderform 115
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-3-7908-2033-1
Quadrio Curzio (Eds), The EU and
the Economies of the Eastern
European Enlargement. Softcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-77937-9
Simons (Eds), Indigenous Peoples
and Real Estate Valuation (Research
Issues in Real Estate 10). Hardcover
7 ca. € 99,35 | £76.50
ISBN 978-3-540-77110-4
Ver Eecke, Ethical Dimensions of
the Economy (Stud. Econ. Eth.).
Hardcover
7 € 89,95 | £69.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-0-387-78212-6
Wierenga (Ed), Handbook of
Marketing Decision Models
(ISORMS 121). Hardcover
7 ca. € 115,45 | £89.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-78264-3
Zhang, International Trade Theory.
Hardcover
7 ca. € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-7908-2045-4
Zink (Ed), Corporate Sustainability
as a Challenge for Comprehensive
Management (Management Sc.).
Hardcover
7 ca. € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
Management
ISBN 978-3-540-78247-6
Bogdan/Villiger, Valuation in Life
Sciences. 2nd ed. Hardcover
7 ca. € 59,95 | £46.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77580-5
Manolopoulos (Eds), Enterprise
Information Systems (Lecture
Notes in Business Information
Processing 3). Softcover
7 € 60,00 | £46.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-78173-8
Saaksvuori/Immonen, Product
Lifecycle Management. 3rd ed.
Hardcover
7 ca. € 54,95 | £42.50
02/02/2008 11:12:57
ROW_Book0803.indb 116 02/02/2008 11:12:57
 springer.com/booksellers
Send a fax to: +49-6221-345-4229
FIRM / RR
Law
ISBN 978-3-211-77585-1
Koziol (Eds), Tort Law of the
European Community (Tort and
Insurance Law 23). Hardcover
7 ca. € 148,00 | £114.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-8284-9
Sellers (Ed), Autonomy (Ius
Gentium: Yearbook of Comparative
Law 1). Hardcover
7 € 69,95 | £54.00 (SC)
General Science
ISBN 978-0-387-77791-7
Dolan (Ed), Education Outreach
and Public Engagement
(Mentoring in Academia and
Industry 1). Softcover
7 € 26,95 | £20.50 (SC)
Education
ISBN 978-1-4020-8281-8
Leonard (Eds), Pedagogies of the
Imagination. Hardcover
7 € 109,95 | £84.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-8298-6
Visser (Eds), Learners in a Changing
Learning Landscape (Lifelong
Learning 13). Hardcover
7 € 114,95 | £88.50 (SC)
Social Sciences
ISBN 978-1-4020-8328-0
Murdock (Eds), Applied Demog-
raphy in the 21st Century.
Hardcover
7 € 134,95 | £104.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-3-540-77083-1
Tremmel (Ed), Demographic
Change and Intergenerational
Justice. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
Philosophy
ISBN 978-1-4020-6911-6
Allhoff (Ed), Physicians at War (Int.
Libr. Ethics 41). Hardcover
7 € 104,95 | £80.50 (SC)
ROW_Book0803.indb 117
Springer News 3/2008 Orderform 117
Customer-No.
FIRM / RR
ISBN 978-1-4020-8167-5
Bar-Am, Extensionalism. Hardcover
7 € 79,95 | £61.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-6871-3
Chan (Ed), Moral Psychology Today:
Essays on Values, Rational Choice,
and the Will (Philosophical Studies
Series 110). Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-8236-8
Futch, Leibniz’s Metaphysics of
Time and Space (Boston Stud. Phil.
Science 258). Hardcover
7 € 149,95 | £115.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-6651-1
Hansson, The Private Sphere
(Philosophical Studies in
Contemporary Culture 15).
Hardcover
7 € 94,95 | £73.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-6205-6
Launis (Eds), Genetic Democracy
(Int. Libr. Ethics 37). Hardcover
7 € 96,95 | £74.50 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-6866-9
Odintsov, Constructive Negations
and Paraconsistency (Trends Logic
26). Hardcover
7 € 129,95 | £100.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-6206-3
Tollefsen (Ed), Artificial Nutrition
and Hydration (Philos./Med. 93).
Hardcover
7 € 103,00 | £79.00 (SC)
ISBN 978-1-4020-6301-5
Tymieniecka (Ed), Education in
Human Creative Existential
Planning (Analecta Husserliana 95).
Dustjacket
7 € 114,95 | £88.50 (SC)
Linguistics
ISBN 978-1-4020-8307-5
Randall, Linking (Stud. Natural
Lang. 74). Hardcover
7 ca. € 150,00 | £115.50 (SC)
02/02/2008 11:12:59
 Springer News
Sprin­ger Con­tacts:
Sa­les Books + Journals, Corporate
and Library Sales:
Eu­ro­pe, Asia, Af­ri­ca, Aus­tra­lia,
New Zea­land
Mr. Pe­ter Co­ebergh
President Global STM Sales
Sprin­ger
Van Go­de­wi­jck­straat
P.O. Box 17 / P.O. Box 989
3300 AA Dordrecht
The Net­her­lands
For or­ders and quo­ta­ti­ons:
Eu­ro­pe, Asia, Af­ri­ca, Aus­tra­lia,
New Zea­land
(ex­cept Birk­häu­ser in Swit­zer­land)
Sprin­ger Dis­tri­bu­ti­on Cen­ter GmbH
(SDC)
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice
Ha­ber­stra­ße 7
69126 Hei­del­berg
Ger­ma­ny
Tel. +49/6221/345-0
Fax +49/6221/345-4229
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice Books
In­ter­na­tio­nal:
Ms. Ute Molitor-Maus
Tel. +49/6221/345-4340
Fax +49/6221 /345-4229
Ute.Molitor-Maus@sprin­ger.com
German-Speaking:
Ms. Si­mo­ne Sie­ber
Tel. +49/6221/345-4301
Fax +49/6221/345-4229
Si­mo­ne.Sie­ber@sprin­ger.com
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice Jour­nals
Ms. Co­rin­na Andres
Tel. +49/6221/345-4303
Fax +49/6221/345-4229
Co­rin­na.Andres@sprin­ger.com
To or­der books
(pri­va­te cu­sto­mers and au­t­hors):
SDC-boo­kord­er@sprin­ger.com
To or­der books (book­sel­lers):
SDC-book­ser­vice@sprin­ger.com
To or­der pe­ri­odi­cals:
subscriptions@sprin­ger.com
To or­der pro­mo­ti­on ma­te­ri­al:
SDC-book­ser­vice@sprin­ger.com
ROW_Book0803.indb 118
Sales staff and offices worldwide
North and South Ame­ri­ca Aus­tria Australia, New Zealand
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice Springer-Verlag Wien Springer
Sprin­ger NY, Inc. Sachsenplatz 4-6 Tiergartenstrape 17
Attn: Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice 1201 Vienna 69121 Heidelberg
333 Mea­dow­lands Park­way Austria Germany
Se­cau­cus, NY 07094 Ms. Susanne Heidrich Mr. David Elek
U.S.A Head of Sales & Marketing Tel. +49/6221/487-8477
Tel. +1/800/SPRIN­GER Tel. +43/1/330 2415-352 Fax +49/6221/487-8364
Fax +1/201/348-4505 Fax +43/1/330 2426-332 David.Elek@springer.com
ser­vice@sprin­ger-ny.com Susanne.Heidrich@springer.at
Mr. Peter Nosoli Southern Europe, Africa, Middle
Sa­les Of­fi­ces and Re­pre­sen­ta­ti­ves: Or­der Pro­ces­sing De­part­ment East
Tel. +43/1/330 2415-224 Springer
Ger­ma­ny, Aus­tria, Swit­zer­land, Fax +43/1/330 2426-62
Eas­tern Eu­ro­pe, Rus­sia, Van Gode wijck straat
Peter.Nosoli@sprin­ger.at
Cen­tral & Nor­thern Asia P.O. Box 17 / P.O. Box 989
Ms. Gertraud Freiberger
300 AA Dordrecht
Sprin­ger Tel. +43/1/330 2415-224
Tier­gar­ten­stra­ße 17 Fax +43/1/330 2426-62
69121 Hei­del­berg Gertraud Freiberger@springer.at The Netherlands
Ger­ma­ny Kim Zwollo
Mr. Mi­cha­el Lech­ler Nor­thern, Western and Eastern Executive Vice President Sales
Sa­les Di­rec­tor Books Europe Kim.Zwollo@springer.com
Tel. +49/6221/487-8565
Fax +49/6221/487-68565 Sprin­ger Lon­don
Fran­ce, Belgium (French- speaking)
Mi­cha­el.Lech­ler@sprin­ger.com As­h­bour­ne Hou­se Al­ge­ria, Mo­roc­co, Tu­ni­sia
Ms. Katy Ribalet The Guild­way
Sales Manager Books Science Old Ports­mouth Road
Sprin­ger-Ver­lag Fran­ce S.A.R.L.
Tel. +49/6221/487-8670 Ar­ting­ton
22, rue de Pa­le­stro
Fax +49/6221/487-68670 Guild­ford GU3 1LP
75002 Pa­ris
Katy.Ribalet@springer.com UK.
Fran­ce
Mr. Lasz­lo Hor­vath Tel. +44/1483/7346-10
Ms. Florence Lescoffit
Sa­les Re­pre­sen­ta­ti­ve Fax +44/1483/7344-17
Sales Manager France and North Africa
Tinó­di Utca 31 Ms. Susannah Priede
Tel. +33/1/5300-9881
H-1047 Bu­da­pest Trade Sales Manager UK.
Fax +33/1/5300-9884
Hun­ga­ry Tel. +44/1483/7346-11
florence.lescoffit@springer.com
Tel. +36/1/379 50 32 Fax +44/1483/7344-17
Fax +36/1/379 58 42 Susannah.Priede@springer.com
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice:
lasz­lo@laszlo-horvath.hu Ms. Amber Farmer
Fax +49/6221/345-4229
Sales Manager Books
FREE­CALL from Fran­ce:
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice: Belgium (Dutch speaking region)
Tel. 00800 SPRIN­GER (00800 777 46 437)
Tel. +49/6221/345-4340 The Netherlands, and Scandinavia
Inga.Schild­mann@sprin­ger.com
Fax +49/6221/345-4229 Tel. +44/1483/7346-12
Eas­tern Eu­ro­pe: Kers­tin.Meiss­ner@ Fax +44/1483/7344-17
sprin­ger.com Amber.Farmer@springer.com Spain, Por­tu­gal
Rus­sia: Anja.Ebach@sprin­ger.com Vols­cul­ture S.L.
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice: P. O. Box 372
Ex­clu­si­ve dis­tri­bu­tor Tel +49/6221/345-4340 08328 Alel­la
for Birk­häu­ser in Swit­zer­land: Fax +49/6221/345-4229 Spain
FREE­CALL from UK: Ms. Rosa Gus­tems
Bal­mer Bü­cher­dienst AG
Tel. 00800 SPRIN­GER (00800 777 46 437) Sa­les Re­pre­sen­ta­ti­ve
Neugasse 12
UK, Eire: Kers­tin.Meiss­ner@sprin­ger.com Tel. +34/93/5408658
6301 Zug
Scan­di­na­via: Fax +34/93/5555126
Swit­zer­land
Inga.Schild­mann@sprin­ger.com vols­cul­ture@te­le­fo­ni­ca.net
Tel. +41/41/726 98 00
The Net­her­lands, Bel­gi­um, Aus­tra­lia, New
Fax +41/41/726 98 01
Zea­land: Anja.Ebach@sprin­ger.com Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice:
sale@buecher-bal­mer.ch
Fax +49/6221/345-4229
FREE­CALL from Spain and Por­tu­gal:
Tel. 00800 SPRIN­GER (00800 777 46 437)
Frau­ke.Schlie@sprin­ger.com
02/02/2008 11:12:59
 Sales staff and offices worldwide Springer News

Ita­ly, Gree­ce Asia South-East Asia

Sprin­ger Ita­lia Srl (Bru­nei, In­do­ne­sia, Ma­lay­sia)
(Chi­na, Hong Kong, Ma­cau, Bru­nei,
Via De­cem­brio 28 In­do­ne­sia, Ma­lay­sia, Phil­ip­pi­nes, Ms. Saw Luan Chua
20137 Mi­la­no Sin­ga­po­re, Thai­land, Vi­et­nam, Sa­les Manager
Italy South Ko­rea, Tai­wan) Tel: +603/8076-4428
Ms. Pao­la Cava Fax: +603/8076-4484
Sprin­ger Chi­na Li­mi­ted
Sa­les Books saw­luan.chua@sprin­ger.com
Unit 1703, Tower I, En­ter­pri­se Squa­re
Tel. +39/02/5425-971
9 Sheung Yuet Road, Kow­loon Bay
Fax +39/02/5425-9705 South Ko­rea
Hong Kong
paola.cava@sprin­ger.com
Mr. Mau­ri­ce Kwong Sprin­ger Seoul Re­pre­sen­ta­ti­ve Of­fi­ce
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice:
Ma­na­ging Di­rec­tor 402 Ho, Shin Ahn Buil­ding
Fax +49/6221/345-4229
Tel: +852/2723-9698 51-11, Seong san 1-dong
FREE­CALL from Ita­ly:
Fax: +852/2724-2366 Mapo-gu, Seoul, 121-747
Tel. 00800 SPRIN­GER (00800 777 46 437)
sprin­ger.hongkong@sprin­ger.com South Ko­rea
Gesa.Haa­mann@sprin­ger.com
Cu­sto­mer Ser­vice: Mr. Jea Bum Park
Ms. Ste­pha­nie Lai Coun­try Ma­na­ger
Midd­le East, In­dia, Af­ri­ca, Ja­pan Tel: +852/2723-9698 Tel: +82/2/3142-9698
Sprin­ger Fax: +852/2724-2366 Fax: +82/2/3142-5768
Tier­gar­ten­stra­ße 17 ste­pha­nie.lai@sprin­ger.com jb­.park@sprin­ger.com
69121 Hei­del­berg
Ger­ma­ny China Tai­wan
Ms. Fran­zis­ka Sachs­se
Sprin­ger Bei­jing Re­pre­sen­ta­ti­ve Of­fi­ce Sprin­ger Tai­pei Re­pre­sen­ta­ti­ve Of­fi­ce
Sa­les Ma­na­ger Books
Room 404-405, Bei­jing Ide­al Pla­za 6F-7, No. 106, Sec. 3
Tel. +49/6221/487-8628
No. 58 Nor­thwest 4th Ring Road Sinyi Road,
Fax +49/6221/487-8620
Hai­di­an Dis­trict Da-an District, Taipei City
Fran­zis­ka.Sachs­se@sprin­ger.com
Bei­jing 100080 Tai­wan 106
P.R. Chi­na R.O.C.
Af­ri­ca, Midd­le East Tel: +8610/8267-0211 Mr. Leo Lo
Pre­cis Con­sul­tan­cy Fax: +8610/8267-0212 Coun­try Ma­na­ger
80 Ma­ka­ri­os Ave. Nan­dia Ct. #303 infobj@sprin­ger.com Tel: +886/2/2703-3556
6017 Lar­naca Fax: +886/2/2703-1644
Cy­prus Hong Kong, Ma­cau leo.lo@springer.com
Mr. Su­resh Ko­ra­pa­ti
Sprin­ger Chi­na Li­mi­ted
Sa­les Re­pre­sen­ta­ti­ve
Sprin­ger Hong Kong Of­fi­ce
Tel. +357/24/63-6040 Send authorized returns to:
Unit 1703, Tower I, En­ter­pri­se Squa­re
Fax +357/24/63-6048
9 Sheung Yuet Road, Kow­loon Bay Springer Distribution Center GmbH
info@pre­cis­con­sul­tan­cy.com
Hong Kong Hatschekstr. 8
Ms. Nik­ki Suen 69126 Heidelberg
In­dia, Pa­kis­tan, Ne­pal, Ban­gla­desh, Area Ma­na­ger
Germany
Sri Lan­ka Tel: +852/2723-9698
All Euro and GBP prices are net prices subject to
Sprin­ger (In­dia) Pri­va­te Ltd. Fax: +852/2724-2366 local VAT, e.g. in Germany 7% VAT for books and
906 - 907, Akash Deep Buil­ding nikki.suen@sprin­ger.com 19% VAT for electronic products.
Ba­rak­ham­ba Road
Customers in EU countries, please state your VAT
New Del­hi 110 001 South-East Asia (Bru­nei, In­do­ne­sia, identification number, if applicable.
India Ma­lay­sia, Phil­ip­pi­nes, Sin­ga­po­re, Prices are subject to change without notice.
Mr. Sanjiv Gos­wa­mi Thai­land, Vi­et­nam) Errors and omissions excepted.
Ma­na­ging Di­rec­tor
Sprin­ger Malaysia Re­pre­sen­ta­ti­ve Pre-publication pricing: Unless otherwise stated,
Tel. +91/11/233-59946
Of­fi­ce pre-pub prices are valid through the end of the
Fax +91/11/233-58716 third month following publication, and therefore
No. 12-2F IOI Busi­ness Park
Sanjiv.Gos­wa­mi@sprin­ger.com are subject to change.
Per­sia­ran Puchong Jaya Se­la­tan
Ban­dar Puchong Jaya Titles listed in the Order Form may contain one of
Japan 47100 Puchong, Se­lan­gor D.E. the following discount codes:
The letters (R), (EB) and (K) refer to a “reduced
Sprin­ger Japan KK Ma­lay­sia
discount title”
No. 2 Funato Bldg. Tel: +603/8076-4428 The Code (SC) stands for a “discount Science title”
1-11-11 Kudan-kita, Chiyoda-ku Fax: +603/8076-4484
Tokyo 102-0073 The German Library (Die Deutsche Bibliothek)
All titles published in this catalog are registered
Japan South-East Asia (Phil­ip­pi­nes, with The Geman Library Detailed bibliographic
Mr. Ryo­ji Fu­ka­da Sin­ga­po­re, Thai­land, Vi­et­nam) information for titles is available on the library‘s
Ma­na­ging Di­rec­tor website http://dnb.ddb.de
Ms. Man­dy Sum
Tel.+81/3/6831-7000
Area Ma­na­ger Imprint
Fax.+81/3/6831-7001
Tel: +603/8076-4428 Springer News Editorial
ryoji.fu­ka­da@springer.jp Tiergartenstr. 17
Fax: +603/8076-4484
Mr. Ka­zu­shi­ge Ona­ka 69121 Heidelberg
man­dy.sum@sprin­ger.com
Sa­les Ma­na­ger Books
Tel. +81/3/6831-7005
Fax. +81/3/6831-7006
kazushige.ona­ka@springer.jp

ROW_Book0803.indb 3 02/02/2008 11:13:00